|
Post by supinesnake on May 29, 2024 7:57:46 GMT
Originally posted by Cyrus. Exile Chronicles (Volume 5) Chapter 20: The Faces We Wear
Here, in the middle of the ring in the Bridgestone Arena, surrounded by tens of thousands of screaming fans…the only thing that Cyrus Truth can hear is his own heart pumping blood into his ears.
It’s an eerie silence broken only by an internal drumbeat. The Exile’s mind is clouded by a fugue-like state, where his brain isn’t registering where he is, or what just happened.
But…it did happen, didn’t it?
There’s no one else in the ring. No one else who’ll be entering the ring. How could there be? He was fortunate enough to grasp the 30th and final entry into the Carnal Contendership match. Cyrus remembers being in the final batch of competitors, a spot he was familiar with having entered the Steel Roulette the last three years in a row.
…no, it’s more than that. He had survived to the final three. No, the final two. It was him and…Kazadi? No, that’s not what they called themselves now. Doesn’t matter. Can’t matter.
…wait…
As confetti drops and music blares, it dawns on Cyrus exactly what’s going on. The noise of the world returns and is overwhelming.
Cyrus Truth…the last vestige of an era many in FWA had long written off, is the last man standing.
Just as he did seven years ago, he stands alone as the winner of Carnal Contendership.
He’s going onward to Back in Business to face Chris Peacock for the FWA World Championship.
No interjection from cowards and trolls.
No Triple Threat, absentee battle royale, ladder match or chamber scramble nonsense.
Cyrus Truth is getting another shot at redemption. The best shot he could’ve asked for.
Cyrus drops to his knees as a raucous crowd chants and cheers. He lets a smile escape his usual stoic and grim countenance as the confetti flies, a portion of it sticking to his sweat. But The Exile doesn’t care.
He actually did it. In spite of everything that has happened over the last several years, all the heartache and strife…having to listen to everyone say that he was done and his time was over? Here, in this moment, Cyrus Truth has shown up once again.
The Exile was enough.
And now, for the first time in a long time, Cyrus Truth can see salvation at the end of the Long and Winding Road.
However, the exhilaration is quickly cooled as he turns to see someone has entered the ring. The man who carries the prize that Cyrus has hungered for. The champion that Cyrus would challenge at Back in Business. The obstacle that stood between him and the final salvation that would justify the struggle.
As Chris Peacock extends a hand and Cyrus, eventually, grasps and shakes it, The Exile snaps back to reality.
What warmth and euphoria that was present for his victory in Carnal Contendership has quickly evaporated in the realization of what the situation was truly was.
Winning Carnal Contendership was only the first step in a much more treacherous journey. One that Cyrus has taken before, but the world he finds himself in is so much more perilous.
As Peacock leaves him to bask in the victory, Cyrus’s mind goes from racing to ice cold.
The true battle, the real struggle?
It’s only just begun…
*******
We find ourselves watching as an unmarked black sedan is rolling down a massive highway, the signs along the side of the road indicating that we’re somewhere near Miami, Florida. The high, bright sun with nary a cloud in the sky indicates that it’s a normal, balmy spring day that harkens the arrival of summer. As we focus on the passengers inside of the car, we find a trio of very unlikely figures.
Behind the wheel is FWA’s resident Mad Wizard, Konchu Hao. Despite the heat, he’s dressed in his usual vestments and garb, and has elected to don a black variant of his trademark locust mask with red accents.
In the front passenger seat sits Cyrus Truth, who’s dressed somewhat more reasonably in a plain black T-shirt and dark blue jeans. He looks out somewhat absentmindedly at the scenery passing him by, but there’s clearly some thought seeded deep behind those hawkish eyes of him.
And sitting in the back, furiously tapping away at his tablet, is Konchu’s faithful minion and best friend Epsilon.
“Epsilion! Are we approaching the correct exit?”
“Mehek voul zop!”
“Fantastic! Cyrus, we’re getting close to our destination. Would you mind coming back to this particular realm of existence instead of wherever your mind happens to be mindlessly wandering?”
Konchu’s question snaps Cyrus back to reality as he turns away from the car window and back towards the Mad Wizard.
“Yeah, sorry about that. I was just thinking.”
“About what, if I might ask?”
“Carnal Contendership.”
“Ah, of course. No doubt it would be on your mind. And because I’ve apparently forgotten my manners, I should congratulate you on your victory. It was a long time coming.”
“If you say so.”
Konchu’s face scrunches a bit at that, as if he wasn’t expecting that response.
“Cyrus, you seem rather morose about Carnal Contendership. I don’t understand why. You won, after all. Isn’t that what you wanted? To have another shot at the World Title, at Back in Business no less?”
Cyrus sighs as he leans back into his seat.
“Don’t get it twisted. I’m proud that I was able to win Carnal Contendership again. And it was a great weight off my shoulders…but the Truth is? Winning Carnal Contendership was the easy part. I had the benefit of coming in at the absolute best number after everybody left had gotten the holy hell beaten out of them. The margin of error for my victory was not the same as everybody else’s, and I acknowledge that. And if I’m being honest…as much of a feather in my cap that winning it was? Way I see it, it will mean little and less if I don’t beat Peacock at Back in Business. Carnal Contendership wasn’t the endgame. It was simply the objective that needed to be completed in order to reach the true prize.”
Konchu rolls his eyes at that, but from his own sigh and lack of rebuttal? It’s clear that the Mad Wizard understands where Cyrus is coming from.
“Ah, so that’s what it is. You always have been so damned serious about everything. Would it kill you to not stress about what will be and just enjoy what is?”
“Kind of hard to do when one of your supposed ‘friends’ calls you in the middle of the night and asks you to make a pit stop in Miami to look into something. Is there a point in this little trip where you’re going to tell me exactly what the hell you needed me for?”
“Kehahaha! Now where’s the fun in that, Truth? Honestly, you are SO wound up. At a certain point, you have to learn to enjoy things…”
“Jubakara!”
“Yes, yes, I see the exit. Hold on.”
Konchu turns the wheel to take the next exit, which seems to lead to Indian Creek Island, one of Miami’s most luxurious and high-rent districts. A haven for the rich and famous, and definitely not the kind of scene for this particular trio. However, things seem…off as Konchu continues to drive towards the entrance to this neighborhood.
“Well, if you MUST know…I recently learned that someone of some minor influence has acquired a very interesting artifact. Early Aztec, if my sources are to be believed. However, those same sources weren’t able to verify that the artifact in question was legitimate or not.”
“So you’re saying it could be a fake?”
“I’m saying that the potential of it NOT being a fake is well worth the effort to acquire it. The early Aztecs dabbled in various rituals and spiritualist acts, and artifacts from that time period have the potential for great power.
“You mean to steal it.”
“‘Stealing’ is such an unfair term! I simply wish to recover it from someone who doesn’t know its true value, study it, and then return it to its rightful owners after I’ve learned everything I can from it. If it makes your conscience feel any better, this reprobate acquired this artifact through several black market treasure hunters and pillagers. Rather repugnant types…”
“Okay, okay, I get it…”
As the sedan zips through the neighborhood, we see that there are private police forces scattered about. However, they don’t seem…particularly on alert. Even if they were relaxing, their perception seems to be altered and their attention seems dulled and muddled. The sedan continues as it approaches the end of a cul-de-sac to a house that looks larger and more opulent than the other miniature mansions surrounding it.
“That still doesn’t explain why you wanted me to come along.”
“What can I say? I trust your instincts and knowledge. You were an Observer at one point. And while I’m certain my own prodigious intellect could ascertain the validity of the artifact? It never hurts to have a second opinion. Besides, you still owe me for my assistance in deciphering the sigils on that Observer Vault that was on David Sullivan’s property.”
“Ugh. That shit again? How long are you going to keep holding that over my head?”
“As long as I can, kehahaha!”
“Fine, whatever. But what exactly is it you have in mind for getting to this artifact? You plan on just walking up to the front door, strolling through the mansion, and have enough time to examine this trinket to figure out if it’s real?”
“Hmm. Pretty much, yes.”
“I hate to ask, but how?”
“Just wait. We’re here.”
The car pulls up to the mansion, a massively gaudy and decadent building that screams the trappings of opulent wealth and the desire to flaunt it. It’s needlessly flashy, and Cyrus’s eyes and brain hurt just looking at it.
Konchu parks the car and looks back to Epsilon.
“Mind the car, Epsilon. If anything untoward happens or arrives, let me know.”
“Tevap oyi!”
“Truth? Shall we?”
Konchu exits the car as Cyrus follows, a slightly incredulous look on his face.
“Wait, you were serious about just walking in?”
“Of course I was.”
“And you think that the staff and people living here are going to let you?”
“Hmm. Yes, actually. The master of the house is off on some business trip or whatever. As for the people inside?”
Konchu, without breaking pace, continues to walk up to the front door, as Cyrus follows behind him looking rather annoyed. The Exile joins the Mad Wizard at the entrance and watches as Konchu doesn’t knock, doesn’t ring the bell…nope, he just opens the door with ease and without even a moment’s hesitation. Konchu enters, and Cyrus for whatever reason follows.
“I’ve been planning this particular little recovery operation for quite some time. I don’t have to tell you that I’ve been quite busy with my new tabletop roleplaying adventure module publishing company, and though my appearances in FWA have been spotty as of late, wrestling does take quite a bit of attention even with my lighter schedule. But, this is important, and I’ve spared no variables.
“You must’ve noticed that this neighborhood’s local police are…shall we say, not up to the usual standards of vigilance? I have a few friends here in this part of the world who are skilled enough with enchantment magic to ensure that they won’t respond to any calls from this estate. Not that that’s a major concern, because…”
As both men walk through the entrance foyer and down a series of hallways, Cyrus is surprised when he sees the mansion’s staff just…standing there. Staring off into space, completely oblivious to the two of them just casually strolling by. He stops to wave his hand in front of one of the maids, but the woman is completely unresponsive.
“Konchu? The fuck did you do?”
“Oh, relax. I had one of my contacts infiltrate the mansion’s staff as a cook. These poor saps have ingested a variation of my memory modification alchemical compound, similar to the one I used on those nascent cibernetico partners of mine when they accompanied me on that vampire hunting mission. This particular blend renders them in a dazed stupor. They don’t even register that we're here.”
“Konchu…you are scary sometimes.”
“Only ‘sometimes?’ I will have to work on that. Anyways, the artifact’s this way.”
The duo continue to traverse the mansion, heading up stairs and passing by stupefied butlers, maids, and housekeepers. Konchu whistles as they approach a large study, filled with various books that look like they haven’t been read for ages due to the dust that’s accumulated on them. Behind the various shelves, there’s a large glass case that grabs the Mad Wizard’s attention.
Konchu rushes towards it as Cyrus follows. Inside the case is a golden mask, ornamented with various green and blue gemstones. Konchu rubs his hands with glee as he removes the glass case to get access to the prize, turning to Cyrus.
“Well, go ahead. I’ll allow you to take ther\ first crack at it.”
“Sure…”
Cyrus approaches the mask as he begins to run his hand over it. Taking the time to register every bump, every curve, every inch of the artifact…running through his mind every thing he’s learned from his time with the Observers regarding ancient civilizations and, more importantly, the tell-tale signs of forgeries and fabrications.
However, as Cyrus stares into the vacant eyes of this particular mask, he almost absentmindedly asks:
“Konchu?”
“Hmm, yes?”
“Why do you wear that mask?”
“Must we tread this ground again, Cyrus? The vessel I occupy is not my own, so therefore the face that this vessel wears is…”
“No…that’s not what I asked.”
Konchu’s head tilts, as if he’s confused. Cyrus continues his examination of the mask as he follows up his question.
“Why that mask, in particular? Hell, in wrestling alone, there are thousands of different masks of various different designs. Hundreds of different animals if that’s the kind of effigy you’re looking for. Why THAT one? Why choose a locust, of all things?”
The question seems to give Konchu some pause as he crosses his arms and mutters something unintelligible to himself. Cyrus continues examining it, although it’s clear that his attention is divided between what he’s doing and the answer he wants from the Mad Wizard.
“Hmm, hmm…well, I suppose it has to do with what the locust represents. A good majority of the mythologies of the world portray the locust as the harbinger of famine, plague, and death. However, there are some other, alternative portrayals of locusts. These cultures see them as symbols of fertility…but more importantly, of rebirth and renewal.
“When this vessel’s mind broke and allowed me to emerge…well, I realized that I could be either. A scourge or a harbinger of a new era. So…that’s the reason. Why do you ask?”
“Because I’m facing another man on Meltdown who wears a mask.”
“That weaselperson? Is that what this is about?”
“Yeah. The same kid I beat to win the title shot at Back in Business. The last creature standing between me and the main event. They’re having me fight him again. I understand why, although I find it somewhat predictable and pedestrian. But I don’t get it.”
“Get what, exactly?”
“Why did Kazadi decide to come back as…that?”
Cyrus, at this point, has pulled out a pair of latex gloves as he gingerly picks up the Aztec mask, presumably to get a better look at it in a different light. Konchu follows behind him, arms crossed behind him as if standing at attention, waiting for Cyrus to confirm the validity of the artifact…but also, to listen intently as The Exile works through his own thoughts.
“Has it been so long…so long since Kazadi was so close to winning a Carnal Contendership? When he was within striking distance of being the one who would face me for the World Title? I remember it vividly, have had it replay in the back of my head ever since I tossed weaselperson out of the ring and secured the win. Ever since that mask came off and I saw the face of a kid who seemed like he was destined to become another breakout star. Who knows? Had he succeeded in winning that match and faced me at Back in Business, he might’ve been the one who would carry the banner instead of the long line of nascent champions we’ve had of late.
“But, he’s back…but not back. I know his wrestling style well, and he fights much the same as he did before. So…why does he wear that mask? What’s the point? We all know who he is, so he’s not hiding anything. And if he, like you, is wearing it for some symbolic reason, what is it?”
“An interesting question, to be sure…however, I struggle to understand why you care?”
“Because I can’t afford not to care.”
Cyrus takes one last look at the mask and sighs before recklessly tossing it at Konchu, who almost fumbles it before catching it.
“This mask is a fake, by the way. And not even a good one.”
“Oh, Nine Hells! That is so disappointing…”
Konchu, hearing that it was fake and after looking it over for a few brief seconds to see if there was something Cyrus had missed, tosses it away as if it were nothing more than trash.
“Well, that was a titanic waste of time. Let’s get out of here.”
“No, not yet.”
“Konchu, the mask is a fraud. What else is there to talk about?”
“Why do you HAVE to care?”
“Can’t we have this conversation somewhere else? You know, a place that isn’t crawling with zombified servants and staff?”
“Oh, they’re fine. They’ll be out for another hour or so, and I’m not about to let you just walk off and not explain yourself.”
Cyrus growls at that. Unlike Konchu, he takes protecting the masquerade of the world of shadows seriously. Not that the Mad Wizard was so reckless that he was constantly endangering piercing the veil between the dawn and the dark, but he was certainly cavalier about it.
But Konchu’s boldness in his endeavors isn’t why he’s frustrated.
No, he’s angry because the Mad Wizard is being remarkably obstinate about this. It’s usually the other way around, where The Exile pries Konchu to get him to open up.
Cyrus wasn’t terribly comfortable being on the receiving end.
“...I have to understand him.”
“Why?”
“Because I can’t afford mistakes. I can’t simply just waltz into whatever matches that thick-headed dunce Russnow cobbles together between now and Back in Business. Yes, I’m guaranteed to get my shot at the World Title and there’s not much anybody can do to stop that. That being said…I can’t let off the gas. I’m not about to just coast to the main event. If I hope to actually beat Chris Peacock and reclaim the throne, I have to be sharp. A dull sword is useless against an enemy who has every incentive to see you dead. And what respect Peacock has or doesn’t have for me isn’t about to stop him from coming for my head.
“So…Kazadi or weaselperson or whatever he wants to call himself? I have to crush him. Not because I hate him or anything like that. But because allowing myself to just roll over and let him get one up on me is absolutely unacceptable. I have to sharpen myself, to make sure that when the time comes, I can cut Chris Peacock’s head off cleanly and decisively. And I can’t very well make myself sharp if I let that punk beat me.
“So…that’s why I have to wrap my head around why he’s wearing that ridiculous outfit. There has to be some kind of reason, right? You said that you wear yours because of what it represents. Is that what it is for Kazadi? Is he…I don’t know…trying to channel the spirit of a weasel? What’s the purpose?”
Cyrus, as he’s talking, begins to pace back and forth. What hesitation he had in remaining behind in this manor full of dazed and drugged up people has given way to him performing a self-imposed interrogation of his own thoughts and concerns.
“And if it’s not that, then what? He just WANTS to traipse around in that hideous fursuit? Maybe he thinks it gives him a psychological advantage, or maybe he’s gotten so embarrassed by being the youngest wrestling washout that he needs it to mask his inadequacies. He did spend a LOT of time when he was in FWA during his first run running his mouth about his supposed superiority and high ground as a wrestler. Hell, he spent a lot of his time running me down just because of one goddamn tag team match that didn’t mean anything.”
“Cyrus…”
“I can’t let him win, Konchu! I have to beat him, and beat him decisively. But…I can’t get the fact that he’s decided to be this…weaselperson. What is the goddamn point? It’d be one thing if it was just a mask, but he literally chooses to wear the ugliest, mangiest costume and just pretend like it’s normal. It’s worse than those Nephews. At least THEY have delusional insanity to justify their actions and choices. What the fuck is the point of this stupid fucking…”
“CYRUS!”
“WHAT?!”
“WHY DOES THIS MATTER?”
The shouting match between Exile and Mad Wizard reaches its end with Konchu’s very pointed question. Cyrus looks a bit stunned by Konchu’s outburst as the Mad Wizard sighs and scratches the back of his head.
“Do you know what your biggest problem is, Cyrus? You overcomplicate everything. Yes, there may be some deep, important reason why this Kazadi fellow has chosen to adorn himself in the effigy of a mangy, flea-bitten, diseased rodent. Maybe there’s something you could understand about the decisions he’s made to be this weaselperson, and that would give you some kind of edge against them.
“But the Truth is? It doesn’t really matter. What you know is that this boy is a would-be savant who has fumbled any chance he had to make a mark in professional wrestling and, the second he suffered any hardship? He walked away and only returned when he was barely recognizable in an outfit so horrendous that people simply gawked. Don’t you see? It was the only means he saw to get noticed. Attention to replace what little respect he had and squandered. It’s the same tactic dictators used, wearing those garish military outfits to make themselves appear more important than they really are, or at the very least? Just to make sure that all attention is on them.
“Honestly, consider the politicians in this own broken country. Do you think that mango-faced racist resident of this cesspool of a state looks like he does because anybody thinks he looks GOOD? It’s all an image. Nothing more or less.”
“Wait…did you just compare weaselperson to Donald Trump?”
“YES! I most certainly did. And it’s right that I did. Before they became weaselperson, this child was nothing more than a blowhard with above average wrestling skills and none of the heart necessary to back any of them up. So, he would talk. Speak as if he understood a damn thing when he knows full well that he understands NOTHING. He simply decided upon coming back to complete the idiocy by wearing that fursuit and that horrendous mask.”
“I mean, yeah, I get that. He always was one to talk more than actually get down to business. He had multiple opportunities to be something more than just some talented upstart, but failed at every step of the way and found excuses to justify his shortcomings. But there’s a decent number of people who’d say the same thing about me…”
Konchu interrupts Cyrus by grabbing him by his shirt collar. Cyrus almost instinctively wants to swing at Konchu, but stops when The Mad Wizard says:
“Maybe…but do you know what the difference between you and that cretin is? You NEVER left. You continued to struggle, even when you had every right to walk away with your head held high, with a legacy few could argue. You got punched in the proverbial mouth over and over again, screwed over by forces wanting to see you fail…and you SURVIVED. You persevered.
“Regardless of what I think about your bloody morals and principles, the one thing I do respect about you is that you’ve never given up. And that is the fundamental difference between you and this brat that you fight on Meltdown. You are exactly who you’ve always been, dents and scrapes and all. Zachary Kazadi, or weaselperson, or whatever they want to call themselves tomorrow? They are nothing more than a vessel containing the essence of someone who wishes for greatness, but lacks the intestinal fortitude to see things through. If there’s any meaning in why they have chosen to wear that mask and that outfit? It’s that it’s an attempt to hide the fact that they failed and refused to move past that failure. In other words…”
“...In other words, this guise is as fake as that mask over there?”
Konchu’s tirade is halted by Cyrus’s interjection, as The Exile points to the fake Aztec mask that, having been tossed, now looks dented and cracked. Konchu looks at it, looks back at Cyrus, and nods.
“So…what? I don’t have to understand weaselperson to beat his ass?”
“No.”
“Then…I already understand enough. That’s what you’re trying to say, right?”
“Precisely.”
“WHAT THE FUCK?!”
Both Cyrus and Konchu turn towards the sound of that voice. Standing in the entrance to the study is a portly, tanned man with a pencil-thin mustache wearing a suit that looks like it doesn’t quite fit and is about to bust a button.
The irony is not lost on either Cyrus or Konchu that this man resembles the stereotypical image of what most people would call a “weasel” derisively.
The man continues to jabber as both Exile and Wizard start walking towards him.
“My mask! My study! What the hell is going on? What’d you do to my servants? I’ll have your…”
*POOF*
*THWACK*
Before the master of this estate can finish his tirade, Konchu has already thrown dust in his face and Cyrus has already cleaned his clock with a vicious haymaker. The man spins in place before falling and being rendered in a similar state to his servants.
As the duo walks past him and heads out of the mansion, Cyrus looks over to Konchu.
“Will he remember anything?”
“Hmm…probably not.”
“Hey.”
“Hmm?”
“I think you’re right.”
“Of course I am. I’m always right.”
“You say that as if I forgot that one time in Malaysia.”
“...okay, I’m ALMOST always right.”
“Whatever.”
Despite Cyrus’s dismissive tone, he can’t help but laugh.
As the pair exit the mansion, and Konchu gently scolds Epsilon for not paying enough attention to warn them of the mansion’s owner returning, the Mad Wizard takes his place at the wheel.
However, Cyrus doesn’t enter, instead waving master and minion off. Konchu hesitates, but does eventually drive off, leaving Cyrus to walk and contemplate his own thoughts.
As Cyrus walks through a neighborhood that he clearly sticks out in, he thinks back to what Konchu said.
Zachary Kazadi. weaselperson. At the end of the day, whatever this person decided to call themselves is irrelevant.
If they want to create a stir, let it be because they proved themselves to be the superior wrestler that Kazadi always claimed they were.
Everything else…the angst, the indignance, the shifting of insecurity in the guise of bitter words and feelings? All of that is irrelevant.
If weaselperson felt as if the mask they wore gave them the power that they lacked in their former life, so be it. But such power isn’t enough without the will to see it through to the end.
Cyrus Truth won Carnal Contendership. He was the man slated to take the next crack at the World Champion on the biggest stage that FWA has to offer. A chance to make all the setbacks and heartaches worth it.
People can say or think whatever they want about Cyrus. But the Truth is, The Exile survives.
The Exile is relentless.
The Exile has never, EVER given up.
Which is more than can be said for some people in FWA.
More than can be said for weaselperson.
Konchu was right, damn him. Cyrus was making this far more complicated than it had to be. What little he knew about weaselperson was more than enough. More than enough to tear his head from his body and toss him out just like he did at Carnal Contendership.
Because no matter what, Cyrus was not about to falter on the Long and Winding Road to Back in Business. Not without a fight. Not without anybody who was brave, foolish, or stupid enough to get in his way.
He worked too damn hard to return to prominence.
The Exile was not about to let some rat bastard get in his way.
And as he strolls through this ritzy, upscale neighborhood, this gorgeous visage that hides the ugliness beneath, he hums a tune to himself.
“...Pop, goes the weasel…”
|
|
|
Post by supinesnake on May 29, 2024 7:58:23 GMT
Originally posted by Man.
The Story So Far…
After journeying for over two years, the warrior known around the world as Christopher of Lynbrook had finally achieved what most would describe as some form of inner peace. He had waged wars against cosmic horrors, friends turned foes, prodigies, pretenders and legends alike. Not only did he endure such battles, he thrived in them.
By ascending to the rank of recognised champion in the world of Fantasia, Christopher had proven himself in combat and shown that he was not someone trifled with lightly.
After slaying The Golden One to obtain his champion status and fending off challenges to his title from the likes of The Bandit Queen and The Watcher, Christopher believed that the demons which once dwelled inside himself had been eradicated.
With no worries or demons weighing him down anymore, it was time for Christopher to move on with his life, content. However, as he was beginning to learn… there is no rest for the wicked.
Tap. Tap. Tap. Tap. Tap. Tap. The repeated light knocking sounds were enough to wake Christopher up from his sleep. Despite the morning being as pleasant as one can imagine, Christopher awoke with thoughts of anger as he scrunched his face up. Finally, he had managed to rid his sleep of nightmares of raging storms and fissures forming at his feet, yet he was not allowed to enjoy the troubleless sleep which his efforts had earned him.
Tap. Tap. Tap. Tap. Tap. Tap. Christopher sat up in his bed and slowly opened his eyes properly to observe his home for a moment. It was a simple enough house in the village of Lynbrook, where he had grown up. Despite his adventures taking him around the world and his reputation as somewhat of a showman, he preferred a more simplistic and grounded form of living.
The people of Lynbrook knew and accepted him for who they believed him to be, whether they liked him or not for it. Despite being the greatest warrior in the entire known world of Fantasia, to his neighbours and his people, he was still the boy who grew up dancing by the lake to the east of the village. As far as some of them were concerned, he was someone to be proud of.
Tap. Tap. Tap. Tap. Tap. Tap. As much as it somewhat comforted him that he would have such a stable support system in place should he need to rely on it in the future, Christopher felt guilty over the prospect of it. The villages, his people, did not know the truths of what he had done to become their champion.
They were unaware of most of the atrocities he committed in order to summit the metaphorical mountain to the top of Fantasia, and the rationalisations that he had to remind himself of to justify said actions. The guilt weighed heavily on his heart and seemed to make his body feel even heavier as he stood up out of bed.
Tap. Tap. Tap. Tap. Tap. Tap. The relentlessness of the knocking against the door meant that the individual on the other side’s identity was not a mystery. It was Apri, a close friend and keen supporter of Christopher since the beginning of his journeys across Fantasia. Apri was once a man but fell victim to a curse which transformed him into a small bird. Christopher opened the door and caught Apri’s beak before the blue tit could jab him in the eye with it, thinking that the door was still closed.
“What is it, Apri?” Christopher said grumpily as he let go of Apri’s back. “I know that you are aware of how hard it has been for me to properly rest. Now I finally have a chance, you cause all of this racket. What is so important that it could not wait?”
“I am sorry, Christopher. But it is urgent!” It was still jarring to Christopher to see a bird being able to clearly speak as he did, but Christopher did not put much thought to that at this moment in time. Apri’s idea of an urgent situation and his own were very different due to Apri’s much lower bar of what actually constitutes an emergency, but despite this, Christopher was prepared to listen intently.
He knew that one of these days, Apri’s panic would be justified by whatever events were unfolding. This day was not that day, however. “In the Nola Desert… there are reports of people going missing! Someone or something is terrorising the folks down there, so you need to go and help!”
Christopher shook his head. “I don’t need to do anything. It isn’t my problem, Apri.” Why would Christopher interrupt his peace for that? Picking his battles is something that he had learned to do on his journey across Fantasia. Especially the people in the Nola Desert of all places?
They hated Chris ever since he waged war against their leader - The Golden One - and then deposed him to become recognised as the greatest warrior in Fantasia. These are people who had mocked, taunted and dismissed him at every opportunity they could in favour of their own hero.
Christopher placed a pot of water over the fire to boil for some herbal tea, and had to avoid Apri darting around the room in his panic. “Christopher, please. These people need help, and you are the only one who can save them!”
“Why should I care what happens to those people, Apri? After how they’ve treated me. They turned a blind eye to everything that The Golden One did, just… because, why...” Christopher’s thoughts trailed off as he realised at that moment that The Golden One was undeservedly revered in the Nola Desert in the same way that he felt he did not deserve the adoration from his own people in Lynbrook. Still though, it was not enough to convince him to help them. “I am not doing it. Now, are you staying for some tea, or do you have someone else to go and bother?”
“You may wish to rethink your current course of action once you are aware of the facts, Christopher of Lynbrook.” The sudden appearance of a third voice took Christopher by surprise, and he knocked his head on one of the many support beams running in parallel across the ceiling.
As he turned to where the voice originated from, he felt a cold chill run through his body. The Aic Agency. A group of faceless agents of greed and control under the guise of morality. Self-appointed lawmen of the land who took care to involve themselves in affairs they had no place in, ostensibly to help, but in fact operated solely for their own gains. “Should you assist with this matter, the Aic Agency would be in your debt.”
Christopher approached The Faceless Agent and stood over the being next to the table. Their eyes were not visible under the hoods of their cloaks which covered their entire body. Their anonymity allowed them lack of responsibility in the fires which they stoked through their involvement. Christopher had once assisted them before, but it resulted in a defeat and Apri being cursed to live as a small bird for the rest of his days. It made sense why Apri was so tense; perhaps Christopher does this for the Agency and they reverse the curse.
“Let me make this clear. I do not work for you. I never have worked for you and I never will. Out of all the people I’d do out of my way to help, your kind and those troglodytes in the Nola Desert are very low down the list. Now, leave me alone.”
Apri bowed his head in dismay as Christopher dismissed his chance to rescue him, but Christopher did not notice this. He did not think about the potential to help his friend. Christopher turned his attention back to his pot of tea as The Faceless Agent slowly rose from the table. It travelled across the room as if it was gliding just above the ground. “You may change your mind once you have learned who is responsible for these atrocities…”
It was enough to pique Christopher’s interests to get him to turn around and once he did so, The Faceless Agent nodded their head and held a hand out and snapped their fingers under their cloak, conjuring an image into the air.
Christopher looked into the piercing eyes of Daniel the Great. A man he once considered a mentor, an ally… a brother. A man that, despite Christopher being the recognised champion of the world, many still believe to be the greatest warrior in all of Fantasia. A man that Christopher has always wanted to defeat once and for all.
His sword rested against the wall next to the door to his home. Christopher glanced at it, and the sun caught it at such an angle that the gems it was encrusted with refracted various colours of light into the room. He slowly nodded his head.
“I’ll do it.”
**********
The news of Christopher’s quest to battle with Daniel the Great spread through Lynbrook like wildfire, thanks largely in part to Apri’s loose beak chattering away to anyone who would listen. What greeted Chris as he left his home, suited up with his sword slung over his back was not the traditional departing hero’s welcome.
Daniel the Great was also of Nycitia County, revered by the populace also. This was despite Daniel’s own misgivings and atrocities being well within the public’s knowledge as the reveal of his true colours was done in the most public of settings. When Daniel was injured in battle, Christopher stepped into his former mentor’s shoes, becoming the premier warrior in all of Nycitia County and then Fantasia as a whole.
As a result of this, Christopher had heard of those still loyal to Daniel, warts and all. It was at this moment he realised that the support system he believed to have in place was not as strong as he initially thought.
Regardless of how one felt about Daniel the Great, his skill, charisma and attitude drew people to him. His positives meant that some of the masses simply chose to ignore the negatives. Chris always felt aggrieved by this, as that same cross section of the populace would happily omit his own positive attributes just to focus on his flaws.
Christopher sensed the polarising opinions on both him and his foe as he slowly walked through Lynbrook. He paused in the middle of the village square and ducked his head down. “What I am setting out to do, some of you may not want to happen. Some may actively root against me for accepting this new quest. But please do not mistake my regret over this for a desire to show mercy to Daniel the Great. I will not. What must be done will be done.”
Feeling affirmed, Christopher walked through the parting in the gathered crowd and listened to just as many death threats as well wishes.
“You’re our champion, Christopher!”
“You’re going to die, Christopher!”
“We believe in you!”
“You’ve never been the warrior that Daniel the Great is, and you never will be!”
It was a regular occurrence for Christopher to block out vitriolic comments thrown at him by those who did not understand or appreciate him; those who would reject him without any spare thought. His position on the outside was one he resented at times, that people would deny his ability and refuse to accept him for no apparent reason to him.
After all, it is how the people of the Nola Desert were going to feel about him, regardless of what he did because of his slaying of The Golden One.
It was perhaps because of these thoughts that he thought of the man slouched against the well on the outskirts of the village as a kindred spirit of sorts. The man seemed to have no fixed abode, experimenting with homelessness. Christopher paused in front of the man and examined him, noting his clothes were tattered and his shoes were missing. His face was hidden by a hood and from the dirt collected on the man’s hands and arms he could tell that he had been living in such a manner for some time.
Christopher reached into his inside breast pocket and pulled out a small bag, tossing it at the feet of the vagrant. Some coins spilled out the top of it onto the ground. “Here, weary traveller. May this bring you good fortune!”
The man let out nothing more than a gruff “Humph.” Christopher paid no heed, simply happy with the good deed he felt that he had bestowed upon the stranger, and then entered the forest bordering Lynbrook with Apri in tow. The man reached out and scooped up the coin pouch, and drew his hood back. He had the face of a battle-hardened warrior and watched with intent as Christopher disappear into the thicket with a sour look of disdain.
**********
Travelling to the Nola Desert from Nycitia required Christopher to travel through the Newbark Forest. Several locals had reported vermin dwelling within the forest, which caused damage to the trees and other wildlife which called it home but chiefly made the place much more dangerous. As Christopher was passing through, a small gang of gnomes requested assistance with “this thing of ours”, and requested he clear a dozen rats from the forest to scare off the rest.
Christopher noticed that there was nothing that the gnomes hated more than rats in their circle, and lest he fight or pay them for passage through Newbark Forest, he agreed to their terms. Slaying the creatures was easy enough; he had not lost any tricks since his previous journey and dealt with them handily. Despite this, Apri found it appropriate to remind him how to perform various moves that he would use in combat.
The rats provided him with more battle experience, which he knew would be valuable heading into a showdown with Daniel the Great once he had completed his journey to the Nola Desert. The gnomes allowed him to keep any loot or other trinkets he found in the forest, but Christopher was dismayed to learn that the rats yielded nothing more than some meat and bones. He accepted payment from the gnomes and continued deeper into the forest, with a couple of the rat carcasses slung over his back. A couple of other dangers reared their heads in the forest, but these were also handily dispatched by the champion.
As night fell, Christopher felt it appropriate to set up camp. Apri perched himself on a log as Christopher constructed his tent for the night and then got a fire going. Chris skinned the first of the rats and found himself laughing as he did so. “What is so funny?”
“This just reminds me about something amusing that happened before… with Daniel.” The realisation of why he found skinning the rat so funny caused him to pause for a moment. Apri watched on as Christopher’s hand slipped as his attention faltered, causing him to nick his thumb with his hunting knife. “Damn it.”
Christopher wiped his bloodied hand on his jacket and then resumed skinning the rat, taking much more care with the strokes of his knife. It was bittersweet for him to think about good times he had spent with Daniel in the past, of which there were many. Daniel was a mentor to Christopher when he first endeavoured to travel around Fantasia. He had helped guide the younger Christopher on how to make the most of the lighter moments and advised him of who could and couldn’t be trusted. For the most part, he was right.
“He’s terrified of rats.” Christopher elaborated, and then chuckled to himself a little. Apri put a wing over his beak as he cawed a laugh out too. “Like, he can’t look at them, can’t touch them or just be around them. He screams and runs away. One time he found a rat in his house, and he burned the place down instead of just removing it. I used to tease him all the time; this fearsome knight, petrified by the smallest of creatures.”
Obviously the rat which would soon become Christopher’s dinner was much larger than the average rodent, and he was finally able to peel away the last of the fur. He skewered the beast on the spit above the fire and sat back down in front of it, listening to the flames crackle. Christopher poured some mead from his flask into his goblet and drank some, letting out a relieved sigh.
Apri noticed Christopher staring at the rat as its skin began to crisp as part of the cooking process. Being a trusted friend of the champion, Apri knew this to mean that Christopher was deep in thought. “Christopher, can I ask what happened? Between you and Daniel? You seemed very close.”
Christopher exhaled deeply out of his nose and then wiped his face with his forearm. “I’m not really sure, Apri. He had this aura about him that I could never quite describe. You’d always want to be around him; people always gravitated towards him. He had that kind of attractive personality that just drew people in. He captivated them. He was just irresistible in that way, and it is the kind of thing I wanted for myself.”
It was not just the things which Daniel intentionally taught Christopher that he learned from him. Daniel had that inherent likeability which Christopher had always hoped to exude himself. Despite this, he had never resented Daniel for it or felt any sense of jealousy. After all, Daniel was regarded by most as the handsome man and Christopher was often dismissed as not much more than a sleaze due to his activities within the four walls of the bedroom. It was this magnetism which Daniel possessed, and the level of affection from companions and admirers alike which made his betrayal even more heartbreaking for those that knew him.
“He… he turned his back on all of us. Everyone that loved him and cared for him all of a sudden just didn’t mean anything to him anymore. He was consumed by greed and by power and would stop at nothing to protect what he had.”
“Do you fear that for yourself, Christopher? That this status you have will corrupt you? It seems like the lustre of power completely changed Daniel for the worse.” There was a hint of concern in Apri’s voice as he watched on as Christopher considered the question.
Christopher had already begun to feel the pressure that his station brought. Just as soon as he had defeated The Golden One, both The Watcher and The Bandit Queen had challenged him. Whilst he had narrowly defeated them both and fended off The Bandit Queen at least for some time, he knew that it would soon be about time that another would step up. How would he cope with that? Preparing for The Bandit Queen had sent him spiralling into a panic at every instance of her appearing within his thoughts.
It was not a tenable position, nor one which he could afford to find himself in every time he was aware someone was looking to face him. No, he had to break the cycle. A champion is not one who cowers in fear or shies away from confrontation, choosing instead to operate nefariously from within the shadows. Such had become Daniel the Great’s modus operandi. It is not what Christopher wanted for himself.
“It worries me, Apri. Yet I do not fear it. I know myself to be stronger than Daniel, as much as many would suggest otherwise. There are those that would say it is just a matter of time before our paths would cross and he would take my head.” Christopher shook his head as he rose to his knees to turn the skewered rat over the fire, allowing the other side to cook also. “No, I will not allow it. I will not allow the corruption which festered inside Daniel to overcome me. It will not take hold, because it simply does not exist.”
“You see, a disease of deceit and deception had laid dormant within Daniel for a long time, long before I had known him. All it took was for the disease to latch onto something inside Daniel and it spread. He abandoned me, thinking nothing of our time together. I have no such disease, Apri. Make no mistake, I am not a pure man. I have sinned and erred and one day I am sure that I will suffer for them, but it will not be at Daniel the Great’s hands. His suffering, however, will be at mine.”
Apri nodded his head as Christopher took another sip of his drink. “I see now why you chose to accept this quest, Christopher. Daniel the Great took you for a fool, and you must right that wrong.”
Indeed, Daniel had taken Christopher of Lynbrook for a fool, as he did with everyone else. This is not why he agreed to face him in the Nola Desert, though.
“Something like that, Apri.”
**********
The journey to the Nola Desert involved the completion of some other small errands such as uniting two sisters named Caroline, travelling south with one from further north. Christopher did not have great issue contending with many of the fiends and ne'er do wells encountered along the way, and soon arrived at the outskirts of the Nola Desert, at the small town of Orleana.
Christopher walked into the town with Apri sat on his shoulder and felt the entire populace of the desert town focus on him almost immediately. These people were fiercely loyal to The Golden One and willfully ignored all of the atrocities committed by their fallen idol. It was very much the same as how some inhabitants of Nycitia turned a blind eye to Daniel the Great’s duplicity. It made Christopher ponder whether they’d be just as forgiving towards him if he shared some of the truth as to how he became Fantasia’s champion.
However, it was not the time for such thoughts as at that moment Christopher was swiftly surrounded by the inhabitants of Orleana. They were a rowdy bunch and many kinds of weapons were being brandished in his direction. Christopher could barely hear himself think over the shouting coming from all directions around him.
“MURDERER!”
"YOU’RE A MONSTER!"
"YOU WON’T GET OUT ALIVE!”
With the atmosphere becoming increasingly hostile, Christopher reached back and unsheathed his sword, holding it in front of him. He was prepared to hack and slash his way through the crowd, but a throat was loudly cleared, capturing the attention of the mob. They parted and Christopher watched on as two people - a man and a woman - walked through the opening. The man was a strong, barrel-chested man wearing a bowler hat, whilst the woman was younger and much smaller in stature. Their appearances could not have contrasted more.
“Enough, there will not be any blood spilled at this time. Lower your weapon, Christopher of Lynbrook.” The woman commanded, but Christopher refused, instead moving it closer to her face.
“This is a fight you cannot win. Besides, Rose here is also of Lynbrook, originally. I do not think that your townspeople would approve of you slaying one of your own.” The man was smug, speaking as if he knew much more than he actually did.
“Thank you, Cole.” Rose said, sarcastically. She turned back to Christopher, not backing away from the sword being pointed at her face. “Although I do not think this one is above killing anyone, whether they are from Lynbrook or Nycitia originally or not.”
Christopher refused to lower his sword. “That is why I am here. Not you though, princess, that is unless you move out of my way. I will not show mercy.”
“You mean to say you are here to defeat Daniel the Great?” Cole spoke in a derisive manner, which prompted Christopher to redirect his sword towards him instead. “You may be a champion in name, Christopher of Lynbrook, but you lack the skills required to take on such a task. Only someone with the skill at the same level as The Golden One could have saved us from his reckless torment and destruction. You simply are not good enoug-”
The entire population of Orleana gasped as Christopher swung his sword and in one swift action relieved Cole’s neck of the burden of carrying his head. The decapitated body fell to the ground at the feet of Rose, who was frozen in shock. The other participants in the mob were the same. They did nothing to stop Christopher as he stepped closer to Rose with his bloodied sword drawn and she walked backwards to avoid meeting the same fate as he fellow devotee.
“Consider that a warning to anyone who would doubt my credentials. I am not a follower. The likes of you and our dearly departed Cole will always turn to another for guidance and support. I have outgrown such needs and I control my own destiny now.
The Golden One warned me before I put him to the sword that I will need to continually look over my shoulder when I took his place. I would always have someone coming after me, wanting to do the same. Such is why I chose to focus on the only person in battle that actually matters when I did battle with him… myself. I was not going to allow my feelings towards him cloud my judgement or prevent me from completing my quest.
I am also not going to spend my days wondering when and where the next danger will emerge from. The Golden One was right. That did become my existence for a time, but not anymore. I do not pursue Daniel the Great to avenge our friendship. This is not a personal quest for vengeance for me. This is business.
Those who would say that Daniel would one day pursue me would be right, also. I am sure it is only but a matter of time before he chooses to strike. That is why I am pursuing him at this time. I will not wait for him to sneak up on me. I will not wait for him to strike. I will strike first. I will strike hard and I will strike true.
Therefore, people of the Nola Desert can rest assured. I do not try to win your favour by completing this task. I do not pander to you by coming to your aid. No, I do this for myself and bear witness to this. Anyone who poses a similar threat to my sanctuary of peace will suffer the same fate.”
There it was. Christopher looked around at the awestruck crowd around him and then lowered his sword, not viewing them as any sort of viable threat any longer. No further words were exchanged between Christopher of Lynbrook and Rose of Orleana, formerly Lynbrook as he walked past her to advance further into the desert where he believed that Daniel would be waiting for him.
As he stepped away, he heard the unmistakable sound of a dagger being pulled out of a sheath and turned back around, swinging his sword. His swing bisected Rose at the midriff and he watched in slight disgust as what was left of her internal organs spilled out of each half onto the sand. Apri brought up some seeds that he had partially digested at the sight of it, and several townspeople fainted in horror. It was a petty act to kill the girl in such a manner, but if there was one thing that Christopher was, it was notoriously petty.
“Goodness… was that really necessary?” Apri said, doing his best to contain the remainder of his lunch.
“I have a reputation to forge, Apri. How can I say that I will openly combat plots against me and permit an attempt on my life? I cannot. I want to be the best, Apri. That means defeating all that would stand in my way. Especially those who pose the largest threats.
This is why I must kill Daniel the Great.”
**********
Christopher ventured further into the Nola Desert, accompanied by Apri. Several times, he was accosted by the golden snakes which inhabited the dunes. They would sneak out at the most inconvenient and opportune times, receiving a bite during a battle would require immediate healing to prevent the poison from taking hold. A trip back to Orleana was even required to stock up on apothecary items, and the townspeople met his requirements despite what had transpired before. Cole and Rose seemed to be forgotten.
As he contended with the snakes, he thought about Daniel and how he would approach the fight. He thought it best to strike first and defeat him as quickly as he could. Daniel was susceptible to being caught by surprise. A warrior of his talent would approach every fight with three quarters of his mind believing he had already won it. Such haughtiness had allowed Christopher to defeat him in a duel before. It also allowed the unassuming choirboy Jeremiah Best to defeat him in a sparring bout, before he too showed his true colours.
Despite that, it was a universally held opinion that Daniel the Great had more than earned his moniker. Christopher wondered what would happen should he not be able to defeat Daniel. The people of Nola Desert would surely celebrate his downfall, with some of Lynbrook likely doing the same. The thought of others wishing him ill is something which Christopher had become numb too. What used to bother him was now just an accepted state of affairs, as much as he wished that it was not.
There is no shame in losing to Daniel the Great. Many have in the past and have still gone on to achieve great things. Christopher included himself in that, having been firmly stuck in his position as Daniel’s lesser for a significant amount of time. Losing to Daniel before had no long term effects on Christopher’s future prospects or achievements. This upcoming encounter was different, for reasons which Christopher could not quite put his finger on.
Before, Daniel was the one who held the higher standing. He was the one who stood to lose something. With the roles reversed, Christopher knew that he had to place more weight on this battle with Daniel than any other in the past. Christopher was the one with something to lose, now. The voices would matter. Those who say that he is no true champion would be right and that is something that Christopher could not afford to happen.
So no, Christopher was not going to allow himself to be defeated. Not just because of the implications of losing, but also because of what he still stood to gain if he defeated Daniel. He was fully aware that he would not be hailed a hero by those in Orleana and elsewhere in the Nola Desert. After all, he had now slaughtered three individuals they held dear. Defeating Daniel would not change that fact. What they would have no choice but to do though is accept that Christopher had earned his station. He was a true and rightful champion.
It was a simple enough mantra; to be the best, one must beat the best. Defeating Daniel would mean that no one - even those who detest his very existence - will not be able to doubt him or his credentials. Very few others could claim to have defeated The Golden One, The Bandit Queen, The Watcher and Daniel the Great as well as the many others that Christopher had overcome in his previous journey. His status as the champion of Fantasia would be secure for as long as he wished it to be the case.
The snakes, like the rats of Newbark Forest, provided good experience for Christopher ahead of his upcoming showdown with Daniel. Just as he was nearing Daniel’s fortified base within the Nola Desert, taking as much care as he could, he was ambushed by the man himself. Christopher reacted just quickly enough to time a repellant blow with his sword and it met Daniel’s after the latter had jumped out from behind a smaller sand dune.
“Very impressive, Christopher…” Daniel teased as both he and Christopher walked around in a circle on the sand with their weapons drawn. “I see that you are living with eyes in the back of your head. Has the pressure become too much for you, already? You’ve ruled for what? A few weeks? Have you not had a chance to enjoy yourself at all?”
Christopher did not answer. Many times before, even in jest, Daniel had gained an advantage over him through sheer mockery and Christopher losing his composure as a result. Christopher knew he needed to be resolute and not take the bait. He was frustrated that his plan to sneak up on Daniel had been foiled by Daniel beating him to the punch.
“Oh, come on! You’re just going to leave me hanging here like this? What happened to the doe-eyed dreamer I once knew? You don’t mean to tell me that you have become all serious now, have you?”
Again, Christopher did not submit to the taunts. He noticed in the corner of his eye that some of the snakes had surrounded them, looking for opportunities to attack themselves. It was in this moment that Daniel saw his opening to attack Christopher himself once more, but again, Christopher was up to it and parried Daniel’s sword away. He was reminded of how dangerous Daniel was again at that moment. Being a supremely skilled combatant made Daniel enough of a threat, but the fact that he was an elite opportunist only amplified the potential for him to relieve Chris of his status.
“You’ve clearly picked up a thing or two, Christopher! After the amount of times I have seen you rush in without thinking things through properly, I was certain we’d find ourselves in that position once again.” Daniel rotated his sword using his wrist and then pointed it back at Christopher. “Perhaps you are a worthy champion, after all… as much as many would refuse to admit. Let’s be honest with each other, though. It was only a matter of time before we found ourselves here. I was surprised you sought me out, as I would have thought you would have wanted this to last as long as it could for you. You’ve surprised me. That being said, it is time for me to take back what is rightfully mine.”
After that, Daniel chose to attack Christopher in earnest. Daniel hacked and lunged and slashed and swung at Christopher, and Christopher managed to block each attempt and then return fire with a flurry of his own. Daniel easily evaded or blocked most of what Christopher attempted to hit him with, and even caught him in the mouth with an elbow as they got close to each other.
The disrespectful move on Daniel’s part drew the desired reaction out of Christopher, who promptly adopted the brute force tactic and relentlessly swung his sword in Daniel’s direction. Due to Christopher’s reckless abandon, Daniel had little trouble avoiding contact once more and at one point managed to slice Christopher across the top of his leg, causing him to drop to a knee.
Daniel stood over Christopher and laughed. “How can someone be so surprising, yet so predictable at the same time? I do not understand how you managed to get as high as you have when you are so easy to beat. A couple of jarring comments here and there and you are like clay in my hand. I can make you do and say anything I want, Christopher. Just face it, you cannot win.”
“I… can.” Christopher picked himself up from the sand with some difficulty. “I’m stronger than you think, Daniel. I’m stronger than I’ve ever been before. You’re not the one in control here.”
Christopher’s comments made Daniel laugh once more. He swung his sword again, and Chris weakly defended it but prevented him from making any true contact with his body.
“I’m not scared of you. I WANTED this. The fearsome Daniel the Great… until you aren’t so great, Daniel. I used to think you were everything that I wanted to be, Daniel. I wanted to BE you! Now, I cannot imagine anything worse. You live a pitiful existence.
All of those lessons you gave me, telling me who I should trust and who I should not give the time of day to. Never once did you warn me of the real villain, did you? You’ve been like this the entire time, but I have just failed to see it until it was too late. You played me for a fool, I admit that. Well, two can play that game.”
As Daniel watched on with a look of confusion on his face, Christopher reached into his jacket and threw a giant rat pelt towards his opponent and Daniel screamed in fear as he batted it away from him, allowing Christopher to disarm him with his own sword. Daniel’s sword fell in the sand some feet away and by the time he had uncovered his face, Christopher’s sword was in his face.
Daniel let out a heavy sigh and then dropped down to his knees and bowed his head, accepting his fate.
“We all have our fears, Daniel. Not even you or I are immune from that. Well, I’m not afraid of rats, and I don’t think you are either. Not really, anyway. What I think you are afraid of is yourself. Because just like how a rat cannot change the fact that it is vermin… neither can you.
I honestly believe you tried. You tried to live an honest life of good and filled with love, but there was only so long you could keep the charade going. I’m not even disappointed in you, anymore. The more I think about it, the more I realise I should have seen it coming sooner. You were never my friend, Daniel. It pains me to admit it, but I was just a means to an end for you. I was there for you only when it suited you and I was weak for allowing it to continue for as long as I did.
Because, that’s what I am afraid of. I am afraid of people not appreciating my value. But let me tell you what I’m not afraid of. I’m not afraid of you, The Bandit Queen, The Watcher, Jeremiah Best or any of them.”
“Just kill me and be done with it.” Daniel was not interested in Christopher’s revelations. He even grabbed Christopher’s sword and held it to the back of his own neck.
Christopher raised the sword… and then allowed it to sink into the sand next to Daniel’s head. Daniel peered at it through his peripheral vision and breathed heavily upon realising that he had been allowed to survive.
“Go.”
Not needing a second invitation, Daniel rose to his feet and retrieved his sword and escaped, with the snakes following the rat as he did so. Christopher watched him leave and then picked his sword back up and felt Apri landing on his shoulder. “What happened to not showing any mercy, Christopher? He’s going to come back for you at some point.”
“Let him come. Let them all come.”
“What about your peace?”
“I have come to realise that this life I have chosen for myself is not one which allows peace. That being said, life fearing who is coming around the corner is no life, Apri. So, to create my own peace is my only course of action. No one will be left to come around the corner if they do not accept me as their superior. They will all learn their lesson soon enough.”
Christopher watched as Daniel disappeared into the distance and then his eyes focused on something in the distance at the edge of the Nola Desert. It was Saxet City.
A piece of parchment landed in the sand at his feet, brought in by a gust of wind in the desert. He read the paper and nodded his head. “Looks like there’s someone in Saxet City stealing from Fantasia’s gold reserves… a Johan Sommer. Seems like someone we should pay a visit to, Apri.”
Apri nodded his head, and Christopher pocketed the wanted poster and looked ahead into the distance. The time for worrying was over; he knew that he could create such a cult of personality that he would not need to have everyone showering him with adoration to prevent them from disturbing him. No, they would realise themselves that it would be foolish to even try and take down the champion of Fantasia.
Daniel the Great was still alive to attest to this fact. However, he was only just the beginning. Soon, everyone would realise that a dance with Christopher of Lynbrook is not something to be entered into lightly. Next time, Daniel may not be so lucky.
“Let them all come.”
Christopher walked towards Saxet City full of confidence. What he did not notice behind him was a man… Watching. He flipped a coin in his hand several times as he examined Christopher walking away, having witnessed his entire confrontation with Daniel.
“Humph.”
|
|
|
Post by supinesnake on May 29, 2024 8:00:12 GMT
Originally posted by TGO. [HEADING=1] [/HEADING]
Christian Howard has spent the past couple of weeks studying wrestling matches. Just pouring his work days into wrestling matches. Singles matches. Tag team matches. Triple threat matches. All sorts of them.
The only running theme is a specific wrestler participating in all of them. In every match, XYZ is involved. He wins as many as he loses. He has bright moments, and he has head-scratching moments.
He’s your epitome of an up-and-down wrestler. It’s no wonder he has been close but never won a singles championship in his lengthy wrestling career. Then again, he may not mind, considering his intergalactic “battles” and “quests” as a superhero. There’s also the traumatic events with “Big Al” and his entire childhood. There’s a lot to XYZ’s story, so it’s probably not surprising if not winning any singles championship yet hasn’t registered as a major mental setback.
But Christian Howard has registered it. He registers it after watching X’s most-recent match: the Carnal Contendership match.
He registers it because he, as the Director of Superhero Apparel for ShirtScapes, has set up a meeting with XYZ and the rest of the Menage. Angelo Bastecki, the CEO fo ShirtScapes, will join them.
To recap from two weeks ago – when we first met Christian and Angelo – ShirtScapes is the only international-operating business headquartered in the small, 8,000-resident town of Abingdon, Virginia. ShirtScapes has a few profitable sectors of its business, but superhero apparel is not one of them.
They don’t sell their capes, masks, or T-shirts well in this department. They don’t have any deals with Batman or Superman or Robinhood or any of the name-brand superheroes of the world. After a brainstorming session, Christian and Angelo landed on looking at FWA wrestlers.
Not the top names like Michelle von Horrowitz or Chris Peacock or Danny Toner or Shawn Summers or, hell, even Cyrus Truth. No, they were looking at XYZ, who actually portrays a superhero.
Angelo Bastecki wasn’t confident in this approach. Christian Howard felt it was throwing a dart at a dartboard from 1,000 feet away, which is to say he doesn’t feel confident, either. However, Christian feels they have to try something, and this is that something. Angelo just frowns and groans at it all.
“What’s our strategy?” Angelo asks the day before their big meeting with XYZ and The Menage. “What’s the gameplan?”
“Play to his emotions. XYZ is an emotional person. He has been through a lot. We don’t want to disrupt who he is at the co…”
“I think we need him to bend to our needs,” Angelo says in response. "This ain't some NBA player or NFL player. This isn't some hotshot. This isn't even a champion in the FWA. This is like ... a nobody. I'm almost embarrassed to be doing this with him. Even meeting with him. I watched his stuff. It's a joke."
This sentiment is the opposite of what Christian was expressing, but the Director of Superhero Apparel is not the CEO. Angelo is his boss, so he has to listen. Christian thinks there's something about XYZ that gravitates people toward him. Not everyone, but a good number of them. He thinks people genuinely like XYZ and root for him and want to see him succeed. He thinks there's a likability factor that could make people buy ShirtScapes apparel for the underdog nature of both X and the company. Again, the company is behind some big-name brands in the superhero apparel department, so it's an underdog situation.
For this reason, the more Christian watches XYZ matches, he thinks it's a perfect fit. But his boss believes the opposite.
“XYZ has never won a singles championship. He has never been a consistent winner. He has never been anything more than a wildcard. An X-factor. He needs to adjust who he is to meet what we need. He needs to be ... better. And he needs to convince us of where he's going.”
“And what do we need?” Christian asks, as the pair sit in the conference room of the upstairs office building where ShirtScapes operates in “downtown” Abingdon.
“We need someone to wear our brand, say a slogan with our brand, and just flash everything there is about ShirtScapes all over TV and everywhere else.”
“I just don’t think that’s quite who XYZ is or what he will go for,” Christian says. "And I don't see XYZ the same way you do."
“Trust me. XYZ will go for it. He needs us more than we need him.”
Angelo’s confidence is admirable, if not misplaced, in Christian’s view. However, he won’t dispute his CEO. This is apparently the plan for tomorrow’s meeting. If it works, it works.
Christian just doesn’t think it’s going to work. He has been watching XYZ matches going back to 2017. He saw the Warriors of Virtue -- XYZ and Lord Dog -- win the FWA Tag Team Championships. He watched XYZ go through the entire "Big Al cancer" stuff and end with Al's death. And he watched X nearly win the X Championship twice.
Through all of that, he has watched XYZ never waver in his personal goals, ambitions, of worldviews. He watched XYZ still talk about the force of the dragon's heart and the spirit of the dolphin's foot in the grand scope of the universe and yada-yada something about the night sky. He feels like he knows who XYZ is and what he stands for. A puppet for branding? That isn’t XYZ. Not at all.
“But we’ll see,” Christian thinks to himself.
[/HR]
When XYZ walked up the steps of the two-story commercial building to the upstairs loft space with two rooms – both rather cramped – he doesn't know what to expect. He isn't sure if there will be 2 people or 20 people waiting for him and his friends. Maybe there could be more? More sounds insane for a sponsorship and marketing pitch, but who knows? This is the first sponsorship opportunity of XYZ's career. This is the first business partnership venture with any brand – albeit a small one.
XYZ didn't know what to expect when the Magic School Bus landed in Abingdon, Virginia to reach the headquarters of ShirtScapes, a custom designer and printer of primarily T-shirts, hoodies, and drinkware. None of those three are why X is here today, standing in a general work room along with his five closest allies watching four people at computers type away while trying not to look too awkward in their attempted ignoring of The Menage.
And as XYZ stands in this room and waits to be ushered into the “conference room” in the back, he doesn’t know what to expect when he enters.
But … this isn’t XYZ’s story, is it?
This story is about ShirtScapes, specifically about the Director of Superhero Apparel.
Who is noticeably quiet throughout the first five minutes of the meeting.
“I wanted us to all meet here to discuss this partnership opportunity,” Angelo Bastecki says in the king’s chair of the conference room, with everyone sitting around the long oval-shaped table.
Next to Angelo on his right is Christian. To his left is XYZ, and next to XYZ are, in order, Frank, Wild Jerry, and Sierra. PacMan Bert didn’t want to get off the Magic School Bus for this. He’d rather play PacMan alone while watching Sierra’s toddler-age child. The Menage joined X on this because they wanted to show him support. It has been a rough few months for everyone. Wild Jerry, Frank, and PacMan Bert lost their friend, Sauce Man, while Sierra and her daughter lost Golden. Both left. They found X, who had just lost Big Al.
They're leaning on one another more than ever. The Menage needs each other.
“We think there’s something here, but we also think … I think … that who XYZ has been is only the tip of the iceberg. Can he be … more?”
“More … in what way?” Frank says, speaking up to defend X.
“More … well … and please don’t take offense to this … more serious.”
That singular statement sets an uncomfortable tone to the meeting, and it never really recovers. As Angelo attempts to reposition his stance while also getting across the main point of having XYZ “represent” ShirtScapes as a “serious superhero”, the entire Menage shuts down and shuts him out. XYZ never speaks once. Frank, Wild Jerry, and Sierra all speak for him.
“To call him not serious enough is a slap in the face,” Sierra says, coming to X’s defense in a moment of solidarity after she joined up with the group when “The Golden One” left what he would call “this place.”
“Aye, this gringo is a fool, yo!” Wild Jerry shouts to X towards the end of the meeting.
“We have better things to do, and he just wants us to wear his shitty capes and shirts with his company on them. He doesn’t know a thing about who you are, X!”
“I DO know who he is!” Angelo retorts, getting defensive and angry.
“Who is he then?” Frank says, the calmest of anyone who has spoken.
“He’s a man who had a traumatic life event more than 20 years ago when his mom left him on the side of the road, and he mentally has never gotten over that moment. He has abandonment issues, and he has a child-like wonder that has sept into a personality disorder and schizophrenia. And now he walks around with a piece of cloth tied to his neck and calls it a cape so he can say he is trying to save the world. I’ve watched the promos. I’ve read articles.”
“That ain’t who X is, yo. That’s just facts about his life and personality. That ain’t who he is at the CORE, gringo,” says Wild Jerry, who gets up from his chair.
“I know who he is. And I’m trying to help him get PAST that and evolve past that into something more … well-rounded, for both himself and for us. For both of our benefits!”
Remember how Christian has been quiet? All this time, Christian has been eyeing up XYZ from across the table. Christian has given up on Angelo getting anything out of this with his strategy. He just wants to see X’s reaction, and he’s noting how stoic and observant XYZ has been the entire time.
“XYZ can be a powerful force. He can be a role model. He can be more than the laughingstock who says gibberish and ascites as comedic fuel in a sea filled with seriousness. ShirtScapes wants XYZ to wear ShirtScapes capes and masks and more, but we need someone to represent this brand and get people to BUY it. No one is buying XYZ apparel. No one believes in XYZ apparel right now. Because no one believes in XY…”
Before Angelo finishes, he stops himself. He feels he is going too far with this line of thinking and wants to reel it in. Even he knows this isn’t going anywhere.
“Then who is he? You tell me,” Angelo says, sitting back and folding his arms.
Frank jumps in.
“He’s a believer, and he wants a family. He’s a believer in people. In the universe. In nature. He believed in us. He took us in. He didn’t have to, but he wanted to. He wanted people around him. It was originally just one person. Now it’s a handful of them.”
Then Sierra.
“He believes in everything he does. No matter if I or you or a therapist or anyone else tells him it isn’t real, he still believes. Because HE might not be real. YOU might not be real. I might not be real.
But he continues to believe. He’s a believer. You can think anything you want with that word: believe. Belief. Believer. Let your mind run wild. He encompasses all of it, different for everyone. Different for each one of us. Not every day is good, but X keeps believing.”
“That’s who XYZ is, yo!” Wild Jerry says, finishing it up.
“Well, none of that means anything really.”
“Yeah, well, it’s time to go.”
Sierra’s statement concludes the meeting, and Angelo is done trying to salvage it. XYZ even gets up and begins to walk out, but Angelo says one last thing.
“You say, ‘The dream never dies,’ right?” Angelo asks, rhetorically. “Well, that doesn’t mean anything, either. You need a new catchphrase.”
“He sure as hell don’t!” Wild Jerry barks.
“Dreams are just that, dreams,” Angelo says, softly, almost as if he's issuing a proverb. “To see them dashes is to live a true life. For we cannot bottle up the wind.”
He then leans back in his chair and looks out across the table with nothing but a lost expression. Wild Jerry scoffs. Sierra follows. Frank shakes his head.
XYZ stands there for a second and smiles. For the first time all meeting, he speaks.
“But still, we must continue to dream, my friend. We must continue to dream. Because the dream … never … dies.”
“You’ll never win a singles championship with that mentality. You’ll never be taken seriously.”
“Maybe not.”
[/HR]
A few days later, on the eve of the latest round of Fallout and Meltdown shows for the FWA, and on the eve of a Television Championship match for XYZ, Christian Howard is cleaning out his desk within what was his assigned cubicle in the ShirtScapes office.
Yes, on this date, May 7, 2023, Christian Howard has been let go from the company. Angelo felt XYZ was not a good fit for the brand, and he decided to let Christian go of his duties and position, largely due to the lacking momentum of the Superhero section, and the last straw was suggesting XYZ as a poster child for that department.
Christian Howard feels it wasn’t his fault, and he feels there was still something to be had with the meeting, if he could do it his way and build a line in his image. However, Angelo railroaded the whole thing, and here we are.
Remember, this is mostly Christian’s story, if only because he’s the person most affected by what has happened.
As he finally packs up the last part of his desk, Angelo Bastecki walks out of his office and surprisingly offers to walk Christian out.
“I don’t want hard feelings. It comes down to money.”
Christian doesn’t want to burn a bridge, so he just nods his head.
When they finally reach the bottom of the staircase, Angelo begrudgingly opens the door and lets out a wayward, “I’m sorry it had to happen this way. I just can’t …”
But his hollow sentiments are halted at the sight of the Magic School Bus parked outside of the office building. XYZ, Wild Jerry, Sierra, Frank, and this time even PacMan Bert, are all leaning against the outside of the bus like a punk rock band in the midst of a Rolling Stones magazine photoshoot.
XYZ, who has a green cloth around his neck serving as a cape, walks up and looks Christian in the eye.
“I will always welcome someone who believes … what I believe … in my family. And I think you believe. Do you?”
Christian, still holding his box of trinkets and word supplies, struggles to find the words.
“I want to believe.”
“And if I told you … you could dream far beyond this … from lightyear to galaxy stone … and from pebble on the bottom of the Pacific Ocean … to a fly’s wing on the outskirts of Saturn’s icy rings … would you let yourself dream that dream?”
“I … I don’t know. It sounds pretty far.”
“It is far. It is far. But do you see that School Bus behind me?”
“Yes.”
“Do you believe it can fly?”
“Yes.”
“Then do you believe dreams can fly?”
“Yes.”
“I don’t know why you’re wasting your time here then ... with someone who doesn't believe or dream as you do."
“Do you have pizza rolls?”
“Lots of them. Wild Jerry and PacMan Bert eat them every day.
Christian Howard is sold, and why wouldn’t he be? He just got fired from his job, he has no family or friends, and he’s completely lost in his life trajectory. But, as XYZ would say, maybe his life situation isn’t as bleak as he’d think. Maybe his life situation offers endless possibilities, and maybe it allows Christian to do something like this.
As Christian boards the Magic School Bus while holding his office trinkets and seemingly joins the Menage, the rest of the crew all shout and clap and cheer in unison! They follow along as XYZ smiles, seeing his camaraderie group grow yet again.
Angelo Bastecki, meanwhile, is now the one silently watching. He and X lock eyes, just as they did a few times during the tense and unproductive meeting just two days ago.
XYZ then pulls a bottle out of his pocket. It’s an empty glass bottle with no branding on it. He then underhand tosses it 4 feet through the air to Angelo, who catches it out of muscle memory.
“What’s this?”
“You said we cannot bottle up the wind.”
Angelo looks up from the bottle at XYZ, who simply smirks at him.
“That wind is from the planet Udarpas in the Sauna galaxy. It’s good wind. It’s strong.”
“Yeah? Okay. Whatever you say. That's not a real place."
"Maybe not. And maybe I'll never win a singles championship. But as long as people believe in me, and as long as I keep getting chances ...
People like you ... who try to change me ... and tell me I'm doing it wrong ... or I need to grow up and get over it all ... you're going to have to sweat it out.
Every day is another chance to dream.
And dreams can fly.
And you CAN bottle up the wind."
X pauses.
"Well ... some people can."
XYZ simply nods his head and jumps on the bus, closing the door behind him. Angelo watches from the sidewalk as the Magic School Bus rumbles down the street of Abingdon and out of sight. It never takes flight, affirming Angelo’s non-beliefs in XYZ’s whole “shtick.”
That is until he opens the bottle and feels a gust of wind blow out and smack him in the face.
|
|
|
Post by supinesnake on May 29, 2024 8:00:28 GMT
Originally posted by Tig. [ATTACH type="full"]56216[/ATTACH] 4th Era, 220 Near Dragon Bridge, Haafingar.
A white-skinned man in tattered rags nervously looks over his shoulder at the small, make-shift camp behind him, and breathes a sigh of relief as he reconfirms to himself that it is indeed empty. He softly scratched his mustache, something that had been causing him a constant itch lately - he presumed it was mites of some kind, owing to the dirt he routinely felt coated in - and took stock of his surroundings; he had been told to look for a slightly off-color boulder but though there was boulder aplenty, they all looked pretty much the same to him. The man and the elf he had met outside of Dragon Bridge had been right with all their information so far. They were right about the hidden trail through the woodlands leading to the camp. They were right about the camp being unoccupied at this time. Why would they be wrong about the boulder? They had seemingly done their research, and the grubby-looking man hoped of course that they were right that the end of his search would yield the great reward they had promised.
He had been skeptical about setting off on the mere tip of two complete strangers, but he had not eaten anything other than poorly cooked rodents for a while, Skeever-meat had been his diet for the past week, and he badly needed to have some luck. He badly needed food. He needed money, and he had no traditional way of earning a Septim or two out here. The chance encounter with the elf and the man nearly seemed too good to be true, but he felt as if he had no other choice at this juncture. Besides, the promised loot was exactly what he needed. He could not eat them, but if the power they were rumored to hold was true, then he would be eating well for a very long time indeed. He looked around a bit further from the camp, examining boulders by eye and hand until one, in particular, caught his attention. It looked much the same as the others in the vicinity, but upon straining his eyes a little, the man could see that it was just a shade different from the rest. His heart began pounding a little as he approached it, and a firm hand over his own mouth was all he could do to prevent himself from yelping for joy when tucked away behind it, he saw a wooden lever.
He hurriedly pulls the lever and watches in awe as the off-color boulder shifts before his very eyes. His mouth hangs open as he stares into the small hole buried beneath where the boulder had stood, scarcely believing what was in front of him. He drops to his knees and looks at the finely-crafted gauntlets in front of him - each arm encased with a glowing ruby jewel - and finally closes his mouth. They were real. They were here. They were his. The Lemin Gauntlets. The men had told him that they would grant its wearer a mystical power that guided them to treasures and sources of great wealth. As the thoughts of what this particular power meant to somebody like him whizzed through his head, he could not help but think his problems were over, oh how he would thank the two strangers if he were ever so lucky to come across them again. Quickly remembering where he was - in a strangers camp - and what he was doing - about to take off with some very valuable loot - he swept the gauntlets into his arms and rose from his kneeling position, just in time to hear the twang of a vibrating bowstring behind him. He instantly collapses to the floor as an arrow whistles an inch over his head and a loud, brash voice shouts out.
“Goin’ somewhere, thief?”
The man’s stomach dropped and he quickly scanned around him for a stick, a sharp rock, anything that he could use as a makeshift weapon. He found himself empty-handed as a medium-sized, but well-defined man bounded across the space between them and dug a sharp, jagged dagger into the ground beside him. He froze as the man with a hardened look on his face eyed him suspiciously. The man - presumably the owner of the gauntlets - had a strange aura about him and for some reason, the thief felt an instant connection to him despite the perilous situation he found himself in.
“Don’t move a damn muscle. First things first - who the fuck are you?”
For some reason, the thief felt brazen. Something stirred in his body as the man spoke to him. Looking the man in the eyes, he defyingly barks back.
“Who the fuck are you?”
The man seems genuinely startled by this response and questioningly arches an eyebrow before slowly speaking.
“You aren’t exactly in a position to be askin’ questions, pal. Tell me… you’re not from here, are you? You aren’t from Skyrim.”
The thief shakes his head and clutches the gauntlets closer to his chest.
“I’m from the Imperial City in Cyrodiil. How could you tell?”
To the thief’s surprise, the man reaches down and takes his dagger back, sheathing it in his leather belt. He offers him a hand, but not wanting to let go of his newly-found treasure, the thief rises of his own accord.
“That’s where I’m from.”
The man breaks into a smile as the thief looks around, unsure where this is going, or what fate awaited him once the man remembered he had just caught him in the act of stealing. Being two outsiders from the same city would only go so far when it came down to it. Still, the longer he kept him talking, the greater chance the thief had of escaping.
“So that’s how you knew, what district are you from?”
“The Waterfront, but that ain’t what’s important right now-”
“Me too!”
The man paused and looked at the thief strangely once again. He narrowed his eyes and asked what was, in the thief's mind, a very random question.
“Tell me, what is your birth sign?”
“My birth sign?”
“What constellation was in the sky the night you were born? Was it The Serpent? Perhaps, The Rogue?”
The thief slowly shook his head.
“I was born on a starless night, I have no birth sign.”
The man’s eyes widened slightly and he began shaking his head, muttering to himself.
“I freakin’ knew it… I felt it straight away, he doesn’t talk like the rest of them. Heh. Here I was thinkin’ we were all accounted for by this stage.”
“Sorry, but what are you talking about?”
The man brought his muttering to a stop and placed a firm hand on the thief’s shoulder.
“Thousands of men, mer, and elves are born under each of the birth signs, but an extremely select few are born on a starless night. Those that are, are said to be blessed by The Five Gods.”
“The Five Gods?”
“Batlatanca, Jimkingi, Maneleth, Dubbhar, and Supinella.”
“I’ve never heard of any of those deities.”
“Few have, the story goes that those five were so much more powerful than any of the other Gods, that they transcended into a higher realm. Those born on a starless night are said to be blessed by them and possess hidden powers that set them apart from everyone else in this world. I felt the aura as soon as you spoke. You sound different, but not because you’re from Cyrodiil, it’s somethin’ else, somethin’ that can’t quite be fingered as any one thing… it’s just an aura.”
The thief glance at the man, increasingly sure he’s stumbled across some crazed lunatic who lives out here on his own. Though, he concedes to himself - he did feel some sort of connection as soon as the man spoke to him.
“Friend… you’re like me. You’re one of the F Warriors.”
“The what?”
“We’re called F Warriors, there’s around 30 of us in Skyrim, maybe a little more.”
“Us? You all… you all spend time with each other?”
“Only those that like each other, or are forced to. The F Warriors are feared by normal citizens, so we make efforts to keep ourselves hidden. There are F Warriors in every corner of Skyrim, from mages in The College of Winterhold to revered warriors in The Blades. The F Warriors have been forgotten about and everybody seems happy to keep it that way. Nobody knows what the purpose of an F Warrior is, there are few friends amongst the F Warriors themselves, we all just do our own thing… but you will tend to know when ya run into another. Come with me, come with me and I’ll teach ya everythin’ I know about the F Warriors.”
The thief scoffs and has a disbelieving look etched across his face. He had decided the man was either gone in the head or perhaps addled by a Skooma addiction. Either way, his initial fear had disappeared and he felt that his chances of getting out of there - gauntlets intact - were only increasing by the second.
“Listen, I’m going to pass on that one, I’m out of here… and I’m taking these with me.”
The man simply shrugs and stands aside.
“Take’em. I don’t need them. You’re free to go, I’m a lot of things but I ain’t a slit-throat nor am I a member of The Dark Brotherhood, you can-”
The thief jumps up to his feet and backs away.
“The Dark Brotherhood? The assassins from the tall tales told by parents to their children? You’ve got something wrong in that head of yours, man. F Warriors and The Dark Brotherhood, you’re crazy, man.”
The thief turns and begins running as fast as he can, the squelchy underneath of the ground penetrating the various holes and tears in his shoes and soaking his feet. Only when he had run for a minute straight did he chance a backward glance - he wasn’t being followed. He slowed to a walk and decided to return to the cabin where he had met the two strangers. They sent him into a raving lunatic's lair. He may have gotten the gauntlets but he considered himself lucky to have gotten out of there with his life. He sets off in the direction of the cabin, unaware that he was being closely followed.
After several minutes of hiking, the thief approaches the cabin and glances in the window. There was no sign of any movement or anything to indicate that the cabin was presently occupied. He figured they must have gone to the nearby town of Dragon Bridge. He eyes the lock on the door and wonders if he’d be able to pick it. It wasn’t his strong suit but it didn’t look like that difficult of a lock. He groans as he realizes his pouch of lock picks must have fallen from his tunic when he hit the ground earlier. Still, the whole endeavor hasn’t proved entirely worthless; perhaps this was the gods - the real ones - way of telling him to get out while he was ahead.
“Lookin’ for somethin’?”
“SHIT!”
The thief nearly jumps out of his skin before turning to face the man from the campsite, who is standing there grinning two rows of straight, white teeth with his lock pick pouch in one hand, and a dagger in the other. He tosses the pouch to the thief.
“Tell me somethin’, who lives here? Was it the person that told you where to find me?”
Regaining his composure following the startle, the thief answers the questions posed.
“Firstly, I wasn’t looking for you. I just wanted the gauntlets, they said you wouldn’t be there and… what’s wrong?”
For the first time in their encounters, the thief saw sorry on the man’s face.
“They? Two males?”
The thief nods his head.
“A guy like us? An Imperial? And a High-Elf?”
The thief once again nods his head, compelled to give an answer in some fashion upon learning that the crazy man seemed to know exactly who had guided him to the gauntlets and the camp.
“Fuck!”
The man immediately runs to the side of the cabin and begins carving the wood with his knife while talking.
“That was The Bard and Siemprien. If they were the ones who sent you to steal from me, then lemme just tell ya; they weren’t trying to do you any favors. They were trying to weaken me, even if that meant you dying.”
“I knew the risks. I knew I was stealing something.”
“You think you understood the risks, the reality is a whole freakin’ different game.”
The man steps back from the carving - an upside-down triangle with a line running through the triangle, the triangle penetrating a circle.
“What’s your name, pal?”
“I’m not your pal, but the name is Coin Purse Chris.”
The man laughs aloud, a hearty, meaningful one.
“Where did you get such a name?”
“On The Waterfront. I was pretty good at taking things when people weren’t looking. What’s yours?”
“They call me Danny The Dodger.”
Chris nods his head.
“What is that?”
Coin Purse Chris points at the symbol.
“It’s called a shadowmark. It means ‘danger’, it’s to warn people like us. The guys in here can’t be taken down with a direct approach, it needs somethin’ a little bit more refined.”
“Like us? Are you going to start talking about that F Warrior stuff again?”
Danny The Dodger gives Chris a wry smile.
“Nah, pal, I told ya; the F Warriors have integrated into society so when I say us… I mean us thieves.”
For the first time since Chris met Danny, he looks him in the eye… and smiles.
SHADOW HIDE YOU. [ATTACH type="full"]56210[/ATTACH]
“PROTECTED.”
4th Era, 221 Solitude, Haafingar.
Solitude is not only the capital of The Hold of Haafingar but it is also a major trading city, arguably the most important in Skryim due to its large port. While impressive vessels docking at the port and rich merchants selling exotic wares lend a sense of credibility to the place, it was undeniably a breeding ground for those inclined to err on the wrong side of the law. For every trader selling the finest clothes imported from Cyrodiil, there was a lurcher waiting to filch his good and sell them at a knock-off price. For every proud and noble captain that disembarked his ship, there was an outlaw creeping onto the same one, trying to find a way out of the city he was wanted in. For every honest Septim made, there was triple the made by unscrupulous means by marauders, bandits, con artists, and highwaymen. Opportunities are limitless in Solitude, there is a fortune to be made, but how one chooses to go about this was left to the individual. There was a saying in Skyrim often used when talking about the wealth disparity in the region that “money follows money” but in Solitude, shadowy individuals follow money. This hub of criminal activity is where Danny The Dodger has been helping Coin Purse Chris hone his skills.
Chris had proven true to his word and was an adept pickpocket, capable of stroking the coin purse of almost any unfortunate soul that happened to pass him by. However, Danny had reiterated to him that this was base-level stuff and that he needed to think bigger if he was to eke out a good living as a thief. Lockpicking, stealth training, home burglary, and heist planning were the general order of the day, and this day was no different as far as Danny was concerned. However, though Chris was constantly hungry for more information and eager to improve, he seemed somewhat caught up on the F Warriors and their history. Danny routinely ignored questions about the topic, especially when they were training, but when Chris asked if a random passer-by was an F Warrior for the umpteenth time that morning, Danny had reached his boiling point.
“Fuckin’ hell, man! F Warrior this, F Warrior that! For somebody who doesn’t believe in the F Warriors and The Five Gods, ya don’t half fuckin’ talk about it! I told ya already; don’t pay any heed to that. Who is an F Warrior, or what the other ones are doing doesn’t matter. The only person that matters is yourself.”
Chris winks at Danny, giving a chirpy reply.
“And you of course? Where would I be without you?”
“Your sarcasm isn’t as undetectable as you think, Coin Purse. Remind me we need to work on your speechcraft and uh, your general charisma. If you are ever stupid enough to be caught with your hand in a lockbox, remember a-”
“A smile and a good story go a long way, yeah, I got it, Danny, seriously.”
“You have it? You freakin’ have it? You haven’t even scratched the surface yet! You have a hell of a long way to go before I bring you to-”
Danny cuts himself off mid-sentence but Chris eagerly presses.
“Bring me where?”
“Nothin’, don’t worry about it.”
Chris is outwardly annoyed, but he knows after spending some time with Danny that there’s no point pushing it as he’ll either clam up or just outright lie. If Danny didn’t want to tell Chris something, there wasn’t much he could do about that. Danny sighs and lights the end of his pipe, looking out at the port.
“There ain’t many ships here today, I don’t think we’re gonna get much action again. Been like this the last few days…”
Chris perks his ear at this, he had been craving a jug of mead from The Winking Skeever, the tavern he and Danny were currently holed up in. He turns his head towards Danny, hope in his eyes.
“So does that mean that robbing school is canceled today?”
“One, I told ya to stop callin’ it that, and two, ABSO-FUCKIN’-LUTELY NOT! I think it’s time we brushed up on some theory, whaddya say?”
Chris groans and allows his head to sink into his hands. Danny was near-obsessive about knowing all about the greatest robberies and the masterminds behind them throughout history. Chris didn’t quite share his passion, he rathered look toward what may come in the future, rather than what happened in the past. Still, he had some decent Septims working under Danny, and they had a nice stash of gear that should fetch a decent price holed away in their room at The Winking Skeever. For now, Chris reluctantly listened to what Danny had to say in most instances.
“Aight then, maybe it’s time I tell ya about The Gray Fox.”
“The Gray Fox?”
“Only the greatest thief in the history of the whole damn continent.”
“Who was he?”
“Well, that’s the beauty of it… nobody knows who it is. We don’t even know if it’s a male.”
“The Gray Fox? Sure sounds like a male. Where is he based? Where does he operate?”
“The Gray Fox was last known to be active in Cyrodiil some two hundred years ago, but many-”
Chris scrunches up his face enough that Danny has no choice but to take notice.
“What now?”
“Two hundred years ago? I mean, surely we can talk about someone a little more modern? I don’t think I’m going to learn much from a two-hundred-year-old corpse.”
“He ain’t dead.”
“I thought you didn’t know if it was a he or not?”
“FUCKIN’ HELL, CHRIS! JUST LET ME TELL THE FUCKING STORY!”
“Sheesh, alright, alright, don’t get your undergarments in a twist.”
Danny speaks through gritted teeth.
“Thank you.”
He takes a second to relight his pipe.
“See, The Gray Fox gets his name from the cowl he wears over his face. Now it ain’t exactly ground-breaking for a thief to conceal his face but this cowl, this cowl is special. It’s the Cowl of Nocturnal. You know Nocturnal, right? The Daedric Prince?”
Chris nods his head in affirmation.
“His cowl is crazily powerful, it was made for criminals like us. Ya think them gauntlets you have are useful? You’d wanna see this thing. It fortifies just about every skill you could potentially use during a robbery, but the real kicker is that anybody who wears the cowl, cannot be identified. It harnesses such strong illusion magic that if I put the cowl on right in front of you now… you wouldn’t know that it’s me underneath it, as soon as I slip it on I’m The Gray Fox. Danny The Dodger wouldn’t even enter your brain. I can take that baby off right in front of you and you will instantly forget I had it on me. That’s its true power: it makes somebody unidentifiable.”
“So, The Gray Fox isn’t any one person, whoever dons the mask is The Gray Fox?”
“Quick off the mark for a low-life from The Waterfront, ain’t ya? Now, don’t get me wrong, those of us that are deep into this way of living know it more than likely isn’t the same person runnin’ around all these years but to the everyday citizen, they think of him as an ageless master criminal, the name shrouded in infamy.”
“Wait, hold up… so whoever wears the cowl can commit a crime, and even if they are seen doing so, they can just take it off and any witness will forget about it?”
“They won’t forget about it, they’ll just think The Gray Fox did it and they will never know you are The Gray Fox.”
“Fucking hell, it’s a constant get-out-of-jail pass. That’s the perfect tool for what we do.”
“The Cowl of Nocturnal is somethin’ everybody wants, the power it brings its holder is unparalleled. If you were to somehow get your hands on that you’d be set for life. It’s worth more than anything else in this world to guys like you and me.”
They sit in silence for a few moments, Chris impatiently tapping his foot while thinking about how great it would be to have the Cowl of Nocturnal, Danny slumped in a seated position against a wall, puffing on his pipe. He watches the plumes of smoke curl upwards for a second or two before clearing his throat and speaking.
“Y’know, I think we’ve ransacked this place pretty good and proper, Chris. Maybe it’s time we moved on to something else. In fact, you know what? We’re leaving tomorrow.”
“What!? Just like that? You’ve made your mind up already?”
“Gotta stay ahead of the curve man, shit moves fast in this game. Stop for a second and you’ll be bypassed. Don’t worry, I’ll source somewhere new for us to ransack. We’re done for the day, you’re free to do what you want. Meet ya in The Winking Skeever for a drink tonight? We should celebrate the good fortune this city has brought us.”
Chris rises from the ground and dusts himself off, he looks down at his fineries and can’t help but agree. The city has been good to them. Though he still felt there was one more job that they could hit, that he could hit. He was eager to impress Danny and he had scouted a pretty big target out over their time in the city. If he was being honest, he couldn’t believe that Danny hadn’t scoped it yet. Maybe he didn’t need Danny as much as he thought.
“Sounds good, friend. I have a bit of business to attend to before we take our leave, I’ll see you back at The Skeever.”
Danny waves Chris away, watching him walk up the alley back towards the city center and slowly merge into the ragtag crowd. He found himself thinking about how they met, how The Bard and Siemprien had sent Chris to his camp. Granted, there was no love lost between those two and Danny and his partner - not Chris, but his actual running buddy who was away doing a solo job on Summerset Isle - but up until this point, it had been a Cold War, they hadn’t physically attacked one another as a tandem just yet. Danny sighed, they were growing bolder, and he needed to speak to his consigliere in the city and get word to his partner. Chris was too raw to count on as back up and Danny had a slight hunch that Chris had been left rather dazzled by The Bard’s coolness. No, he needed to seek the counsel of somebody he knew he could unequivocally trust.
He pours the contents of his pipe onto the ground, allowing the ash to billow around his feet in small clouds before standing up and stretching. He cracks his neck and makes his way through the city to his destination, ignoring the temptations along the way: the sultry cry of a heavy-chested Redguard prostitute who wasn’t shy about advertising her wares and the convincing hustling of a skooma-dealing, local Nord who ascertained that his product was the best in the whole of Haafingar. Danny finally stops at a house on the far end of the city and eyes the shadowmark on the door, one his partner had etched there not even a year ago. Danny smiles warmly at the memory and raps his knuckles against the thick oak door. It doesn’t take long for it to creak open.
“What’s happening, friend?”
A Breton - an outlier in these parts, it’s hard to pinpoint their qualities but abstract thinking and highly intelligent are the main ones - opens the door and looks extremely surprised to see Danny standing there.
“Danny The Dodger! What are you doing here, mate? It’s great to see you, but it really isn’t a good time.”
“It’s never a good time for you Dimonte, you sad sack of shit!”
Danny laughs as he brazenly pushes past the man - Dimonte - in the door frame. He only manages to take three steps inside when he freezes on the spot. Danny rubs his eyes as if they are surely playing tricks on him, but when he removes his hands from his eyes, he sees the same thing; Coin Purse Chris tied to a chair with a rag stuffed in his mouth. His eyes nearly pop out of his skull when he sees Danny and he begins talking but the rag serves its purpose and muffles all sound coming from Chris.
“You never listen, do you? Well, you’ve seen him now, you may as well help me beat the shit out of him and find out who was trying to rob me.”
Dimonte slams the door shut and looks menacingly at Chris, he takes a step forward and seems annoyed when Danny holds his arm out to stop him.
“He didn’t know, Dimonte. He doesn’t really know about anything yet.”
“Doesn’t know about… OH FUCKING HELL, MATE! He’s with you? Does that symbol you two idiots carved into my door actually do anything? You’ve got amateur thieves running around with you breaking into places like this? This wanker here was so deep into my chest that he didn’t even hear me come up before I cracked him on the head. What sort of comedy show is this, Dodger? Are you thieves or fucking jesters?”
Danny holds his hands up apologetically.
“Listen, pal, honestly the guy doesn’t know shit. I’m just training him up at the moment. It’s on me, sorry.”
Dimonte grunts and seemingly accepts Danny’s explanation. He walks over and pulls the rag from Coin Purse’s mouth, who responds with a barrage of colorful language.
“YEAH, YOU FUCKING PIECE OF SHIT! UNTIE MY FUCKING HANDS AND I’LL RIP YOUR FUCKING THROAT-”
“Chris, drop it.”
The verbal onslaught comes to an unwilling close as Chris turns his attention to Danny.
“What is going on!?”
“There’s a shadowmark on the door, like the one you saw me carve the day I met you, but different. This one means Dimonte here is protected. We don’t rob from him.”
“Protected by who? Who is we? How did you find me?”
“I’ll explain it all later but as for how I found ya? Luck, I guess. I was actually lookin’ to come to speak to you, Dimonte.”
“Oh?”
Danny claps Dimonte on the shoulder with a firm, friendly hand.
“The Bard and Siemprien are makin’ moves. I need to make one, a big one. I need my partner to come meet me, can you get word to him?”
“Of course, mate. You know I can reach anyone. You sure though? Is it really the right time to make a move? You seem… a little distracted.”
Dimonte makes no secret of what - or who - he thinks the distraction is, glaring at Chris.
“No choice, man. Gotta do it as soon as I can, they ain’t fuckin’ around.”
“You won’t be able to stick around here for long if you do. You’ll need to move. Quickly. You’re gonna need horses, and maybe even safe passage out of Haafingar after.”
Dimonte does some mental calculations and after a couple of seconds, whistles and then winces.
“You’re going to need a heavy pouch of Septims, friend.”
“I’ve some coin knocking around but most of our wealth at the moment is, uh, unrealized in its current form. I’m gonna need to shift a few things.”
“You want me to set up a meet?”
“Yeah, set it up. Be good to see the guy, in any case. He still up in the same parts?”
Dimonte nods his head as he unites Chris, who snaps his hands away as soon as he feels the rope loosening and asks a question in the same motion.
“Who are you talking about?”
Chris is ignored as Dimonte and Danny shake hands.
“Consider it done, Danny.”
“I owe you one, man, genuinely.”
“Just be safe out there, mate. Shadow hide you.”
Danny nods his head and pulls a still-questioning Chris by the arm and towards the front door before the animosity can be rekindled between his old and new friend.
[ATTACH type="full"]56209[/ATTACH]
“FENCE.”
4th Era, 221 Ironback Hideout, Haafingar.
“Dimonte… he’s one of them F Warriors, isn’t he?”
The question hangs in the air, akin to the stalactites that litter the ceiling of the cramped underground tunnel Danny and Chris were traversing through. Danny shifts the burlap sack slung over his shoulder and casts a glance at Chris.
“You felt it then?”
Chris shifts his gaze downwards as they continue along the trail.
“I guess so, I got the same feeling I got when I first met you.”
Danny doesn’t comment, instead, he pushes forward along the winding path, illuminating the way with his torch. They travel in silence until they reach a ladder leading up to a trapdoor. Chris notices a small etching similar to the one on Dimonte’s house as Danny gives the ladder a firm shake, making sure it is stable. He smiles contentedly and places a hand on the wooden rung before turning to Chris. The smile vanishes from his face and he instantly reaches for his belt.
“CHRIS, WATCH OUT!”
“Huh!?”
Chris turns around just in time to see a muscular bandit roaring and swinging a spiked mace at his head, Chris jumps backward and manages to evade most of the blow, but stumbles to the ground in the process. The bandit towers over Chris, his eyes fixed on the magical gauntlets he possesses, and he lifts the mace up to deliver the final blow but a fleet-footed Danny nips underneath him and plunges his jagged dagger into the underside of his chin, not stopping until it’s up to the hilt. The man’s eyes bug out as blood pours down Danny’s hand and after an involuntary twitch, he collapses backward. Danny pulls the dagger from the bandit and wipes it on the leg of his trouser, before turning to Chris.
“You alright? You hurt?”
“Wh-what the… you just killed somebody, Danny!”
Danny shrugs.
“It was us or him. There was nothin’ I could do.”
Danny can see that Chris is visibly shaken by what just occurred. He gives the ladder a gentle tap and softly speaks.
“Go on up, Coin Purse. It’ll be safe up there. I’ve got to… look, we need this path to stay clear, we can’t attract creatures down here, just go up, I have this.”
Chris unsteadily mounted the ladder, his face as pale as the snow that cloaked the ground in Skyrim, and he climbed upwards and through the trapdoor. Danny hunches down beside the fallen bandit, speaking softly.
“You silly fool. I shoulda known you wouldn’t give up on the gauntlets. May The Five Gods bring you to a happy resting place, I’m sorry this happened, Makklain.”
Danny uses his fingers to softly close the eyelids of the fallen bandit before picking up his dropped torch and using it to set the body ablaze. Danny swiftly climbs up to the trapdoor and pulls himself out onto the snowy canvas above. Chris is staring at the ruins of a castle, awe on his face.
“You okay, Coin Purse?”
“What is this place?”
“Ironback Hideout. It was overrun with bandits but The Companions cleared it out. One of the only decent things they’ve ever done. It’s worked in our favor.”
“You’ve mentioned these Companions a few times now, who are they?”
Danny felt like Chris was deliberately talking so as to not dwell on what had just happened. Usually, he would ignore a lot of the many questions he asked him, but he felt if there was ever a time for an exception, it was now.
“Heh, The Companions… they’re a group of self-proclaimed peace-keepers, protectin’ Skyrim. If you ask me though, they take pretty much any contract that pays without too much care for who is affected. They are like-minded individuals that go on missions and think they know what’s best for everybody, but really they just further their own agenda, and pretty much do what they want. They boast some of the strongest fighters in the land but… there’s something weird about them. They don’t entirely seem human. I’m not sure, and I’m not fixin’ to find out. Honestly, I don’t think you’d like them, Chris. They left this place vacant though, which is all that really matters to us.”
Chris isn’t finished with his inquiries, immediately asking another question.
“I saw a mark on the trapdoor, what are we doing here?”
“We’re meeting a fence, but lemme give you a heads up; this fella is a bit strange. He’s a bit different.”
“Like us? Is he an F Warrior?”
“Uhhh…”
Before Danny can offer a response, a man with a bizarre, cone-shaped helmet, that completely covers his face, comes racing across the ruin and greets Danny warmly.
“Danny! It’s been so long! I’m so happy to see you! Who’s your new friend?”
Danny cracks a grin and embraces the man.
“Good to see you too, old friend. This is Coin Purse Chris, I guess ya could call him my protege. I’ve been teachin’ him the life, and he’s nearly ready. Chris, meet Koh’nae.”
Chris badly wants to ask what he’s nearly ready for but is instantly overwhelmed by an over-zealous handshake from Koh’nae.
“Pleasure to meet you, Coin Purse! Any friend of Danny is a friend of mine!”
“Uh, thanks. Good to meet you too… I think.”
Chris noticed that the man speaks with an accent different than any he had ever heard before and thought about enquiring but doesn’t get a chance as Danny presses on.
“I’m making a big play, Koh’nae. I need Septims to buy a coupla horses… I’m going to need to get out of Haafingar pretty rapidly after it’s done. We’ve got a hot item, we can’t just walk into a shop and shift it… I was wonderin’ if ya could help us out?”
“Sure thing, what do you have?”
“The Gauntlet of Lemin.”
“WHAT!?”
Chris seems shocked that Danny is offering up his prized possession. He looks down at the gauntlets on his hand and furiously shakes his head.
“No fucking way, Danny. You know what these things can lead us to! I’d be a fool of a thief to give them up.”
“Listen, Chris… why do you think I’ve let you keep them all this time? Yes, they’re a powerful object, but there’s bigger out there. We’ve outgrown them, we don’t need them anymore, we’re past that. I heard the pirate queen I stole them from is going crazy to get them back, Koh’nae here will flog them back to her for double. Trust me on this, Chris.”
Chris sighs and reluctantly removes the gauntlets, handing them to Koh’nae with a grimace.
“Brilliant! Just let me run to my stash real quick, I’ll be back with your Septims soon!”
Chris, secretly still fuming about being forced to give up the gauntlets, but not wanting to sit in an awkward silence, talks quietly.
“What’s his deal? He sounds different.”
“He’s not from here. He’s from a different continent. Akavir. That’s all I know.”
“That’s all you know or that’s all you're willing to tell me? I’m starting to get fucking sick of this bullshit, Danny!”
“Is that so?”
“Damn right, that’s so! You’re holding things from me all the time! These funny little markings, about yourself, the damn F Warriors! How do you know all these people, anyway? Some guy from a far-off land tucked away in a hideout and he greets you like a childhood friend! What’s going on?”
Much to the chagrin of Chris, Danny remains silent as Koh’nae returns with a bustling coin bag that he tosses to Danny.
“Pleasure doin’ business. Forgive my rush, but there’s a lot to do. I’ll see ya again soon, brother.”
Koh’nae nods. Danny turns to Chris.
“You’re right. I haven’t told you everything. Not yet, but soon, I promise. I’m going to piss you off one last time… you ain’t comin’ with me. You’re stayin’ here with Koh’nae.”
“But-”
The protest is stopped before it can even begin with a hand from Danny.
“Just hear me out. There’s a mission for you Chris. If you succeed… I’ll tell you absolutely everything that I know. I’ve somethin’ I need to take care of, and I can’t involve you, this doesn’t concern you. It’s time for you to stand on your own two feet and prove yourself. When we’ve both finished our missions, we should meet at The Moorside Inn in Morthal with our gains, we’ll go home from there.”
Chris had so many questions burning through his mind but asked the only one he thought Danny would want to hear.
“Fine. When?”
“Around four moons’ time.”
“Four moons!? That’s a long time, Danny.”
“These lands are vast, Chris, and I have to await the arrival of my partner and you? You have a long journey ahead of you… you’re going to be stealing from a mage in the College of Winterhold.”
“A mage? In Winterhold? That’s a long way away, Danny!”
“I know, I know… and I know you have plenty of questions, but I have to get going. Koh’nae will tell you everything you need to know. Until then, Coin Purse.”
“Until then, Dodger.”
Danny nods at both men and takes his leave, making his way out of the ruins but not before hearing Koh’nae saying something to Chris.
“Let me tell you about The Amulet of Exdivisia, Chris.”
[ATTACH type="full"]56211[/ATTACH]
“DANGER.”
4th Era, 221 Near Dragon Bridge, Haafingar.
Danny The Dodger peeks over the natural rock formation he is hiding behind and steals a glance at the hut that Coin Purse Chris unwittingly led him to when they first met. He can just about make out the shadowmark he etched into the side of the hut the first time he was brought there. Smoke rings come from the chimney, indicating that The Bard and Siemprien were inside. Danny is dressed in all black, armed only with his trusty dagger, and is thankful for the fact that he’s not in this alone. He turns to the High-Elf tucked down beside him, and cocks his head at his partner.
“Looks good to me, Lastarian. If we pull this off, and Chris holds up his end of the bargain… we’ll be greeted as heroes when we get back to Riften.”
Lastarian puffs slowly on a pipe and allows his eyes to rest on Danny’s face. Lastarian was blunt, as was the High-Elf tendency, but he was always completely straight with his rogue partner.
“Are you sure about this Coin Purse guy? Sounds like amateur hour. If I’m being honest, from what you’ve told me about him, I don’t think he’s up to this.”
Lastarian had a history with The Amulet of Exdivisia, the object Chris had set out to steal from the mage in the College of Winterhold. More than that, Lastarian was to Danny what Chris was to Danny. A master thief. A mentor. Someone to look up to and attempt to emulate.
“He’s got the tools, L, trust me.”
“I do trust you, it’s him I’m not sure about. Are you positive he’s like us? I’m not referring to being an F Warrior, by the way. I mean like us.”
“I know what ya mean - is he a true thief? I think so, but this mission will erase any doubts. If he can steal from The College, I don’t see how we can doubt it. I’m tellin’ ya, he’s got somethin’ special. He’s just like me when I got introduced to this world, he could even be better.”
Lastarian scoffs at the last statement but concedes for the time being.
“Listen, if he shows up in Morthal, I’m alright with him traveling with us, and seeing what the others think when we get home. If he has the amulet… it’ll be hard to reject him. Now, enough talk about your new friend, are we doing this or not?”
That’s good enough for Danny, and he’s content to move onto their stage of the operation.
“Alright, so, you’re runnin’ distraction and when they’re preoccupied, I’ll sneak in and grab the shield. We high-tail it back to The Moorside Inn. Simple.”
A worried look crosses Danny’s face as he verbalizes the play.
“Lastarian… you know I’d never doubt your plan but… is it overly simple? This is The Bard and Siemprien at the end of the day, and as much as we don’t like’em… nobody has touched them since they got the shield. Will a simple ruse like this actually work?”
Lastarian had a long, brutal history with fellow High-Elf, Siemprien. At one point, they were tight friends and allies, running daring raids together and being praised across the land for their prowess. It turned sour at one point, and Lastarian was under the belief that he had permanently put an end to Siemprien, but Siemprien was one of the most durable forces that had ever graced the mountainous Skyrim. He came back and came back with a vengeance. To make matters worse, he was allied with The Bard, a famed but dangerous songwriter from Danny’s home in The Imperial City. They had clashed many times back there, and recently, had revitalized their long, violent rivalry.
“This time, it’s your turn to trust me. They don’t know I’m involved with you, and they won’t be expecting this. They know you’re going to hit, you’ve made your intentions clear with that fat mouth of yours, but this is the last thing they’ll expect. Let’s do this.”
Lastarian pulls out a helmet that covers his whole head and dons it proudly over his face. Danny stifles a laugh. Helmets were for warriors, guards, Blades, or sometimes, Companions. For a thief, a helmet was wholly unnecessary if you were actually good at your job.
“You laugh but if Siemprien recognizes me, this whole plan blows up. He’s a wily, old, elf. There’s a chance he may still cop who it is. Can’t be too careful. It’s time, Danny. Let’s take it. Shadow hide you.”
“Shadow hide you.”
Lastarian mutters some words under his breath and Danny feels the heat emanating from his hands. Another few seconds pass and then Lastarian launches a conjured fireball right into a field near the hut, waiting for the blaze to spread significantly before racing towards the hut shouting for help at the top of his voice. Danny waits, perched behind the rocks, ready to go as soon as he can. Lastarian bangs on the door of the hut and when The Bard answers, a confused look at a man in a helmet at their door is all he manages before Lastarian begins shouting.
“Please, please! Come help! Dragon Bridge is on fire! The villagers sent me here to get help from you two! Please, save our village! People are hurt and it’s getting worse!”
“SIEMPRIEN! We have to go! Dragon Bridge is engulfed in flames! Come quickly!”
The Bard pushes past Lastarian and runs toward the field, brave and strong, a fire didn’t scare him. Siemprien swiftly emerges, and while he casts Lastarian a strange glance, he quickly follows his partner into the inferno. Danny seizes the moment, racing towards the hut. Lastarian hisses at him as he runs by.
“Be quick with that lock! As soon as they reach the end of the field they’ll know they’ve been duped.”
Danny barrels into the hut and makes a bee-line for a locked chest. He produces a slender, steel, lock pick, fortified by a spell cast by Lastarian, and goes to work on the lock. The pick bends into an unnatural position and monetarily Danny thinks it will snap but then he hears that satisfying click and the trunk soon pops open. He takes a moment to gaze at their prize - The Shield of Duality. To be more accurate, it was two halves of one shield - worthless on its own or when used by one person, but when put together with another person, it creates an impenetrable barrier around them that even the most sharpened sword or powerful spell cannot break through. Both Danny and Lastarian had been in possession of this before, but never together. They had wanted this for a long time. Danny is snapped out of his admiration by a bellow from outside the hut.
“The fire is easing! We have to go!”
“I got it, I’m comin’!”
Danny sprints out of the hut, tossing one half to Lastarian and the duo begin running towards the woodlands behind the hut. Danny sees two silhouettes emerging from the smoke of the subsiding field fire. But it was too late. Danny and Lastarian are already beyond the tree line and they gleefully escape, unscathed, with some very valuable loot in tow…
Three moons later…
Morthal, Hjaalmarch.
Chris, Danny, and Lastarian - who is going by the name Donarian and constantly donning the helmet he wore in the heist - are traveling on horseback, leaving behind Morthal and en route to Riften. It had been a close call, Danny and Lastarian had packed up their bags and were ready to leave that very morning. They had presumed Chris to have failed in his mission, either imprisoned or dead, and Danny was finishing one last tankard of mead while Lastarian cleared out their room when Chris walked in, proud as punch, and slapped The Amulet of Exdivisia on the table in front of Danny. Danny had been overjoyed at his success, a sentiment he presumed Lastarian didn’t share, as he had emerged from the upstairs of the inn wearing a helmet and introduced himself to Chris as Donarian, Danny’s partner. Danny kept up the facade, knowing his partner did not want to reveal himself on the off chance that Chris was not accepted into their family, but was slightly annoyed as he felt that Chris had more than earned his stripes, and that Lastarian was being overly-cautious about their new ally.
As the trio exited the small town of Morthal and descended down the hill leading to the road they would take towards Riften, Danny had what could only be described as a premonition. Something urged him to look behind him and standing on the top of the hill they had just descended, was a small, blonde woman, shrouded in a cloak. Danny’s breath caught in his throat and he knew he should inform his friends that they were being watched, but he couldn’t bring himself to form the words. Instead, he said nothing and tuned into the conversation between Chris and Lastarian - or Donarian, he supposed.
“Run it by me again, Chris. What happened?”
“I’ve already told you twice this morning! The mage that had the amulet was a nut job. Even his colleagues called him ‘The Mad Wizard’ and to make things worse, he had summoned this… it wasn’t a goblin but I don’t know what else to call it, to constantly guard The Amulet.”
“So how did you pull it off?”
“There was this elf, a Dark Elf; Jermer Bestvon was his name. He was constantly trying to get enrolled in the College of Winterhold, but he kept getting refused. I got talking to him one night and he agreed to help me, on account of us being friends.”
“Hardly friends after one night's drinking.”
“Look, this guy was… he was strange for sure but he had absolutely amazing illusion skills. I haven’t seen illusion magic like it before. He was able to distract the guard The Mad Wizard had summoned and I just snuck in and pinched the amulet.”
“If this Jermer is such a powerful illusionist, then why was he so insistent on being accepted to The College?”
“I don’t know, I think he just wants people to like him. He did me a favor though, and guess what? He was born under a starless sky too! Another F Warrior, Danny! When everything settles down I’m going to find him and tell him to come ride with us.”
Lastarian slowed his horse’s gallop.
“Ride on, Coin Purse. I need to speak to Danny about a private matter, we will catch up.”
Chris looked a little miffed but galloped ahead on his horse. Danny was beyond annoyed at this stage.
“What fuckin’ gives, L? He got the damn amulet and you’re still treating him as hostile.”
“I’m not sure about him, Danny. He seems naive, he’s overly trusting. And a Dark Elf? He wants us to bring a Dark Elf into this little… well, I don’t know what this is but still! That says it all! You can’t trust a Dark Elf!”
“And you can’t trust a damn thief, Lastarian! Look, I’m sick of this already, let’s just bring the goods and Chris to the gui-ARRGGHH!!”
Danny cries out in agony as a crushing blow is dealt to the back of his head, and he finds himself tumbling from his horse and crashing to the ground below. As he falls from his stallion, he can see the grinning face of The Bard wielding a large club atop his horse. As splatters on the ground, his back and head burning in pain, he sees a golden-tipped arrow whizz over his head and lodges itself in the neck of Lastarian’s mount. He slowly fades to black with Lastarian’s panicked shouts and the pained crying of his steed growing dimmer…
…
…
…
Danny regains consciousness, his head and back aching in pain, and as he blinks his eyes rapidly, no thoughts flit through his brain. There is a dull echo ringing in his ears but after a few moments, clarity begins to fall over Danny. He jolts up and sees Lastarian, hunched over a small fire, roasting some kind of meat. His voice is weak.
“Lastarian…”
“It’s gone.”
Lastarian doesn’t even look in Danny’s direction, opting to just stare at the meat darkening on his skewer above the fire. Danny’s head begins to spin - a mixture of the clubbing blow delivered to him by The Bard, and the reality setting in that they had lost The Shield of Duality. His whole world had just been rocked, but as he looks around the makeshift campsite Lastarian had dragged him to, he spots Lastarian’s helmet on the ground, and more panic sets in.
“Where’s Chris?”
“Don’t know. Never came back. Probably set us up.”
“He wouldn’t fuckin’ do that! I’m sick of tellin’ ya, he’s a good one, Lastarian!”
“How do you know?”
“Because he knows me. Nice face, by the way, Lastarian.”
Silence falls over the camp as a badly injured Chris limps into the camp, bruises and cuts all over his face. Lastarian and Chris share a look Danny knows all too well, neither of these guys trusted the other. He forces himself into a seated position.
“Chris, what happened? Are you okay?”
“I rode ahead like Don- I mean Lastarian, told me to. I was jumped by some lunatic orc wearing strange, pink armor. There was a squid insignia on the breastplate.”
Danny and Lastarian glance at each other and both say “Unc-Jajaja.”
“I’m sorry, what? You know him?”
“He’s one of The Companions. Lunatic is puttin’ it lightly, but he’d have no reason to be out here and even less to jump you.”
“He took the amulet.”
“Of course he did!”
Lastarian suddenly stands up and begins stuffing his belongings in his bag.
“What are you doin’, L?”
“I’m going. I don’t trust this guy one bit. Haven’t from the start. I’m out.”
Chris, despite his injuries, squares up to Lastarian.
“Just what are you implying?”
“I didn’t imply anything, I said it out straight. Sit down, kid, before you’re hurt.”
“Relax, both of ya! L, we lost somethin’ too, remember? Don’t be so harsh on Chris. He’s a good-”
“Oh, get fucked, Danny. Open your eyes. You and the guild can stuff it. You and your little project here can rot in the planes of Oblivion for all I care. I’m out.”
Lastarian buckles his bag and promptly turns on his heel, exiting the camp. Chris looks at Danny, and Danny knows he expects him to say something, but he knows Lastarian like a brother, and no it’s worthless. When Chris pipes up, he expects him to berate him for not stopping him but he says something else entirely, something he should have been expecting a long time.
“It’s time for some answers, Danny. What’s the guild? Where are you taking me?”
Danny clicks his tongue in his mouth and finally relents.
“You may as well find out now. I’m taking you to my guild. I’m taking you to The Thieves Guild. I’m gonna see if they’ll let you officially join. The shadowmarks, the techniques I’ve been teaching you, the people we’ve met… they’re all a part of the guild. That’s why I sent you to steal The Amulet of Exdivisia, to see if you’re ready.”
“You mean to tell me there’s a whole fucking guild of thieves? Sounds like some Dark Brotherhood bullshit.”
“I swear to you, it’s not bullshit - nor is the Dark Brotherhood, despite your skepticism. We’re only a few days’ rides from our base, I’ll tell you everything on the way, but for now, my head is fuckin’ killin’ me and I need to sleep.”
Chris has an unreadable expression on his face, but he nods his head.
“Get some rest, pal. We can talk in the morning.”
He watches Danny lay back down on the ground. He waits a number of minutes until Danny’s light breathing turns to heavy snores. Then, when he’s sure Danny is in a deep slumber, Coin Purse Chris picks up his bag… and leaves.
[ATTACH type="full"]56207[/ATTACH]
“GUILD.”
4th Era, 221 Riften, The Rift.
Danny is beyond weary as he passes through the northern gate to Riften, having traveled for three days straight. When he woke up the morning after Lastarian took his leave, he was surprised to find Coin Purse Chris was also gone. He waited around for half a day before deciding that Chris had obviously left, perhaps the idea of the guild didn't sit right with him, for whatever reason. He had been in a dour mood since then, reflecting on the loss of both the amulet and the shield, and more importantly, the apparent loss of two friends. When he sees the small wooden bridges that were dotted around Riften, however, he cannot help but laugh. Riften had become his home, and he was glad to be back. For all the crime that is committed in the back alleys and the port of Solitude, it is equaled by the crime that takes place in the open in Riften. Riften had always been a refugee for criminals, and it was easily the most corrupt place in Skyrim, tucked away in the southernmost corner of the land, left to its own devices, with the law being administered by the easily - and happily - bribed guards. Danny sees one such guard as he makes his way through the town and as he waves to him, the guard shouts out a hearty greeting.
"Do my eyes deceive me? Welcome home, Dodger!"
"How are things? How's the knee holding up?"
"Oh, you know. It's hard to recover from an arrow to the knee but I'm making do, thanks in no small part to your guild, of course!"
"Speakin' of, I've been out of the loop a while... how're things going around here?"
The guard looks a little worried as he brings Danny up to speed with the going-ons of Riften in his absence.
"I won't lie, Dodger... the guild’s presence is still huge here in Riften but it's beginning to wane. There's... a problem. A champion fighter from Cyrodiil has come to cleanse the city... we only know him as The Exile from Cyrodiil, but he's already made his mark felt. Crime is down, which I shouldn't exactly be complaining about... but less crime... fewer pay-offs.”
Danny grunts. He knows of The Exile. Everyone that hailed from Cyrodiil had heard of The Exile. He was revered in the fighting arena and he was ruthless with a sword. His blade cut as deep as his tongue, he was not shy about calling out things he deemed unjust, nor was he shy about dealing with those things.
"Tell me; does this Exile have a jagged scar on his face and speak of 'The Truth'?"
"That's the one."
Danny purses his lips and nods his head solemnly.
"That could be a very big problem in the future."
His demeanor changes, however, when sees a battle-worn Coin Purse Chris striding up the street with the amulet swinging proudly around his neck. Danny runs to him and hugs him tightly.
"I thought you were gone!"
Chris pulls at the amulet around his neck.
"Just to sort some business! I wasn't returning to my new friends empty-handed!"
Danny beams with joy. He was right all along. Chris was special, he was right to guide him to this life, he was going to do a lot for the guild, and become infamous and rich in the process.
"Well, no point waitin' around!"
Danny takes Chris through the streets of Riften, stopping in the Hall of the Dead, a small grave site. Chris curiously eyes him and Danny grins as he pulls up the grate of a sewer.
"You've taken me all this way to bring me into the sewers?"
"Just wait and see pal, just wait and see."
They descend a ladder and make their way through a small tunnel, coming to a halt at a large wooden door. Danny knocks at the door and a sharp voice shouts out.
"Password?"
"Shadow hide you."
The door swings open and Danny is immediately pulled into a bear hug by a rather handsome-looking Imperial.
"Danny! You're alive! We heard you stole from The Bard and Siemprien and that they were hunting you down. I came to try and warn you, of course, but they got me first. Where's Lastarian? Who is this?"
"Quintus! Slow down! I can barely think with you blubberin' like a baby, just take a second. I'm alive and this is Coin Purse Chris, that's all you need to know for now. I'll explain everything when I've got a mead in my hand and my ass on a seat!"
"New member?"
Danny just smiles as Quintus limps forward, using a cane for support.
"They did my damn leg, Danny. The dratted thing has been useless since."
"We'll have the last laugh, Quintus, trust me."
Chris had been silent throughout this whole interaction but he audibly gasped when the tunnel opened up into what looked like a fully-functioning tavern... operating underground in the Riften sewer network. Delinquents, addicts, thieves, miscreants, and every shady-looking character you can imagine sat around drinking, laughing, and gambling. Danny turns and smiles at Chris.
"Welcome to The Ragged Flagon, Coin Purse."
Chris is still speechless as they take a seat. Three tankards of mead are plopped down on the table in front of them and Danny takes a long, hearty drink.
"Danny, you're back!"
Chris notices Danny roll his eyes behind his tankard and Quintus audibly tuts.
"That's right, Priceus, I'm back."
"And you haven't come alone! Look at this guy, this guy is a budding master thief in the making if ever I've seen one! I'm Priceus, and you are?"
"They call me Coin Purse Chris."
The man - who is notably older than the others present - Priceus laughs aloud.
"That's brilliant! You've brought us a real character, eh Danny?"
"Sure."
"Listen, Chris, I don't want to impose, but when you're done here, come find me. I've got some big jobs lined up that I think you'll be just perfect for."
Chris smiles, and he decides that he rather likes this old Imperial.
"Sure thing, I'll come to find you. Nice to meet you, Priceus."
As Priceus takes his leave, Danny and Quintus shake their heads at each other but say nothing. Danny downs his tankard of mead and slams it on the table before standing up and roaring at the top of his voice.
"LISTEN UP, SCUMBAGS! THIS HERE IS COIN PURSE CHRIS!"
Danny clasps Chris's shoulder and when the room falls silent, every eye on him, he stops shouting but still talks loudly enough for the whole room to hear.
"I've been with this guy for the last six months and he stole The Amulet of Exdivisia from The College of Winterhold... and then he stole it again from THEM DICKHEADS IN THE COMPANIONS!!!"
A rousing roar goes up around the tavern.
"He's more than earned his stripes, I want him to join us here in the guild. If anyone objects - speak now, or forever hold your no-good, lying tongues!"
A few seconds pass. It becomes abundantly clear that nobody is objecting to Chris joining the guild, especially not with Danny’s endorsement and the amulet.
"Then it's settled! Welcome to the guild, Coin Purse!"
Another large cheer goes up and the patrons bang their feet on the ground. Danny sits down and wraps an arm around Chris.
"You're properly one of us now, bud. Congratulations."
Chris smiles, he knows he's earned this and he knows that he has proved himself to Danny. Suddenly, a voice hisses from out of nowhere.
"A touching sight, oh, how my scaly hatchling of a heart beats upon witnessing such a wonderful moment, but you would do well to keep your eyes peeled around Danny The Dodger."
Chris and Danny look up to see an Argonian and Khajit - the two mer-races that populate Skyrim alongside the men and the elves. The lizard-like Argonian is the one that spoke, his scaly face nearly concealed by a black hood. The feline-like Khajit strokes his rather magnificent whiskers before speaking.
"This one concurs, the one they call dodgy, has as many enemies and friends. From his own hand."
Danny speaks through gritted teeth.
"Al-Blaq, Ka'Rish-Dar."
Al-Blaq, the Argonian, once again speaks.
"You should be thanking us, rather than greeting us with disdain. You see, we are on our way to go reclaim The Shield of Duality that you, ah... so, unfortunately, let slip through your fingers. We will succeed, where you and Lastarian so horribly failed."
"This one thinks that if the one they call coin purse is to be successful, he should follow this lead, and not the dodgy ones."
The mer duo laugh and make their way to the secret passage that Danny and Chris entered from, but not before Al-Blaq stops and looks Chris up and down. He nods his head approvingly.
"You wear the shadows well, fellow thief."
Chris remains stoic, unsure what to say, but the decision is taken away from him as Al-Blaq nimbly follows after his friend. Quintus and Danny share another one of ithose glances. Danny clears his throat.
"Uh, Chris, why don't you head over to Priceus and see what kind of 'big jobs' he was talkin' about?"
Chris knew he was being sent away so that Quintus and Danny could speak privately, but he didn't care. People were allowed to have secrets after all. He took his leave and Danny immediately launched into a tirade.
"There's no freakin' order around here, Quintus. We're losin' power and sway - don't even try and deny it, that guard with a dodgy knee told me about The Exile. What's going on? We haven't had a guild master in years, and this is the result. It's chaos around here."
"I agree, Danny, of course, I do... but the way things are now... we'd need something undeniable to have somebody accepted as the guild master. Somebody who is undeniably the master thief. Somebody like... like The Grey Fox."
Danny arches a curious eyebrow.
"I've heard rumors that the Cowl of Nocturnal is in Skyrim. I don’t know if it’s true but I was planning on asking you to help me search for it, and then I busted my leg... so I was planning on asking you and Lastarian to look for it... now, now I don't know what you should do. You can't go searching for something like that by yourself, it's too dangerous."
Danny looks over to where Chris is deep in conversation with Priceus.
"Don't worry about that, Quintus... I think I have somebody new watchin' my back."
[ATTACH type="full"]56208[/ATTACH] “EMPTY.”
4th Era, 222 Morthal, Hjaalmarch.
Danny had hoped that after spending weeks in The Moorside Inn, anxiously waiting for the return of Chris while getting into daily arguments with his best friend Lastarian about whether Chris had what it takes or not, he wouldn’t ever be forced to see the inside of the tavern again. Throw in the fact that Morthal was the place where he had been jumped and robbed of The Shield of Duality, if he never saw the place again, it’d be too soon. Still, Quintus had his ear to the ground in regards to the Cowl of Nocturnal, and if they wanted to carry out their plan of obtaining the mask so that “The Grey Fox” could return as the head of the guild, then this was a necessity. Danny didn’t want to believe he was in this position, but it was very, very real. He knew the guild was in trouble, and he knew they needed a figurehead to steer them onto the right course - this was the only way to do that. Quintus and Danny had even discussed - in very hushed voices - that if need be, Danny would break the rules. He would attempt to steal the cowl cleanly; he was good enough to sneak in and sneak out without anyone ever knowing he was there but if things went south… they’d both agreed he would kill the mark and take the cowl anyway. It wasn’t the way they wanted it to go down but desperate times call for desperate measures, and like they say: there’s no honor among thieves. It had sat uneasily with Danny for a while, though he was quick to get over it and accept it as a necessary evil, the problem arose, however, when after months of searching, Quintus received strong word about the location of the cowl and where it was. More specifically the problem arose when Quintus found out who had it.
It was with great trepidation that Quitnus had told Danny of the intended mark for he had feared an unholy backlash, Danny, for his part though cooly accepted the job and set off to return to Morthal. A grave feeling plagued Danny every single step of the journey there, and by the time he had reached his destination, he was in a dour mood. He planned to stay no longer than was necessary. Morthal was a small town, one of the most remote and quiet places in Skyrim, and as such he had found himself left with no other choice but to return to The Moorside Inn; complete sobriety would not be an option for this particular job. Danny knew he would need some liquid courage, the kind that can only be found at the bottom of five tankards of mead. After polishing off five tankards, Danny knew he had to stop. Any more and he may be too inebriated to complete the job. He wished he could stay in his wooden seat at the bar forever, he wished he did not have to do what he was about to do. He made his way outside the bar and lit a pipe - tobacco sadly, the skooma-mixed concoction he liked to indulge in would certainly see him in no shape to complete the job.
He slowly makes his way out of Morthal and travels the small distance north to the campsite his target was based at. As Danny sneaks through the bushes, he looks around and sighs. This was exactly the type of place she would set up. Remote, quiet, away from annoying people. The camp was well maintained, but it appeared that nobody was present. He allows himself to breathe a huge sigh of relief. The Five Gods had blessed him on this night, nobody being here made the job incredibly more viable for Danny. He had, of course, hoped - and probably deep down knew - that even if the camp were occupied, he’d have the talent to swoop in and take the cowl without bloodshed, but he would be a liar (well, an even bigger one) if he said he was not extremely relieved. He darts into the campsite and quickly scours the place. The tent is empty and aside from a few Companion-branded items scattered about, there seemed to be nothing of any real value. Danny checks behind the tent and under the small stool - nothing. There wasn’t even a small lockbox let alone a crate. Danny scratches his head - this was highly unusual. Quintus could be wrong about things, but his information on hot goods was usually always right, Danny struggled to recall a time when it was ever bad. He severely doubted she was out wearing the cowl, that wouldn’t be her style, she’d have just wanted it or taken it because she could, not because she wanted to use its powers. He opens the flap of the tent and peers inside, noticing a bundled-up pile of clothes serving as a pillow. He inches into the tent on his hands and knees, wondering if she would be so bold to hide something so valuable in plain sight. He laughs to himself; of course, she would definitely do something like that. He moves further into the tent and just as he places a hand on the bundle of clothes, he hears a female voice.
“You’re too late. It’s not there, tiger-lily.”
Danny froze in position, a huge lump forming in his throat. Nervously, he tries to gulp down what he can before slowly rolling over to face a small, female Wood Elf with blonde hair. Her eyes pierced through him, and Danny felt his heart flutter before letting her name escape his lips, nearly breathlessly.
“Minvondera.”
“Danny.”
He snaps out of his trance, he knows the allure of Minvondera and his yearning for her could prove costly, fatal even. He reaches for his dagger, but once again she speaks.
“Don’t waste your energy. I already told you: it’s not here.”
“Where have you hidden it? I don’t want to do this, but I have no choice. Let’s make this easy.”
“I don’t have it, though if I did, your threats would fall on my deaf, pointed ears. I do not fear you, I never have.”
Danny’s eyes darted to her waist, but her cloak made it impossible to deduce if she was armed, though he suspected she was. Her words rang true; she did not fear him. Danny had oft considered if that was a factor in why he felt the way he did about her.
“You expect me to believe that you gave it to somebody?”
“That’s not what I said, is it?”
“I ain’t got freakin’ time for games!”
“Really? From this position, that looks like exactly what you have time for.”
Her clever guile would usually make him laugh, but this time it served the purpose of reminding him that he was lying down in a small tent with her lurching over him.
“I haven’t got the cowl, Danny. Now come out here so we can talk properly.”
She moves out of the entrance of the tent and Danny quickly follows, loosening the knife on his belt just in case. When outside, he sees that she is already pouring a skooma-mix into a pipe. She casts a small enchantment and a minuscule steak of fire jets out from her fingertip, lighting the pipe. She inhales deeply and wordlessly passes it to Danny. He takes a long drag of the pipe before handing it back. As he exhales, he speaks to her.
“I saw you a while ago. You were watching us leave Morthal.”
“Indeed. You were with Lastarian and a man I did not recognize.”
“His name is Coin- actually, it don’t matter. Speakin’ of Lastarian, you haven’t seen him, have you?”
“I haven’t seen him since we met way across the sea in Akavir. As you know, that is not an experience I am keen to repeat. I find it a strange question to ask, as the last I saw, he was traveling with you.”
“Funny thing is, that’s the last day I saw him myself. We were jumped. We had somethin’ that didn’t exactly belong to us and, well, it got taken back.”
Minvondera laughs, it is not cruel, she genuinely finds the situation humorous.
“You mean to tell me the master thieves got robbed?”
“Ambushed is the word I’d use.”
“Prey tell, what was taken from you, tiger-lily?”
“The Shield of Duality.”
“Well, isn’t that a coincidence? Myself and Jirald plan on coming into possession of that very item very soon.”
“You’re still fuckin’ around with that good-for-nothin’?”
There is a clear fury in Danny’s tone as he talks about Jirald.
“Come now Danny, you’re far too handsome to be jealous, it doesn’t suit you.”
She passes Danny the pipe and when he inhales, he feels some of the negativity ebb away. Minvondera brushes a blonde lock behind a pointed ear and gazes at Danny. Then, without prompting, she speaks.
“Thomir the Death-King has the cowl.”
Danny curses aloud as he hands back the pipe.
“You’re kiddin’ me, right? That big, huge fuckin’ beast of a Nord? Ain’t he a Companion too? How in the name of The Five Gods did he end up with the Cowl of Nocturnal?”
“That’s all I’m willing to discuss. You won’t get any more from me, so don’t even try.”
“Why are you even telling me this? Thomir is one of your men.”
She shifts her eyes to the end of the pipe, focusing on the burning contents as she talks.
“Because I feel I somewhat owe you one. Your friend, the one I didn’t recognize?”
“What about him?”
Chris was part of the guild now, training to become a master thief. Danny knew Chris was going to be vital to the resurrection of the guild, he wasn’t about to give up his identity - the fewer people that knew who he was, the better as far as Danny was concerned.
“That time you spotted me on the hill was not the only time I watched you during your time in Morthal.”
“Of course it wasn’t, you’ve always been one step ahead of me. I can never quite get in step with you.”
“Well, the morning you departed, I was in the tavern watching from a crevice in the corner, when your friend marched in. I may not of recognised him but I of course recognised the amulet he slammed down. That belonged to me at one time, and rightfully, it should still be mine. However, I had other plans.”
“The cowl.”
“Among other things, but yes, I’d recently found out the cowl had made its way into Skyrim, and I made that a priority. But I wasn’t the only previous owner who wanted the amulet back.”
Danny groans as the realization sinks in.
“You told Unc-Jajaja that he had it! He nearly fuckin’ killed him, Minvondera!”
“And what if he did? I’ve told you Danny; in The Companions, we don’t follow the same rules as you do in your little thief gang.”
“Then that makes you no better than the Dark Brotherhood! You’re glorified assassins.”
“Oh please, we don’t take contracts to kill people but if somebody gets into a fight with one of us, we will do whatever it takes to win. That’s The Companion way. Sometimes, tiger-lily, you’ve got to be able to sink lower than the person across from you if you want to come out on top. It’s not always pretty, but you know yourself that it rarely is pretty at the top. Besides, I made good on that now.”
“How do I know you won’t tip Thomir off that I’m coming?”
“You don’t.”
Danny accepts the final toke of the pope. He watches Minvondera gracefully rise to her feet and make her way over to a small crate of food. Danny takes the hint and he places the pipe down and dusts himself off. He is about to leave, but he cannot bring himself to yet, not without asking the question.
“Minvondera…?”
“Yes?”
She turns around and looks into Danny’s eyes.
“Will we ever be together? Are our situations ever going to allow it to be just the two of us?”
Minvondera simply flashes a sad smile and breaks eye contact with him, turning back around to her crate of food.
“It’s time to go, tiger-lily.”
Danny feels his chest tighten and allows his head to hang solemnly for half a second before he turns and makes his way out of her camp. A few feet past the exit of her camp is a thick wooden pole erected into the ground. Sighing, he begins carving with his knife; a square box enclosed in a circle, it would let any guild members who happened across it know that there was nothing worth stealing here. He steps back and looks at it - the shadowmark for “empty”. Feeling just that, Danny trudges through the soft carpet of snow on the ground, trying to think of a way to take the cowl from Thomir the Death-King.
[ATTACH type="full"]56212[/ATTACH]
“CACHE.”
4th Era, 222 Riverwood, Whiterun Hold.
Danny knew that he needed to prepare before attempting a heist on Thomir and The Companions. It wasn’t something he would be able to pull off without a helping hand and some special equipment. Unfortunately, when he had set out for Morthal from Riften, he had traveled extremely light. He did not envision his trip would be extended and he was in dire need of supplies. He had made contact with the guild when he left Minvondera and Morthal, and Quintus had arranged for him to travel to Riverwood, a small, unassuming, Nordic settlement nestled in a valley. Despite Whiterun Hold being the largest in Skyrim, Danny erred away from the region as a rule due to the jacked-up law enforcement and the presence of The Companions. Their own base was in The Hold’s capital of Whiterun and though he did not fear them, there were a variety of other places a man like Danny The Dodger could ply his trade in a more comfortable fashion.
As he sits on the stone steps of The Sleeping Giant tavern, Danny cannot envision any scenario in which he would find himself in this small village had he not been told to go here by the courier Quintus sent. For once, he had not ventured inside the local tavern to drain a tankard of mead, nor had he sought out his beloved skooma-mix - though, judging by the hardened faces of the few Nords he had spied going to work at the nearby timber mill, this would be a fruitless endeavor to undertake even if he wanted to - he had simply planted himself on the steps of the tavern because he was exhausted. Not just from the journey here, but from life itself. He was worn down from his war with The Bard and Siemprien, bore scars from skirmishes with Companion members, and was fatigued from trying to do the absolute most he could to uphold the name of his guild. That was simply the physical side; mentally he was equally tired. He had nearly warped his mind trying to find a way to be with Minvondera, though every time he got close, something prevented them from being together. He had grown weary of the snipes from Al-Blaq and Kha’Rish-Dar, and without Lastarian by his side with a calm word, Danny feared that was set to explode, particularly with Al-Blaq. Then there was Chris.
He had spent months training him in the ways of the thief, imparting as much knowledge of the game as possible onto the upstart and letting him ride along with him for some massive jobs. The type that guarantees an increase in standing and reputation. ‘Ride along’ was probably underselling Chris, he had more than pulled his weight on these jobs, but Danny knew deep down they wouldn’t have happened if Danny himself hadn’t been there to put things in place. He hadn’t always been entirely honest with Chris - though he didn’t pretend otherwise. It seemed like the perfect master-student situation; the right amount of push, and the right amount of respect. Recently, though, things had changed between Coin Purse and Danny. Since being brought into the guild, Chris had rapidly grown in stature; due in no small part to his undeniable abilities. Danny recalled a job coming in that involved going over to Summerset Isle to hit a mark, and some people in the Ragged Flagon actually wanted Chris to go instead! Danny got the job in the end - and succeeded with the job - but it was a reminder that Chris had a growing reputation. A couple of months later, Danny made an error that would permanently shift a lot of the guild’s perception.
He had been contracted to do a job but after a late night of drinking mead with Quintus, researching their documents about the Cowl of Nocturnal, he had failed to show up for the job. Chris stepped up and completed the job with minimal fuss and Danny was berated at large by the guild, while the praises of Coin Purse were sung. Danny thought it an unfair reflection on their individual prowess as thieves - Danny wasn’t even there to attempt the job, surely he’d have delivered as he always had done - but though he was entitled to take that stance, there was nothing he could do to stop the whispers growing into full-blown chatter about how Chris had overtaken Danny. Danny, in his mind at least, had put that notion to rest when it was he - not Chris - that managed to steal the Cloak of Clarity. Strangely named, a misnomer, the power of the cloak was that it actually rendered the wearer invisible - an object that every thief in the land had been trying to get their hands on. Still, the talk of Chris being superior persisted, and this led to a small voice in Danny’s head echoing that sentiment.
Thinking he would drive himself mad if he thought any longer on the topic, a weary Danny decided it was time to go find the help Quintus had promised he would discover in this small village. He scoured the length of the village until he came across a humble, nondescript cottage with nothing noteworthy about it aside from the shadowmark indicating there was a cache inside. Danny smiles as he always did upon seeing one of these engravings and pushes on the door, surprised to see it immediately open but stepping inside nonetheless.
“Danny! You found us!”
“What the fuck?”
Danny cannot conceal his shock at what greets him in the room; Priceus, Dimonte, and Coin Purse Chris. Priceus smiles widely, and Dimonte and Chris offer nothing more than curt nods. Danny looks at the trio gathered around a candlelit table - the table has a map of Whiterun placed in the middle, and this is what the men seemed to be hunched over before Danny arrived.
“Just what the hell is goin’ on here? Quintus sent you?”
Danny points at Priceus.
“Get outta here! Did you do somethin’ to Quintus again, Chris?”
Chris flashes Danny a look. He was of course referring to “the incident” between Chris and Quintus, neither of them liked talking about it, for different reasons.
“We’re actually here to help your ungrateful ass! Quintus told us what’s going down.”
“I’m sure, and I’m sure he sent Priceus, too! I ain’t fuckin’ stupid, somethin’ is going on here. Dimonte, pleasure as always brother, but I don’t know why they dragged you into this.”
“Hear them out, mate. They’re genuine. I walked in here expecting Chris to tie me to a chair, but the plan could actually work, it’s legit.”
This caused Danny to slow his roll, he trusted Dimonte’s word like few others.
“But… why Priceus?”
“This is my place!”
“You own a damn cache house? Where the fuck would you get the equipment for that?”
“You know I used to be a guard before I joined the guild, I still have connections in the armory… and the confiscated lock-up.”
Dimonte has a face of dawning realization as he “ahhhhs”.
“So that’s why you’re in the guild.”
“What? No! I know a lot about robbing!”
“You couldn’t filch a sweet roll from a toddler, mate.”
“Is somebody gonna tell me what the fuck we’re doing here or what?”
“A classic distraction scam.”
Danny remains tight-lipped as Chris takes the lead on relaying the plan they had put together. The last time Danny ran a distraction scam was with Lastarian when they took The Shield of Duality. He’d talked about the dupe with Chris many times and was surprised to hear this was the route they were going.
“We need to neutralize The Companions, West stays in Jorravsker, their guild hall in Whiterun, and he’ll be surrounded by Companions. We need to get you in a position where you’re only dealing with Thomir, at worst. I’ll be running distraction, luring as many of The Companions out as possible.”
“How?”
“We have an unknowing asset that’s going to provide an assist.”
Danny has questions but he allows Chris to continue laying out the plan.
“Priceus has some decent equipment stashed here: some good light armor, a couple of scrolls that will allow even your non-magic ass to cast spells, and a plethora of lock-picks. You still have the Cloak of Clarity, right?”
Danny nods and Dimonte smiles - he had once been in possession of the same cloak.
“That’ll allow you to sneak by the fracas, but once you’re inside, if West is there, it won’t be worth a toss. That Crown of Thorns he wears allows him to detect life forces - invisible or not.”
Danny didn’t say a word but was impressed with the amount of meticulous planning and research Chris had done.
“Once you’re inside it’s on you. We will have done all we can. Now, any questions?”
“Who is this unknowing asset?”
Chris and Priceus share a look of uncertainty before Chris speaks.
“Siemprien.”
“Fuck outta here!”
“Mate, WHAT? You never mentioned that. You just said you’d be in a fight!
“Hold up! Chris, let me explain.”
Danny whips his head around and stares daggers at Price, who fiddles with his tunic as he talks.
“Danny, ever since you’ve gone in pursuit of the cowl, things have changed slightly and to be frank, the guild is on the brink of ruin. Before then, even. We’re on board with you obtaining the cowl to help get us back on track but… you aren’t the only one who has been operating independently. I’m sure you heard that Siemprien and The Bard have gone their separate ways, and will agree that those two not being together can only be in favor of the guild. Chris… well Chris helped drive the wedge between them, he uh, he had maintained a relationship with The Bard this whole time, without you knowing, and well, he was able to get between them and manipulate the situation. He even nearly took The Bard out, completely, didn’t you Chris?”
As Chris confirms with a sharp nod, Danny cannot hide his shock. Really, Danny is quite impressed by the deception, and Chris keeping in communication with his two enemies - behind his back nonetheless - this entire time. Maybe Chris hadn’t become better than Danny, maybe he always was.
“But now, now Siemprien blames me for the breakdown in his relationship with The Bard. He’s also in Whiterun, and I’m going to go up there with you and give him what he wants - a fight. I’ll make sure it happens so close to Jorravsker that The Companions will have no choice but to come out and get involved.”
Danny runs the plan through his head; the various possibilities, the variable factors, the risk. It wasn’t foolproof - of course, no planned theft was - but it could work and the alternative was Danny trying to do it by himself. He looks at Nova.
“Are you coming as well?”
Nova stands up and tosses a bag in front of Danny.
“I’ve already done my part. I’ve already had an associate mark the room of Thomir, that should save you time once you’re in. I wish I could come, but I’ve to deal with Pajon, an old Breton foe from back home. Besides, check the bag, I’ll be with you in a way. For now, I have to go, mate. Good luck… and shadow hide you.”
Dimonte takes his leave as Danny stares down at the bag. Coin Purse Chris punctures the silence.
“So, do you think this will work, are you in?”
Danny peers inside the bag and sees Dimonte’s prized, enchanted, 24K Boots. He throws his head back and laughs - he had all the tools he was going to need to take down Thomir the Death-King.
“It’s going to have to, ain’t it? If it doesn’t, we’ll likely die. But if it does? We’re back in business.”
[ATTACH type="full"]56214[/ATTACH] “LOOT.”
4th Era, 222 Whiterun, Whiterun Hold.
Danny lurks in the shadows near Jorravsker, the famous headquarters of The Companions - situated in Whiterun itself. Danny only visited Whiterun sparingly; unless there was an extremely worthwhile stroke to be had, or an easy con to be run, he was more than content with steering clear of The Companion's territory. They outnumbered most factions in Skyrim, and the kicker was that they seemed to be nearly solely comprised of F Warriors. It was rare that the F Warriors were spoken about, save for those select few that were F Warriors, and even at that, it was generally to other F Warriors. For the majority, they kept their birthright secret from the rest of the world - though they were undoubtedly superior to the standard being in Skyrim, a revelation of F Warrior status usually resulted in shunning and exclusion from the rest of society. People always feared what they did not understand. The Companions somewhat shirked that unwritten rule, they were proud of who they were and if asked, they would bodaciously speak about who they were. In a way, Danny admired The Companions and their outward stance on things, and in another life, he could have seen himself running with them rather than The Thieves Guild. However, there was little to be gained from fantasizing about what may have been and Danny had long since accepted the path he had chosen. He knew who he was and regardless of whether he liked it, he felt bound to stick to his chosen path. He was a lying, unreliable, snake in the grass and that was just fine as far as he was concerned. At least he accepted the harsh truth about himself. He knew he was going to disappoint others, likely countless times over in fact, but he didn’t care. It was a savage and unforgiving world - and as cold as it may sound; Danny thrived in such an environment.
He twirled a bottle of skooma between his index finger and thumb as he awaited Coin Purse Chris’s grand distraction to unfold. A small, nagging voice, tugging from the back of his mind implored him to take just a little hit. A little something to dull the pain he was about to cause. Danny had agreed to the plan Chris and Priceus had laid out for one reason: it would benefit him. At the end of the day, that was the only thing that really mattered. Danny wanted to take whatever he could… and he didn’t give a solitary shit about what happened to anyone else. That included Chris, Priceus, and any other guild member or friend he could think of. Though initially startled by the fact that Chris had been making moves and communicating with The Bard behind his back, he quickly came to terms with it when he realized that Chris was just doing what anybody would do in that position - he was hedging his bets so that there was a bigger chance of the eventual outcome being favorable for him. Danny couldn’t in any good faith berate Chris for such a play, he was making a similar one himself, and after all, hadn’t he been the one to mentor Chris and teach him the ways of the thief? Deep down, Danny had accepted what was going down from the moment he had struck a deal being the guild’s back with the Executa Ecksellsa mercenaries. He knew the only possible outcome was going to be hurt and destruction. He knew he would burn multiple bridges, but that did not faze him. Danny had more Septims than he could count, he had a multitude of people willing to risk it all for him, and he was universally praised as being good - no, great - at what he did. But that wasn’t enough. Danny had tasted all this life had to offer and had decided a long time ago - before Lastarian and himself stole The Shield of Duality even - that the only thing that truly mattered to him… was going down in the history books as a bonafide legend. He wanted to be remembered forever. Still, going against everyone that he had ever called “friend” hurt… and skooma dulled that pain. There was a reason it was considered highly illegal contraband after all. Danny used a concentrated, less powerful version of the drug mixed with tobacco to smoke in a pipe, as did many others, but hadn’t directly consumed skooma in its pure form since his teenage years. It was a hectic drug that led to chaos. He pockets the vial of skooma, deciding it probably wasn’t the time to relight an old, chaotic habit.
He spots Lastarian walk up the street near Jorrasker, wielding the infamous, magical staff known as Wabbajack. The staff was made by the most insane Daedric Prince of all, Sheogorath, and possessed the power to randomly transform any it was used against, yet though Siemprien carried the staff like a treasured possession, Danny had never actually seen Siemprien use it. It seemed to Danny that it was merely for show. A shift of the eyes allows Danny to observe a stealthily approaching Chris creep up on Siemprien from behind. Chris throws a nasty punch to the back of Siemprien’s head, and Danny gets ready to move as all hell begins to break loose. Siemprien roars in agony as Chris follows up by slashing his arm with an iron short-sword. That’s enough to get the residents of Whiterun involved as eager onlookers and draw the attention of The Companions. Several members led by Jirald, Unc-Jajaja, and Minvondera file out of the headquarters and make a bee-line towards the impending scrap. Danny knows he won’t get a better opportunity, and he nips behind the baying crowd and into Jorravsker.
He drapes the Cloak of Clarity around himself, the strong illusion magic coursing through it allowing Danny to essentially become invisible. He rushes through the hallways of Jorravsker until he spies the shadowmark etched into the wall, just above the ground, beside a large oak door. He draws his dagger and busts through, elated to find the room empty. He busts three lock picks - a personal worst for him - attempting to crack the large chest at the foot of the single bed adorning the room. With the trunk popped, he quickly rifles through it until finally in his hands is the Cowl of Nocturnal. He turns to leave, a fleeting thought passing through his mind about it being too easy. Suddenly, Thomir crashes into the room but Danny is quick to exit through the window as his adversary comes hurtling towards him. As soon as his feet touch earth, he sprints around to the front of the building at a nearly impossible speed - such is the power of Dimonte’s 24K boots - and gets to the front just in time to see Chris seemingly get the upper hand in the ensuing fracas. Though he is clad in the Cloak of Clarity, he can’t help but notice Minvondera’s eyes burn a hole directly at where he is standing - this is enough for him to warrant turning on his heels and sprinting away from Whiterun at a breakneck pace.
Danny rather quickly finds himself at Moldering Ruins situated just west of Whiterun. This was the designated meeting point that Danny and Chris were to meet at; it was chosen for its proximity to Whiterun and due to the fact that it was once inhabited by a tribe of vampires. Citizens of the Whiterun Hold had deemed the place to be cursed and as such, it made for an ideal meeting point for two runaway criminals. Danny looks down at the 24K boots and smiles - they had certainly made his job an awful lot easier. He even allows himself to chuckle as he takes out his vial of skooma and knocks it back, immediately feeling its effects swirl through his body. Danny takes a seat on a small wooden pew to wait for Coin Purse and says a silent thanks to The Five Gods for blessing him during his heist of Jorravsker. He felt he had been unnaturally lucky with the job - Thomir arriving onto the scene a little too late to majorly impact his swoop had certainly been a slice of good fortune. Besides, Chris undoubtedly had taken on the riskier part of the plan by getting into a direct confrontation with Siemprien. The more Danny muses, the more it dawns on him that Chris had been working a lot harder and putting himself in stickier situations than Danny. Not just on this job, but for the guild in general. He put in much more than Danny, but Danny seemed to reap the rewards more regularly. He gazes down at the Cowl of Nocturnal and smiles; isn't the point of being a master thief that you don't have to toil for your riches? You profit off somebody else and Danny had no issue in doing so.
His thoughts become somewhat clouded - no doubt the skooma kicking in - as he begins considering his plans for the guild now that he had obtained the Cowl of Nocturnal. He knew he had in his hands the power to lead the guild to glory, likely an unrivaled era for the ragtag mob of looters, and it would serve to line all of their pockets. He looks at the empty vial of skooma and chucks it against the trunk of a nearby tree. the purple glass shattering into thousands of tiny pieces. He could do all those things... but why should he? Danny The Dodger, after years of skulking around in the dead of the night, praying a decent opportunity would fall into his lap, could now do whatever he damn wanted. He knew this would be the case, and that is why he had met with the Executa Ecksellsa mercenaries when he began his hunt for the cowl. It was, at the time, a theoretical conversation based on what they could do for each other if Danny could secure the cowl. Now that he had it, he reckoned he may just take them up on their deal of protection in exchange for helping them find The Shield of Duality. Protection was going to be an absolute must if he was to burn everything and everyone around him in this fashion. Danny stands up from the pew and casts a look at Whiterun to his east. Fuck Coin Purse Chris. Fuck the guild. Fuck everyone.
Danny could do whatever the fuck he wanted.
[ATTACH type="full"]56213[/ATTACH]
“SAFE.”
4th Era, 222 Falkreath, Falkreath Hold.
He should have known he couldn’t outrun everyone.
Danny sweats profusely from his hunched-down position behind the forge in the middle of Falkreath. Maybe it was the heat emanating from burning coals in the forge or perhaps it was out of terror. In any case, for the first time since he had decided to take the cowl and run away from the guild to hook up with Executa Ecksella he felt like he was about to be cornered. Truth be told, he had felt it from the moment he fled from the arranged meeting point a number of moons ago; he knew he had a huge target on his back due to his actions and while he had stolen some extremely valuable items in that period, he was starting to wonder if he had made a mistake by turning his back on everybody in pursue of individual riches and glory. The feeling was never more imminent than right at this very moment. While always a thief, historically, Danny had not made a habit of harming others to get to his loot; sure he had killed before but always out of absolute necessity. Life-threatening situations. Since he had stolen the cowl, however, he had committed some heinous crimes against very innocent people. Upon hearing of Danny’s actions against the guild, Lastarian tracked him down and confronted him. Danny brutalized his oldest friend's face without thinking twice. He thinks of Vye-Lit, the young, female Argonian known to associate with Al-Blaq, and what he had done to her. He committed a brutal execution flanked by the mercenaries from Executa Ecksella, a terrible deed that was done for the sole purpose of warning Al-Blaq to stay away. He did not stay away. He came after him. As did Siemprien when he realized he had been a pawn in Danny’s game. He had managed to deal with both and somehow escape but it wasn’t only jilted guild members or old enemies that had come after him. The guards in every hold already knew his name but the crimes he committed recently had them all looking for him at every turn. Despite having come into possession of the Cowl of Nocturnal, and with it, gaining the ability to become The Gray Fox, Danny had decided not to wear the mask when committing crimes. His ego had outgrown itself and Danny wanted every single person he stole from to know exactly who was the culprit. Danny chose to brazenly steal, backed up by Executa Ecksella, and did not care who knew of his identity. Danny The Dodger would always get away. He didn’t need a magical cowl to take whatever he wanted, he could do it himself; he was just that damn good. The Thieves Guild weren’t the only ones to come from Riften to hunt him down, The Exile had publicly declared he would apprehend Danny and deliver his own brand of justice to the infamous thief. That was who Danny was avoiding at this moment and the reason why he was concealing himself behind the forge. Danny sees The Exile himself - his jagged scar a dead giveaway - marching proudly through Falkreath, asking after his whereabouts. Danny knew he was just about out of road in Skyrim, his notoriety had soared to such a height that theft in Skyrim was no longer a logically viable option. He could always slip on the cowl and undertake The Gray Fox persona to continue his crime spree, but he was Danny The Dodger, not The Gray Fox.
Danny fumbles in his bag and produces a vial of skooma, greedily gulping it down. He was using skooma nearly daily at this rate, he felt it was of benefit to him when in reality, it was skewing his mind even further. He casts his mind to Executa Ecksellsa; he had held up his end of the bargain by delivering The Shield of Duality to them and they had provided protection in return, but he was planning on ditching them in the very near future. He felt like he did more for them than they did for him and increasing paranoia as the net seemingly closed in around him resulted in him making the decision to cut ties with them. He would not tell them of his intentions, he simply had them escort him to the border town of Falkreath, and as soon as he could pinch a suitable mare from an unguarded stable he planned to cross the border back to his home of Cyrodiil. The party would continue there, he thought. Sans Executa Ecksellsa. He did not need them, as had not needed the guild, or Coin Purse, or even the cowl he had so desperately clamored for. He did not follow rules or a moral code of any kind, he simply took and did whatever he wanted. He would continue to do so. Nobody would stop him. As the familiar warmth of the skooma high sets in, Danny can see The Exile conversing with a Falkreath guard. They knew he was active in Falkreath Hold, they just hadn’t been able to get the jump on him. Danny’s bouncing eyes widen when he sees the forge master approach the duo and point towards where Danny was hidden. Danny is seething with anger - he wasn’t about to be caught by a grizzled old forge master. That is not how his tale would end. He refused it to be so. He does what he does best; he runs.
Keeping to the back streets of Falkreath, he silently bemoans the fact that his 24K Boots were back at the derelict fort himself and Executa Ecksellsa had holed up in outside of Falkreath. Returning there was not a viable option, the patrol guards had surely already been alerted to his presence in the hold. Still, he refused to don the cowl as a means of escape. He needed a hiding place, and he needed one fast. He sneaks along the back of the houses that line Falkreath, trying to suss out an empty property that he could jimmy open and hide in until the heat died down, but it seemed that every house had activity of some sort going on inside. He was fast running out of options and could hear the cries and shouts of the guards running up and down the streets in search of him when something catches his eye. He inches closer to a small hut at the end of a row of moderate-sized houses and when he is a few feet away from it he sees it; a shadowmark etched into the bottom corner of the wooden panels that lined the house's exterior. It was one of the simpler designs but one of the most welcome to any would-be thief; a circle enclosed by a triangle - the indicator that a property was ‘safe’. Danny quickly pulls open the door and darts inside, immediately being engulfed by the dark interior of the hut. In the darkness, he reaches into his bag and produces a small candle, igniting it with the quick stroke of a match. He breathes a sigh of relief but it is only to be momentary for as soon as he illuminates the room a very familiar voice calls out from the dark.
“Caught at last, eh friend?”
Danny yelps aloud, taken by complete surprise, and then nearly keels over from shock when he sees Quintus sitting at a small round table.
“Quintus! What the fuck is goin’ on here?”
“You think you’re so clever, Danny. Did you forget who thought you about this life? Even before Lastarian?”
Danny curses himself. The shadowmark had been nothing more than a ruse. Quintus had exposed Danny to shadowmarks nearly a decade ago and Quintus knew they were something Danny relied on - especially in a tight spot. It was only as the initial shock wore off that Danny noticed Quintus was sitting with a crossbow in his hands, a crossbow that was aimed directly at Danny.
“Sit.”
“Quintus, listen, I-”
“Sit.”
Without much of a choice in the matter, Danny sits down at the round table.
“Now, talk.”
“About what?”
“About what? ABOUT WHAT? Are you out of your mind, Danny? Or are you just back on the skooma?”
Danny chooses to stay quiet about that particular habit.
“What the hell do you think I want you to talk about? How about you talk about running away from the guild? Or maybe you can start by trying to justify what you did to Al-Blaq’s student? Oh, I know, why don’t you tell me why the hell you turned your back on me and made off with the Cowl of Nocturnal after I had spent so damn long trying to locate it for you. For us. For the guild.”
“This old thing?”
Danny reaches into his pocket and throws the Cowl of Nocturnal onto the table between him and Quintus.
“Take it. I don’t want it. I didn’t even fuckin’ use it.”
“You didn’t… what? Then why did you run if not to take the cowl to use for yourself?”
“I don’t need no stinkin’ cowl to get what I want, Quintus.”
“Which is what exactly?”
Danny sighs and shakes his head.
“You wouldn’t understand.”
“Try me.”
Danny looks at Quintus, he still had the crossbow trained on him.
“The Gray Fox has always been heralded as the best thief in history but… the thing is Quintus, there’s been more than one Gray Fox. We all know it. Sure, we can’t fuckin’ say how many because of the nature of the cowl but the way I see it, if you pull on that cowl you’re automatically the best. It doesn’t matter who you are or what you’ve done before it. You just are instantly declared the best because you are now The Gray Fox. You take it off again and you’re just… you’re just you. No matter how good you actually are, if you aren’t wearing the cowl, you won’t be called the best. That’s fuckin’ bullshit and you know it, Quintus. Why did we want the cowl so badly in the first place?”
Quintus looks to be deep in thought, he’s actually listening to what Danny is saying.
“For the guild.”
“Exactly. Why the fuck are we so concerned about the betterment of the guild anyway, nothing is ever going to change, we’ve seen it time and time again. We’re just soldiers when it comes down to it. You and I, we stole The Shield of Duality before, right? But if we hadn’t, they would have just sent another freakin’ duo out there to get it. You saw what happened when I returned without it and Lastarian, I hadn’t even got my fuckin’ ass in a seat and Al-Blaq and Kha’rish-Dar we’re headin’ out to go get it. That’s just the fuckin’ shield, Quintus! What would have happened if I came back with this cowl? I’d have been made to throw it on so that I could make the guild rich, but it doesn’t make me immortal does it? It doesn’t make me live forever. Sooner or later - and I’m betting sooner - I’d have been asked to share the cowl for the good of the guild, passing it around, watchin’ guys that couldn’t out-rob me in a million years being regarded as the best in the game. Or even more likely; Coin Purse would’ve stabbed me in the fuckin’ back and taken the cowl for himself. The worst part is, once I had it, I didn’t want it. It’s not like it was in the past when nobody knew who was in possession of the cowl, everybody knew I was going to get it. They might not have been able to tell it was me under the cowl because of it’s magic but they would have known I had it in my possession. They would not be able to remember I was The Gray Fox if I took the mask off, but the spell it’s enchanted with doesn’t make them lose their memory of before; they’d remember I was searchin’ for it and if they remembered that then they’d know I wouldn’t fail. They’d know I don’t fail. I’m the best at this when you stack everything up, they’d know I succeeded and even though they wouldn’t be able to tell I was The Gray Fox, they’d know I have it. The funny thing is though, Quintus, I haven’t even needed the damn cowl. You’ve heard what I’ve done since I ran from Whiterun. You know I’m the fuckin’ best and I don’t need a damn cowl for that. You can fuckin’ have it.”
Quintus sits in silence for nearly a minute, digesting everything Danny has thrown at him. He doesn’t speak but he lowers the crossbow and looks at the cowl. Sensing he’s winning him around, Danny tries to press the issue.
“Look, Christian, truth is - I’m done here in Skyrim. I’m ready to go. That’s why I’m in Falkreath. Help me cross the border to Cyrodiil and you’ll never hear from me again. Take the mask, bring it to the guild, give it to damn Coin Purse or somethin’ and we all fuckin’ win.”
Quintus considers this. He looks again at the cowl on the table and his eyes flit between that and his crossbow before he diverts his eyes to his leg. His injured leg. Not the one The Bard injured though. After a few more seconds he looks up at Danny and flatly speaks.
“Fuck Coin Purse. I’ll get you out of Falkreath.” |
[/b][/COLOR] “That’s my fuckin’ man! You’ve always been a true fuckin’-”Suddenly, the door swings wide open, crashing against the inside wall with an almighty thud that causes Danny and Quintus to jump to their feet. “HE’S HERE! WE’VE GOT HIM! DANNY THE DODGER IS HERE!”The shrill sound of a whistle blowing brings dozens of guards sprinting towards the hut. Danny looks at Quintus who quickly sweeps the cowl off the table and onto the floor, underneath the table. Danny is harshly grabbed by either arm and held in place as more guards arrive on the scene, including the Falkreath captain who immediately addresses Quintus. “Sir! Are you alright? Has this lowlife got you hostage?”Danny gives Quintus the most subtle of nods, letting him know that it’s alright. Danny’s caught. He knows it, and he’ll go down alone. Quintus closes his eyes and for a split second, Danny thinks he’s going to lunge for the crossbow and try and fight their way out but then, with a sorry look on his face, Quintus begins talking in a fake panic. “Thank the gods! I didn’t know what was going to happen, I was so scared! I was just sitting here thinking about what to have for dinner when this man climbed in my window and pulled a knife on me! I-I-I didn’t know what to do! I thought he was going to rob me.”“You’re alright now, sir! This man is Danny The Dodger, being robbed of your values wasn’t the only thing at risk. You’re lucky to be alive.”“Oh my! I feel faint.”“It’s okay now, sir, trust me, this criminal isn’t going anywhere. He can’t do any more harm! He’s being locked up for good. We will need you to come to the barracks with us, just to answer a few questions, you may be able to help us find the mercenary gang he was running with.”Danny remains completely silent as Quintus nods his head and allows himself to be led out by the captain. The two guards roughly pull Danny from the hut to the outside where over a dozen guards are waiting to escort him to the barracks and then onto the jail. Danny makes no scene and offers no resistance. He allows himself to be marched towards his fate happy to remain tight-lipped but after a few seconds, he remembers the Cowl of Nocturnal is lying on the floor of the hut underneath the table. He laughs aloud, causing one of the guards to hit him in the back of the head. He stays quiet after that but he can’t help but see the irony in the situation. Literally anyone could walk in and pick it up, but he supposed Quintus would return to retrieve it after the questioning. As he rounds the corner at the end of the street, he steals a glance back at the hut that will go down in legend as the place where Danny The Dodger was finally caught. He nearly gets sick on the spot when he sees Al-Blaq creep into the now vacant house.[/FONT] [ATTACH type="full"]56215[/ATTACH]
“ESCAPE.”
4th Era, 223 Falkreath Jail, Falkreath Hold.
Danny lies in the complete silence of his jail cell, thinking of nothing in particular. He had not thought of anything for quite some time. He figured it to have been at least six moons since he was incarcerated in Falkreath Jail. He had been promised that he would never be released from the prison and as such, he had never bothered to keep track of the time spent inside. Danny The Dodger was going to be in here for life. The Falkreath jail was small and rather unimpressive and he felt a twang of pain whenever he too deeply considered that this pathetic structure was what was keeping him from his freedom. That happened often as he dwelled on things. He was the only prisoner in the jail and had been for the entirety of his stretch thus far. With nothing to look towards, and nobody to talk to, Danny was left with having to reminisce on the past. All the people he conned, all the friends he double-crossed, all the victims he stole from - or worse - and all the truly terrible things he had done. All in the name of being recognized as the best.
He didn’t regret a single thing.
Even the best eventually got caught or died, he had known that from the moment he slipped into the life. The ride couldn’t last forever but Danny had enjoyed one heck of a ride. The Gauntlet of Lemin, The Shield of Duality, even the damn Cowl of Nocturnal. He smiled as he remembers his greatest thefts and his biggest heists. He had done everything he needed to do to go down as a legend and now that it was at an end, he could rest easy. He fell asleep with ease most nights and was able to stomach the monotony of the day-to-day of incarcerated life. He didn’t care about anything and that was just fine in his books. He was simply waiting to die. He had been since the moment he was caught in the hut in Falkreath. His gig was up and that didn’t bother him. He’d done all he could’ve possibly hoped to have done as a thief. He was satisfied. He lies down on the bale of hay that served as his bed inside his tiny, brick cell and closed his eyes. Sleep usually wasn’t a long time coming. He begins to fade when he hears footsteps coming towards him from down the corridor. This was most unusual; he had been fed twice already day and it was nighttime. The guards did not have to routinely check on Danny as he was locked in a windowless cell every second of the day and the only way in and out of the jail was through the front door right where the guards were situated. Danny quietly rises from his bed and peeks out his bars, curiosity getting the better of him. He cannot quite believe his eyes as he sees two guards march a cuffed Dark Elf and a massive Orc to the cell directly opposite them and shove them inside. As one of the guards turns the key in the lock, the other turns to Danny and smiles insincerely.
“Some company for you at last, eh Dodger?”
The two guards laugh as they walk away, leaving the two prisoners in an extremely cramped situation. They are barely out of earshot when the Dark Elf leans against the bars of his cell and calls across to Danny.
“Hey! Pssssst! Friend, over here!”
“I can fuckin’ see you, you’re the only other two fuckers lucky enough to be in here.”
“I think I recognize you, friend.”
“I ain’t that surprised to hear that, a lot of people-”
Danny cuts himself off as he looks at the Dark Elf. He had assumed he recognized him as ‘Wanted’ posters had been plastered over every hold in Skyrim when he terrorized the nation after stealing the cowl but… he seemed to recognize the Dark Elf as well. He cast his mind back to a time just after he had taken the cowl. He had been in Dawnstar and had drank far too much mead - and skooma - in the Windpeak Inn and he vaguely remembered getting into a fight that night.
“Wait a second, where you in Dawnstar about six moons ago? Windpeak Inn?”
“Yes, yes! I knew it was you, I just knew it! Small world, eh?”
“I’ll tell ya, that was a heck of a fight… one you came out on top of if I remember correctly - which I might not because I was absolutely full to the brim with mead!”
“Hahaha, you’re a funny one! Who’d have thought we’d end up here? What did they get you for, friend?”
For the first time, the Orc speaks.
“Shut up, Jermer, let’s just get some rest.”
“Excuse my friend! He can get a little cranky at times, especially when he’s tired.”
Danny’s ears had instantly pricked up when the Orc spoke, and he struggles to recall a memory. He gazes across the cell, verifying it is indeed a Dark Elf.
“Jermer? Not Jermer Bestvon?”
“The one and only! Did I tell you my name in Dawnstar, friend?”
“Nah, we just have a… a mutual acquaintance who mentioned you before, unusual name, you know?”
“We both have the same friend!? Who?”
“Coin Purse Chris, he said he met you when you were up in Winterhold tryin’ to get accepted into the college and that you helped him with a job.”
“I remember Chris! What a man! Great guy, isn’t he? Does he still have The Amulet of Exdivisia?”
“Not anymore.”
“That’s a pity, I hope he’s okay, I know what people get like when they lose something they worked hard for. Baxlug here nearly started crying when the guards put his Northern Axe of Parranium in their lockbox and he-”
“Jermer shut up. That’s Danny The Dodger, you fool. Don’t tell him about anything valuable or it’ll be gone by sunrise.”
“I ain’t goin’ to be doin’ much stealin’ from here, pal. Kinda in a spot, you know?”
Enthralled by the first conversation he had been a part of in moons that did not involve a guard, Danny kept talking.
“So, Jermer, did ya ever get into the College of Winterhold?”
“Oh I sure did, Danny! Baxlug even got in too! But we got kicked out not too long ago. I didn’t know we weren’t allowed practice necromancy, I thought we could do whatever magic we liked in the college for magic but I was wrong, silly me!”
Danny arched an eyebrow.
“Necromancy, huh? Should I even ask what you guys got locked up here for?”
“Uhm… let’s just say it’s related.”
“Jermer, let’s sleep. Everyone in Skyrim knows who Danny is, I don’t like him and I don’t trust him.”
The Orc’s bluntness was stereotypical of his race but shone through nonetheless.
“It’s alright, Jermer, I’m going to put the head down myself. Speak in the mornin’, ain’t like either of us are goin’ anywhere.”
“Good night, friend!”
Danny lay down on the straw and was soon fast asleep but after a couple of hours passed he found himself awake. For the second time that night, he heard footsteps approaching. They were a lot more fleet-footed than the guards and he slowly and quietly moved to the front of his cell to peer out. He watches on in awe as a person in a very familiar grey cowl tiptoes to his cell and shushes him with a gloved finger. If it wasn’t happening right in front of him, Danny would assume he was dreaming. He pinches himself to make sure he is awake and shakes his head in disbelief once or twice. The Gray Fox was picking the lock to his cell. There is a click and then the cell door squeaks a bit as it slowly swings open. Danny stands frozen in shock as the greatest thief of all time indicates for him to be quiet. Danny nods his head as The Gray Fox motions for him to follow him, Danny begins to do so but then comes to a halt and whispers.
“Have ya another lock pick?”
The Gray Fox nods his head and hands him a sturdy-looking pick. Danny creeps over to Jermer and Baxlug’s cell and calls out softly.
“Jermer! Pssst, Jermer, come here!”
Jermer groggily moves to the bars of the cell, rubbing the sleep out of his eyes, but wakes right up with a huge grin plastered across his face when Danny slides him the lock pick.
“Thanks, friend.”
Danny nods his head as Jermer goes to wake the sleeping Orc. The Gray Fox pulls on Danny’s arm and leads him further down the corridor of cells, away from where the guards station themselves. He stops right near the end wall and scans a couple of tiles on the ground, Danny spots the shadowmark at the same time he does and mutters its meaning softly under his breath.
“Escape…”
The Gray Fox delicately lifts the tile from the floor revealing a ladder leading down into a tunnel. They climb down, The Gray Fox replacing the tile above them as they descend. They quickly break into a jog in the tunnel, The Gray Fox leading the way. After half a minute, they emerge outside the back of the jail and Danny does a little whoop for joy, punching the air. He had escaped and with the help of The Gray Fox at that! Danny grabs The Gray Fox by the hand.
“Thank you! Thank you, thank you, thank you! I didn’t think gettin’ out was ever a possibility but DAMN does freedom taste good! How can I ever repay you?”
For the first time, The Gray Fox speaks.
“It’s time to return to the guild, Danny The Dodger. You owe the guild and as such, you have a debt to repay. You have betrayed your brothers and sisters and you must start at the bottom and work your way back up but we need you. The guild needs your talents. Come, we must be quick.”
The Gray Fox turns and begins walking away from the jail, obviously expecting Danny to fall in step behind him but Danny stays rooted to the spot, unsure of what to do. He is too weak after six moons imprisonment to get very far on his own and he has absolutely no Septims or items. Does he owe the guild? Should he admit he was wrong and made a mistake and go back to toeing the line and working for the guild? Just as Danny decides he is going to follow The Gray Fox, he hears him yell in pain as a golden-tipped arrow deeply sinks into his thigh, causing him to fall to one knee. Danny’s mouth opens in shock but before he can react a second golden-tipped arrow whizzes through the air and pierces The Gray Fox’s throat, instantly felling him. Danny dives behind a well as a crazed, maniacal High Elf comes running across the ground, waving his Wabbajack staff in the air. He dramatically falls to his knees beside The Gray Fox and rips the cowl off his head before holding it aloft in the air, tilting his head back and letting loose a strange, disturbing sound.
“A-HAAAAAAAH!”
Danny tries to conceal himself even more behind the well as he squints to get a better look at the man waving the Cowl of Nocturnal wildly in the air and not for the first time that night, he is shocked to his core. Siemprien. Danny watches in shock as Siemprien begins to take his leave but is immediately stopped by somebody emerging from the shadows and swiping the jagged end of a dagger across his throat. Siemprien falls to his knees, blood gushing from his throat, and takes a long, wheezing breath, before collapsing forward onto the wet grass. The cut-throat quickly runs to the fallen Gray Fox and Danny sneaks a little closer to get a better look. Coin Purse Chris kneels in the grass beside the body, a look of fury and hurt on his face.
“No… no! Oh god, no…”
Chris holds the corpse of Al-Blaq in his hands, shaking his head in sadness. Danny inches ever closer, his eyes locked on the grey cowl on the ground beside the dead Siemprien. Danny looks to his left and sees a stong-looking, black steed tied to a post right beside where Chris was cradling Al-Blaq. As Chris closes the eyes of the Argonian, Danny knows he has to make a decision between the horse and the cowl. His eyes are drawn to the cowl and he slowly moves towards it but Coin Purse Chris quickly whips his head around and in no time has unsheathed his sword and has it pointed directly at Danny. Danny sighs and then laughs.
“Guess it’s been a minute, eh Chris? Looks like I’ve lost a step.”
Chris looks at his dead friend and then at Danny, rage in his eyes, completely confused at what’s going on
“You? What are you doing here? What is Al-Blaq doing here? The Gray Fox told me to meet him here! Did you kill Al-Blaq? Was he trying to bust you out, why would he do that?”
Danny smiles and gives an infuriating answer. Partly because he likes tormenting Chris but mostly because he didn’t know what the fuck Al-Blaq was doing there. The Gray Fox had helped him escape and then… then he didn’t know, he couldn’t remember even though it had just happened. Still, after six moons in the slammer, he felt like sticking it to Chris a little.
“He knew I was the best Chris, and he knew the guild needed me.”
Chris deftly swoops down and picks up the Cowl of Nocturnal and shouts at Danny.
“The guild doesn’t need you! Nobody needs you! You’re an untrustworthy scumbag!”
“Of course I am. We’re fuckin’ thieves, Chris.”
Chris points the sword once again at Danny, and Danny takes a slow step sideways, towards the horse, hands in the air.
“You betrayed us! You betrayed the entire guild. You betrayed me! After all the time we spent together, after all the time I spent looking up to you… you just went and threw it all away and for what? This!?”
Chris waves the cowl in his hand and Danny shakes his head.
“You wouldn’t get it.”
“Why wouldn’t I get it? You’re not smarter than me, Danny. You’re not stronger than me. You’re not better than me. So why wouldn’t I comprehend whatever fucked up motives are driving you?”
Danny kneels down and begins untying the horse.
“Because, Chris, if you got it, that sword in your hand would already be six inches deep in my chest.”
“You think I couldn’t kill you, Danny? You think I haven’t got it in me? Why don’t you ask him? Siemprien. The elf that got the better of you for years. If it’s you and me, there’s only going to be one winner, and if you want this cowl, you’re going to have to kill me for it.”
Danny accepts the beratement and realizes he cannot defeat Chris one on one. He has always operated in the shadows and is weak from his stint in jail. Chris would murder him effortlessly. Maybe that would be the case even if he wasn’t weak from his time in jail. Danny laughs at the whole situation and Chris mistakes it for cockiness or Danny doubting Chris.
“You think you can just take this from me? When you first told me about this two years ago, I made a vow that one day, I would have the cowl and become the best thief in the world. With this, I’m going to restore the guild to its former glory. Eclipse it, even. That’s why I stuck around with you and listened to what you had to say. I knew you could help me become great. Who I am today. You taught me everything you know and it’s taken two years but it’s time to face it, Danny - I’m better than you now. I’ve overtaken you, just like you overtook Lastarian. If you want to put that to the test then be my fucking guest.”
Chris readies himself for a fight but no aggression comes from Danny, instead, he stares at Chris for a few moments.
“Keep it. Keep the cowl. It doesn’t mean anything to me, but let me teach ya just one more thing, for old-time’s sake, Coin Purse. You think that cowl in your hand is the key to the kingdom, the path to the throne, the way to become the master thief and the guild master, but if you pull that thing on… if you choose to wear the cowl you will forever be defined by that. As being The Gray Fox. One of many. Me? Well, the name Danny The Dodger will be etched into the history books and I’ll forever be revered as a legend… whether I have anything or not. Everyone knows I had the cowl, but that’s not what defined me, it’s simply part of my legacy. Go ahead, pull the cowl on, Chris, become just another Gray Fox that people will eventually forget about, and it’ll happen a lot sooner than ya think.”
Just then there’s a commotion from the front of the Falkreath Jail and Jermer and Baxlug come crashing out the front door, Baxlug swinging a glowing axe that’s obliterating anything it touches. Chris looks towards the source of the noise but is quick to train his eyes back on Danny, who had used the short time Chris was looking at the jailbreak to mount the black horse. Danny smiles at him from atop the horseback.
“You know it is true that I taught you how to do everything… but there’s more than one way to do things and get the same result.”
Unbelievably, Al-Blaq begins coughing and spluttering up blood on the ground. He’s alive. But barely. Chris immediately drops to his knees, casting the sword aside and applying pressure to the neck wound. He viciously shouts at Danny.
“If I didn’t have to help Al-Blaq, I’d end this right here and now, you scumbag! I’d kill you right here in this very spot and I wouldn’t think twice about it. I swear to The Five Gods, I will hunt you down, and I will make sure it is me who delivers the death blow.”
“Pride comes before the fall, Coin Purse. The funny thing is, I’m the opposite… it’s not going to be me that ends you Chris, and that’s okay. Ya know why? Because when the dust settles, Coin Purse Chris will be slain and Danny The Dodger will still be the name on everybody's lips.”
Danny turns the horse away from Chris and looks down at him one last time, grinning.
“Shadow hide you.”
Danny digs his heels into the mare and it takes off into the night…
…
…
…
…
…
…
…
…
…
…
…
4th Era, 223 Unknown Location.
Someone dressed in all black is kneeling in front of a coffin in a very poorly lit dungeon. A raspy, old, feminine voice speaks out from the coffin.
“Give me your ear, evil Listener. A recently escaped convict has performed The Black Sacrament and the target is one of the biggest in the Dark Brotherhood’s history. This convict has prayed to me and wished death upon a mysterious individual… this person wants The Gray Fox dead and has asked us to be the ones to spill his blood. The Gray Fox is believed to be unidentifiable but the Night Mother sees all… kill Coin Purse Chris to fulfill this contract, honor your dark family, and forever be in the black graces of Sithis. As The Listener of The Dark Brotherhood, such is your duty. Coin Purse Chris must die.
“And so he shall, Mother.”
The person rises to a standing position and slowly pulls back their hood, a jagged scar on the side of his face the only thing visible in the darkness of the Night Mother’s crypt…[/TD] [TD][/TD] [/TR] [/TABLE]
|
|
|
Post by supinesnake on May 29, 2024 8:00:55 GMT
Originally posted by CBK. PROMO TEXT INCLUDED BELOWThe light peered through the canopy tops of the jungle, shinning down onto Shawn's battered body as if his soul were about to leave and ascend to the promised land. His chest slowly inflated before descending again as he attempted to breathe. Each breath felt like his chest was being cut from the inside by shards of glass and barbwire. His eyes stung as blood swam from the wound on his forehead into them. The copper taste of the blood filled his mouth as he gasped for air and slowly moved his head - surveying his surroundings. Shards of broken glass, barbed wire, and various tools of destruction littered the area around him, resembling that of a war zone. A war zone was the perfect description of the battlefield because there was no doubt that Shawn and Caesar had fought a war for the ten pounds of gold that represented the X-Championship. He slowly turned to his right and stared at the X-Championship as it rested on his shoulder. Shawn attempted to lift himself to a seated position, but the weight of the television championship around his waist made this an impossible task for the beaten champion. To his left, he could see his foe, Caesar, being helped to his feet and carried off into the distance by the hoard of men that pledged their allegiance to him. They glared at Shawn and whispered about him as they retrieved their leader, but they were careful not to say anything too loud. Seeing what Shawn had done to Caesar, they knew that even in his prone state like this, he was still as deadly as a dog backed into a corner. He gritted his teeth and dug his fingers into the dirt as he pulled himself up to one knee. He winced with pain and let out a silent cry of agony as he bent to pick up the Television Championship belt that had fallen from his waist. The lightning-like pain that went through his sides let Shawn know that he had broken more than a few ribs in the battle with Caesar. He reminds himself to be careful not to show pain, as he knows that Caesar's men are still watching him as they collect their fallen leader. Though Shawn was hurt physically; emotionally, he was more damaged than anyone would ever know. At the end of each battle, he felt empty as he went to the back and had no one waiting there to congratulate him. Shawn's family and friends abandoned him due to their jealousy and unloyalty to him, leaving him alone with only his memories and his titles. After many moments, he finally rose to his feet and gingerly slumped through the carnage of his battle with Caesar clutching both of his championships tightly against his chest. While he longed for the companionship of a loved one in moments like this, he knew that his titles would always be there to comfort him in his solitude. A trail of blood followed Shawn as he made his way through the jungle toward the shoreline. The twirling blades of a helicopter caused a vortex of sand as it awaited Shawn's arrival. It seemed like the dancing sand parted for Shawn as he made his way through and slumped into the back of the helicopter, using his remaining strength to slam the door shut. "Mr. Watkins sends his congratulations to you, sir." the pilot says as the helicopter slowly ascends. Shawn musters a smile and waves to say 'thank you.' "We'll arrive on the mainland in less than two hours, sir. Rest up. You've earned it," he says with a smile. Shawn ignored the kind words of the pilot as he stared down at the Granary - the backdrop for his crowning achievement thus far. He looked over at the X and Television Championship belts resting in the seat beside him and couldn't stop smiling. Gently, he pressed his finger against the gold of his newly won championship before moving over to the Television championship, carefully tracing the word 'Champion.' Those championships reminded him of the sacrifices and the price he paid to be where he is today. It hurt him to know that Noah, Trevor, his brothers, and his mother had abandoned him when he was at his lowest. However, joy filled his body, knowing he had accomplished all this despite their betrayals. Shawn longed for the companionship of a loved one, but he knew that his championship would always be there to comfort him in his solitude. "You're all. I need. To get by," Shawn sang as his finger traced the gold etching of this championship with a wicked smile across his face. "Lie together, cry together. I swear to God, I hope we fucking die together," he sang before grabbing both championship belts and clutching them tightly against his chest. The pain he felt as he laid on his back couldn't wipe the smile from his face as he slowly drifted into a slumber. Shawn Summers in The Decider (A Stand-Alone Story) The city seemed to have everything except for slumber. Regardless of the time of day, it seemed there was always something happening, always someone watching, scheming, and committing to plans that would change the course of their history for either better or worse. That's what drew so many to Sin Esperanza - an overpopulated city built on the ruins of New York. After the third world war and the American Empire's collapse, few places were habitable on the continent. The hubs salvaged from the nuclear fallout were overpopulated, and crime became the leading profession for many. Through the numerous people littering the streets, we focus on a dark-haired man walking unbothered through the crowds, slowly pushing past them. He has a calm determination as he ignores the vocal barbs thrown at him and propositions from the various 'workers." He wears a black denim jacket with a patch on the shoulder embroidered with a question mark. Under the opened jacket, he wears a white shirt tucked lazily into blue jeans and black and white chuck taylor shoes. He approaches a kiosk on the street and grabs a newspaper. "How much?" he questions in a low voice that barely gets recognition from the kiosk owner, attempting to keep an eye on everyone around him so that none of his items get stolen. "What? Oh, that. Yeah, that'll run you about 60 credits." "60 credits?!?! Since when has a paper cost more than 30?" "Since they announced the two running for president. You can read all about it in that paper you got there. Once you purchase it," he says with a smirk. Finding another paper for cheaper would take too long, and he was already late. He pulled back his jacket sleeve and scanned his wrist as a group of kids rushed the kiosk, grabbing as many magazines as possible as the owner cursed them. "What're you doing? Those kids just stole my merchandise! They're thieves! Take care of them. That's what you Deciders do, right?" He smiles at the kiosk owner and raises the paper to him in thanks before returning on his journey to his destination. The front of the newspaper greets him with the faces of Christopher Lovingbird and Cyrus Cierto under the headline - the fight for the Presidency down to two. The impending faceoff between the two caused uncertainty about the direction of the rebuilding American Empire and caused the economy to take a blow. A smaller headline that could be glanced over mentioned ritualistic-style murders throughout the city. He tossed the paper in a bin and shook his head as he reached his destination. He hadn't voted for either of them in the primaries. He was a staunch supporter of Madame Horowitz and had hoped for her to insert herself in the race as a third-party candidate. She was a believer in the Deciders, unlike Cierto and Lovingbird. He knocked on a rusted sliding door three times in a rhythmic style before sliding it open enough for him to enter. The sound of chains swinging, his approaching footsteps, and a low groan echoed throughout the large warehouse-style building. He reached into his pocket and pulled out a pack of cigarettes, removing one and placing it between his lips - it was his last. He lit the cigarette and inhaled profoundly, allowing the smoke to dance to his lungs before exhaling. He stared at the figure before him and shook his head at the sight. "You know, I thought she would've come and accepted her fate by now, Bret," he says between puffs of his cigarette as Bret groans in pain. We finally see the gruesome state that Bret was left in as the man begins to circle his hanging body. For someone looking in, they would assume that Bret was hanging from the ceiling with a red t-shirt on, but upon closer inspection, they would realize that his torso had the skin removed in the shape of a t-shirt. "Perhaps we should fashion a pair of shorts to go with the 'shirt' we sent her. Do you think that would get the message to her, Bret?" he questioned as he pressed a finger against the muscle tissue of Bret's side, sending a stinging pain throughout his entire body. "Please," Bret said weakly as the man continued to pace around him smoking his cigarette. "Just let me take her judgment. Let me take her pain. She's just a child." The man stops pacing and chuckles before removing the cigarette from his mouth and approaching Bret. He presses the cigarette against Bret's exposed torso causing him to scream in agony. The screams would have bothered an unseasoned Decider, but he had been doing this for so long that he'd gotten used to them. It was almost a pleasing sound to him at this point. Screams like this meant that he was close to being finished. He removed the cigarette from Bret's side as the screech of the sliding door intertwined with his screams drawing both of their attention. The man smiled as he noticed the young blonde-haired woman standing with her hand covering her mouth in horror at the sight. "I wondered when you would join us, love," the man said as he signaled for her to close the door behind her. "Come now, close the door. I'd hate for anyone to see what's going on in here. However," he said with a pause as he slowly approached the young woman. "Maybe we should open the door and invite an audience. Then they can see what happens when they accept things they don't deserve and didn't earn right Bellatrix?" "P-please stop hurting, Bret," she says in a timid baby doll-like voice, much to the displeasure of the man approaching. "Stop with all of that. You're a grown woman, and it's embarrassing to see you act like some child. You weren't acting like a child when you stole from those who earned those credits. You weren't acting like a child when you and Bret here decided that you deserved an opportunity for doing absolutely nothing while everyone else clawed and scraped to get ahead." he says as he stands before a hysterical Bellatrix. "I just wanted to be like you. I wanted to be like all of you. You all look down on us and think you're better than us because you have those special titles. I just wanted us to have something, too," Trixie said between tears as the man crossed his arms and sighed deeply. "You think it's easy living the way we do? Fighting amongst each other only to find ourselves in front of one of you - you Deciders. One of you with the fancy title who gets to determine our fates. I just wanted an opportunity for us. I EARNED IT! WE EARNED IT," she shouted as she attempted to stab the man with a once-concealed knife. The man avoids the blade, only his jacket being pierced by it. He breaks Bellatrix's hold on the knife and connects with a heavy fist to the side of her face sending her falling to the ground. He quickly mounts her and snatches her throat. He squeezes, his thumb sliding upward as Bellatrix gasps and flails attempting to grab the dropped knife. She manages to grasp it and stabs him in the shoulder. He accepts the wound and pain but doesn't release his grip. "Please, Shawn. She's done. Don't take her from me, please," he shrieks as Shawn stares at him with eyes that are cold and without emotion. He feels Bellatrix's body becoming limp and releases the choke, rolling her onto her stomach and placing a pair of handcuffs around her wrists. "It's been decided, Bellatrix," he says between deep breaths. He checks the stab wound and sees the blood on his fingers. "You and Bret will be banished to the colonies. There will be no chance of return. Be grateful for the leniency that I'm showing," he says with a grimace as the adrenaline wears off and the pain of the stab wound fills his body. Shawn sits with Bret and Trixie as a transport unit arrives at the warehouse. A tandem of individuals dressed in all-white bodysuits with domed helmets slides the doors open and approaches. "Dammit, Summers. The medical credits are coming out of your salary for this one," one of the individuals says as they place a medipac over the torso of Bret. "Just make sure they're sent to separate colonies. Their codependency is what led them to this. No need to encourage it any further. Fucking weirdos." "That's rich. Calling them weirdos after you skinned him for a petty crime like this." "Petty crime. Major crime. It's still a crime, and it's up to us to decide their fate. They should be happy it's the colonies that they're going to and not the morgue," he says as he exits the warehouse and reenters the occlusion of people buttoned against the streets of Sin Esperanza. The inside of Shawn's apartment was nothing to write home about. The space had no identity - just a simple chair with a well-thumbed, noted, and creased novel resting atop the arm. He presses a switch on the wall, and a projector screen turns on to a 24-hour news channel specific to Sin Esperanza. He removes his jacket and grimaces at the knife tear in the fabric, poking his finger through it before placing it on a hook before retreating to a backroom where he turns on the shower. He washes off the day's dust and blood before exiting to the medicine cabinet and sink combo. Shawn stares at his reflection in the mirror and eyes his shoulder wound. He squeezes the contents of a tube onto it, and the skin rebounds, closing the wound as if it never occurred. Shawn exits to the open common room area of the apartment and sits in the armchair to watch the news. The anchors discussed the finding of another body found by the Deciders. The body was dismembered and placed amongst ritualistic carvings like the other nine before it. Shawn sighed deeply as he knew he would catch flack for this. He had agreed to take on the case but had neglected it as he turned his attention to the easier causes. He had made a decision regarding the vigilante 'cowboy' and the false leader that had increased his rank within the Deciders, but at that time, the bodies started piling up. "What's interesting about all of these deaths, Lauren, is that each has been individuals awaiting a decision." "Are you suggesting this is some copycat from the Vigilante Cowboy Tobias, Kent?" "No, he acted out of love and passion. This individual acts out of a sense of justice, similar to the Deciders. The difference is that the Deciders earned that title. They were given that title and responsibility because they have proven themselves to be amongst the best of us. The number of vigilantes and pretenders attempting to gain that status has increased, and it's doing more harm than good. The feed freezes, and an emergency message flashes across it. "VOICE MESSAGE. IMMEDIATE RESPONSE REQUIRED." The Decider's logo flashes across the screen as the voice message plays. "He's willing to talk to you... Get down here." Shawn's hand tenses up. It had been years since the two had spoken, and many things had changed since the war. He quickly changed into his casual clothes, wearing all the same clothes except a changed white undershirt, before making his way out the door. He stares through a mirror at a man chained to a metal chair with a wicked grin tattooed across his face. The man has long, wild hair that covers his eyes and wears a white jumpsuit with no shoes or socks. He stretches his toes before rhythmically tapping them on the ground as he awaits his guest. "He's been very adamant about speaking with you. Says that the silent treatment has gone on long enough," says a woman with a close-shaved haircut. She wears a jacket similar to Shawn's and a black bodysuit tucked into a pair of charcoal-colored combat boots that seem almost too big for her. "Can he -" "Nope," she interrupts, predicting what he would say. "He cannot see or hear us. It looks like just a painting on the wall to him. He spoke with Dr. Nandez and said that the two of you had fought in the war - on opposing sides but still fought in the war together. Even bragged that he had your number," she says with a sly grin as Shawn gives her a side-eyed look before entering the room with the man. The man looks up as Shawn enters the room and flashes a calming smile. If his hands weren't restrained behind the chair, he would have clasped them together longingly and probably welcomed Shawn in for a hug. Shawn's disposition was the complete opposite. He was cold toward the man and wanted nothing to do with him. A reunion of this sort was not what he had wanted, but he knew that he could get closer to deciding judgment for the vigilante by talking to him. "Shawnathan, it's been too long! I've dreamed of us reuniting and, well, you know better than anyone that my dreams never die. How've you been? I love what you've done with your hair. The blonde was never your color," he says as Shawn leans back in his chair, arms crossed, waiting for him to finish. "Xander -" he begins but is quickly interrupted by the man violently shaking his head back and forth. "I'm not Xander. Never call me Xander. I'm Option XYZ. XYZ for short. Call me by my name, or we can end this right now, Shawnathan." There was an air of defiance and seriousness to his tone. Shawn knew that he needed to play ball for him to give him what he wanted. "We decided to keep you here because we thought you could be useful, XYZ. Do you intend to be useful to us, or is this just another one of your ways to waste time?" " A little bit of both, Shawnathan. You'll have to forgive me for laughing, but I believe you said that you all 'decided' to keep me here," he says with a chuckle before continuing, much to Shawn's annoyance. "We both know that it wasn't you all who decided anything. It was all Devin's will. All of this is allowed to happen BECAUSE of him. He dreamt it, and so it is. As long as he allows it, the dream...never...dies." After the War, XYZ (X) began to suffer from mental health issues due to radiation exposure. He spoke of someone named Devin, his version of what the former Christians viewed as God. In his mind, we are all a figment of Devin's imagination, and he is just an optional variant of Devin being allowed to live in this world that he's created. He is not as intelligent, strong, or successful as Devin, but he is still part of him. The part of him that failed to live up to anything and a part he would like to forget but can't because it's what keeps him away from reality. Or so he says. " Is it Devin that's allowed this vigilante to decide the fate of individuals throughout the city?" "He's no much different than you lot." "He's a murderer." "My point stands. He's no different than you, Shawn. He's just deciding the fate of those who've broken the social norms that have been put into place. The only difference is that he wasn't appointed -" he pauses and smiles at Shawn, who is visibly annoyed by this comparison. "Where are my manners? He hasn't EARNED the right to decide the fate of those who've broken the rules of society. Tell me, Shawn. What did YOU do to earn the right to make such decisions?" "I put in the work. I proved myself through my actions in the war and my dedication to preserving what's left of society. I earned my title as a Decider through honor, discipline, and bravery. I earned my title as a Decider. I didn't have it handed to me or try to put myself on the same level as them like he was doing. I earned my title and don't have to prove it to someone like you." Shawn quickly stands and pushes the seat away as he approaches the door. "It must eat you up that you decided to let him go the last time you encountered him," X says with a smile as Shawn stops in place. "He was your final test, and you decided he wouldn't be a threat to society if you just let him go. They praised you for it and awarded you with the title of Decider. What a fool you were to do something like that. Letting that man back into the streets, creating that monster that is out here tearing bodies limb from limb, sacrificing them to the old and new Gods in the hope that they will make him one of you. Devin would never let him join your ranks. Not yet, at least. It's not in his dream to allow that to happen, just as it's not in his dream to allow me to escape from these chains and take the world and everything in it. No, no, no. That's not Devin's will." Shawn returns to the table and stares down at X, who smiles and wiggles his toes rhythmically. He had always known how to get under Shawn's skin. It was one of the reasons that Shawn was afraid to come to this meeting. Sure, he could give him some insight into finding this man and deciding his fate, but he could also send Shawn on a wild goose chase and claim that it was "Devin's will" or some other bullshit. "How do I find him?" "He'll find you," X says silently. "He's been looking for you and attempting to gain your approval since your last meeting. He's trying to get you to make a different decision about him. Make the decision that he is...worthy.He would love for you to bestow the title upon him so he can finally prove that all his changes and sacrifices were worth it. He will find you, Shawn, and he will make a decision." "And what's that decision, X?" "The decision to either take your title...your position as a Decider or to wait his turn and accept whatever decision you have for him." He smiles at Shawn and motions with his head toward the door. Shawn takes the hint and leaves the room. Shawn passes by the smiling faces of women barely wearing any clothing pawing at him from behind the windows of the brothels that line the street. He nods at the doorman of one of the clubs and makes his way through a beaded curtain where his body is drenched in red lighting. He passes by multiple doors, taking the chance to sneak a glance in each, where holograms of women gesturing seductively for him to enter. He ignores them. You had to be a desperately horny individual to pay to fuck a hologram placed over the body of some run-through hooker. Shawn wasn't that desperate, and he wasn't that horny. He was here for a reason, and sex wasn't it. He walks down a staircase into a basement with various closed-off rooms. Behind each door, he can hear the sounds of ecstasy and screams of terror. He ignores them as he approaches the door at the end of the corridor with a painted question mark on it. His hand hesitates as he reaches for the nob, but he eventually opens it and finds himself staring at the dismembered body of a young woman - Trixie. He had been told she was taken from the transport vehicle en route to the colony. His heart sank into his stomach. This was not the fate that he had decided for her. As he analyzed the parts, he heard the door slowly open. Shawn looked up and found himself staring at the demonic-like skull mask covering the face of a decently built man. Shawn slowly rose and backed away from Trixie's limbs as the masked man kneeled to admire his work. "You made the wrong decision again, Mr. Summers," the man said as he rearranged the limbs to his liking. "Banishment to the colonies wasn't enough for her crimes. No, she needed to know that the consequences of unearned success can be deadly. You let her off easy, Decider," he said as he climbed. Shawn was face to face with the demon he created for the first time. "I've been cleaning up your messes around the city, Shawn. I've been proving that I am the one that deserves the title of Decider. You've taken that title for granted." "How do you figure?" Shawn questions as he and the masked man begin to circle one another. His heart beats intensely as he attempts to predict when the man will lunge and attack him. His position as a Decider hadn't been in this much danger in a long time. The feeling of losing his title as a Decider caused him panic, but the feeling of possibly losing his life was something that he had never experienced. "People like myself and Trixie would've given anything to have the title of Decider, but you're out here neglecting your duties chasing other positions and titles of power. I thought I would've gotten your attention after the first 'sacrifice,' but no. It took me sacrificing more and more victims until you turned your attention toward me. The threat that had been following you around this entire time, waiting to take your spot," he said as he pretended to lunge at Shawn, causing him to jump backward forcefully. The masked man can be heard laughing as Shawn trembles with fear, stumbling over his feet as the two continue to circle. "You don't deserve to be a Decider, nor did she. She tried to take someone's opportunity to get ahead in this city an-" "And look what happened to her," the masked man says, interrupting Shawn. "She would never be able to claim the title of Decider, but you and I both know I could. I almost did the last time we met. Remember? You like to talk about how you earned the title of Decider, but you forget to mention that to become a Decider, you must take out another Decider. That's why I'm here, Shawn. I had my chance before, and you stole it from me, but I won't let it happen this time," he says as he puts his fist up, ready to fight Shawn. Shawn moves in to attack first. He throws a straight left first to the masked man's face and steps his left foot forward at the same time. He dodges the attack, pounces on the upper part of Shawn's arm with his right hand, and catches his wrist with his left hand. He tries to turn Shawn's front wrist up, but Shawn manages to escape. This surprises him causing him to break and steps back. Shawn moves forward and throws a kick with his right foot. The masked man returns to dodge the attack and swivels to try and strike with a counterattack. He moves too slowly, and Shawn slams his right foot down on the floor and uses it to swivel, unleashing a kick with his left, which connects with the mask's jaw, cracking it and sending the man flying back into the door. Shawn charges over to the disoriented man, hitting him with alternating jabs and punches to his upper body and face, further damaging the mask. Remnants of the mask begin to fall to the floor, and the man forcefully pushes Shawn across the room as half of his face is exposed. "You want to be a Decider but can't even show your face?" Shawn says mockingly at the man as he attempts to cover the exposed parts of his face. He moves toward Shawn and comes in with a right punch that Shawn casually doges and returns to his oblique with a jab of his own. The man attempts to swivel, punching the air as he tries to hit Shawn is met with a quartet of punches in his gut. Shawn pulls his fist back, seemingly about to land the killer punch, but he retreats and shrugs at the masked man. "You're not on my level! No matter how much you pretend to be on my level, its moments like this that will always remind you that you're just a boy trying to play with a man," Shawn shouts as the man wildly throws punches at him, eventually connecting with one that causes Shawn to stumble backward. Shawn puts up his guard as the man slams punches into him. He attempts to respond with defensive blocks and counterattacks, but the man moves so wildly that it's almost impossible. Shawn manages to front-push kick him toward the door causing him to fall to the ground. Shawn charges at him with a knee, fully cracking the mask, causing it to fall to the ground and revealing the man's damaged and bloodied face. "There you are," Shawn exclaims as the man seethes angrily as he gets to his feet. "You can put on all the masks you want and make decisions as if you are a Decider, but you will NEVER take the title away from me! I killed two Deciders to get my stripes! You can't even handle my leftovers," Shawn says with a laugh as the man stumbles to his feet, the fire leaving him. Shawn charges him with a flurry of punches. Left, right, left, right. Shawn connects with an overhead right hand to the temple of the man. He's out cold before he hits the floor. Shawn stares at the man lying on the floor amongst the dismembered parts of Trixie. If this had been any other decider before him, the masked woman or the veteran, it may very well have been him lying where they were. Shawn opens the door to the room and slowly closes it behind him as he exits. He walks down the corridor toward the stairs as Deciders march past him. He didn't care what they did to the man in the room. His fate had already been decided by Shawn before.
|
|
|
Post by supinesnake on May 29, 2024 8:01:21 GMT
Originally posted by SJW.
-= 72 HOURS AGO =-
There were fewer cities in the country more riddled with crime, than the city of FWA. Sure, the scenery changed, and some of the key players responsible for the corruption and decay in the city may have left their position, but for every killer that got dealt with, for every psychopath that met a grisly end, or for every crook that just vanished, it created an opening, a power vacuum, that the police were unable to close before the next hoodlum took the shot to make a name for themselves and seize the streets or a certain district. The officers had been fighting a losing battle for a long time, understaffed and with low morale, that working around the force was easy for the felons and gangsters that still ruled FWA with an iron, crimson fist. Just like how years ago, the combined efforts of Detective Montrose and Detective Parr did little to curb the growing tumor of illegal activities within the city, now today’s officers continued to struggle against the tide. The more things change, the more things stay the same. Sound familiar? Don’t get too excited. This isn’t quite a sequel to the Detectives Trilogy. More of a spinoff. We don’t open in the understaffed and under budgeted FWA Metropolitan Police Station. We don’t join a rookie hot shot, fresh out of training and eager to make a difference, nor do we join an aged, world-weary gumshoe counting the days until their retirement. Not this time. Instead, our scene opens within a cluttered, disorganized office with a sepia tint to it. Filing cabinets filled to the brim, spilling their contents as they leaned on each other. Discarded documents, overfilling a rubbish bin. A ceiling fan that didn’t spin, so much as it twitched occasionally. And a board nailed to the wall, covered with photographs, post-it notes, and at least a dozen pieces of red string. The only light in the room belonged to a lit cigarette, held between the lips of the sole occupant. An occupant who, unlike the protagonists, was never able to graduate from the police academy, though she did own the (pirated) movies on DVD if that helped. Dressed in a pair of faded jeans that had seen better days, a dark green button-up with several coffee stains on it, a black tie that wasn’t really tied at all, and an off-brown jacket that was one size slightly too big for her slim frame, she sighed. A battered brown fedora sunk over her bright green hair, flattening the mohawk she had put too much time into upkeep only to hide it underneath an outdated hat. The ‘PRIVATE INVESTIGATOR’ lettering had long since started to fade and peel away from the door to her office, a door that had only been opened by herself four times a day, six days a week, for the past few years. Success was not a feeling that was familiar to her, yet she stuck around, not unlike a cockroach, confident in the slightly misguided relief that her big break would come along, eventually. To call it quits now would be admitting failure, and she was a strong believer in sunk-cost fallacy. She breathed out a plume of smoke, unable to blow it into a poignant shape or symbol, as she glared at the board before her. This wasn’t her case. She had never accepted it, but as time rolled on and the lawmen’s investigation attempts whittled away into a cold case, she found herself unable to stop herself from trying to put the pieces together herself. She had a personal interest in solving this case, and the growing bitterness and frustration at the relative inaction of those who she was supposed to rely on meant she probably put more work into this one case than any other in her career. Which, admittedly, wasn’t saying much, but when the officers of the law were perfectly content to let one of their own fall victim to an unsolved case, then what else was she supposed to do? Much less, when everyone knew exactly who had committed this particular crime, and nobody was particularly pressed to take action. She let out a sigh - sure, she never had any real faith in the police but even a token effort would’ve been appreciated. And now, she stood on the precipice of a decision - taking the next step would be risking her career, her livelihood, her reputation, and even her health. She could take that next step into a world where she couldn’t turn back, where if one thing went wrong she would be up shit creek without a paddle. Or she could not. She could stay in her small, isolated space in the corner of the world, ignored by many and respected by few. She could continue being a background player in the stage play of the world. Really. What kind of decision was that, after all? As she stubbed the cigarette on her desk, her fingers trailed to her phone, punching in a number she had to stab someone to get. Pressing the phone against her pierced ear, she listened to it ring once, twice, three times, before finally answering. “Name’s Violet. Violet Dreyer. I think it’s time you and I talked.”-= TODAY =- Inside a stale, locked room, a man sat. With eyes that never quite focused on someone when they spoke, with a mess of closely-cropped hair, the man sat. Despite the uncomfortable setting, he wasn’t worried. He had faith it would all work out in the end. He wore a pair of tracksuit pants that probably hadn’t been washed in a while, and a faded blue shirt that almost certainly hadn’t been washed in a while. This wasn’t the first time he had been escorted to the precinct, but hopefully it would be the last. Why couldn’t they just see that he was doing something noble? Jeremy Best sat, idly twiddling his thumbs. It wasn’t a particularly fun room - concrete floor and walls, broken only by a thick wooden door and a glass mirror that took up the length of one of the walls. The metal frame of the chair was uncomfortable underneath his behind, and the table that he rested his wrists on was cold and rough to the touch. It didn’t help that his wrists were handcuffed to said table. But that’s okay. It was all a brief misunderstanding. The officer even apologized when bringing him in, stating that it was simply protocol. Investigations require these sorts of things. And Jeremy understood - everyone has their own hoops to leap through. His lawyer, trusty Bill Scorpane, was on their way, although Jeremy didn’t see much point - he was more than capable of ensuring the officers had a fine, enjoyable companion for a conversation without Billy stepping in to clarify a question or a statement. But again, that’s okay. Billiam had his own hoops to jump through, his hoops were just more square-shaped compared to the police’s circles, he claimed. Which seemed like a strange statement considering hoops were primarily circular in nature. Maybe he meant oval-like rather than square. As the clock slowly ticked by, Jeremy cheerfully bobbed his head from side to side, whistling a nameless tune, for minutes on end, safe in the knowledge that sooner or later, he would be back where he belonged. With his best friend. -= 60 HOURS AGO =- “Let’s get one thing straight here - I got my own shit to deal with, alright?” The detective began, as Violet Dreyer closed the door behind her. “I got my own cases to close, my own scores to settle, my own business to take care of. I am extending you the courtesy of this meeting purely as a favor to our… Shared acquaintance. And that’s it. Get to it.” He spat, flippantly gesturing with a hand. Violet Dreyer fixed the detective with a curious stare as he sat himself down behind his desk, which seemed much cleaner than hers, she noted with jealousy. Clad in a black business suit, along with a crisp white button up and a black tie, he looked more like an FBI agent than a FWA Detective. The jet-black sunglasses didn’t change matters. A crop of brown-ish hair decorated him, along with a line of stubble across his jaw, cast the image of a carefully maintained rogue who played by his own rules. Detective Mike Parr perfectly matched the description her missing ally had once given to her. Idly tracing a finger across one of the various photos in Mike Parr’s office, Violet Dreyer cleared her throat. “We both know why I’m here. Don’t we? Because of him.”Mike Parr did not ask who ‘him’ was. He didn’t need to. And yet, his harsh visage still softened, ever so slightly. The slight crinkle at the corner of his eyes faded, subtle enough that you wouldn’t even tell if you weren’t explicitly looking for it. He let out a sigh. “I don’t make a habit out of letting freelancers play pretend cop, and I’m not looking to traverse down memory lane. Those days are behind me. Get to the point.”Violet frowned, tapping a finger against Parr’s desk with emphasis. “He’s missing, Parr. Your own partner, gone. And you’re sitting here doing, what, counting the holes in the ceiling?”“Ex-partner.” Parr corrected disdainfully, rolling his eyes. “He was my partner for about four months, if that, a few years ago. So he eventually ran his mouth to the wrong person - So what? I think even he knew he couldn’t talk his way out of every problem, not for lack of trying. Dear god, the lack of trying.” Parr sighed, massaging his temples. “Besides. It’s not my assigned case. I have my own cas-”“But we all know who did it.” Violet interrupted with a hiss. “We all know Jeremy Best and his fuckin’ crony kidnapped him. Even I know that, and I’m fuckin’ nobody.”“Fuck’s sake, Dreyer, you don’t think I know that?” Parr snapped. “Everyone fucking knows it, but getting evidence to stick to that man is like trying to nail buttered toast to a wall. Fucking impossible, at some point you’re just wasting breakfast. Freak’s lawyered up the ass and knows it.”Violet groaned, throwing her arms up in frustration. “If everyone here knows, why hasn’t anything been done? It’s been months. He could be dead at this point.”Parr pinched the bridge of his nose. “Because the law dictates we-”“Fuck the law. From what he told me, you and him were pretty lax on the rules back in the day, what changed?”Parr fixed her with a glare, scowling. “Like I said. I got my own shit to deal with. I can’t afford to stick my neck out for every Tom, Dick, & Harry in this joint that got fucked up, fucked over, or some combination of fucked. Not my circus, not my monkey, not my problem.”A tepid silence fell over the two of them. Parr turned his attention back to his computer screen, silently deciding this conversation was over and gesturing to Violet to leave. Violet made a sound that sounded like a rat being stepped on, and instead stepped forward, leaning on Parr’s desk. She glanced at Parr’s computer screen, at the visage of a scowling man with patchy gray hair. She should’ve expected as much - if anyone was going to make a play for the NA District, it would’ve been the guy who ruled it several times over. “He liked you, y’know.” She spat with a heated whisper. “I couldn’t figure out how, but I think he did. Fuck knows why. He liked you enough to put up with your bullshit, and you can’t even give him the common courtsey of a reach around while he's getting fucked over.”“Jesus, Violet.” Parr shook his head. “Don’t try to tug on heartstrings that don’t exist, alright? It was business shit back then. Nothing more. Just us relying on the only two people who we could count on back then - each other. Fucking Blackbird…”Violet fumed. “He thought you were capable of more. And I don’t care if that thought was one-sided - surely you agree that, even if he was an annoying prat with a lame moustache, he didn’t deserve to be kidnapped by a fucking lunatic like Jeremy. Right?”Parr held her gaze for seconds, before turning his head. “No. He didn’t.” He replied softly. “He deserved something, but not that.”There it was. The silent breakthrough. Violet cleared her throat, sitting on the desk and tapping a finger. “Look. Put me in a room with Jeremy. I’ll get him to talk.”“How?”Violet waggled a finger. “Nope. Don’t ask. Plausible deniability.”Parr sighed. “You know, you’d only have, what, an hour or less before his lawyer showed up, and anything he says wouldn’t be admissible in the court of law.”“Think I give a shit about a court of law right now? Do you?” Violet queried, raising an eyebrow. After a long silence, Parr sighed. “... No. Alright, fine. Give me a few days to set something up, and I’ll call you the day before.”-= TODAY =- “His lawyer already got wind of this and is on his way.” Detective Parr explained, as he marched Violet down the hallways of the precinct. “Fucker named Scorpane. He shouldn’t be too far away, forty minutes if he hits all the green lights, so whatever it is you’re hoping to do, get it done quick.”Violet shrugged, adjusting her carry bag over her shoulder. “Only forty minutes? Fuck. Guess I'll have to make do. You coming in, making sure I play by the rules?”“No. Some halfwit got himself iced down by the docks and I’ve got to go give the scene an assessment.” Parr didn’t sound particularly interested in either the iced halfwit or Violet’s meeting, just quietly resigned to the situation, as he shook his head. “Look, just don’t hurt a hair on Jeremy’s head, alright? The law is flexible in certain situations, but if he comes out of that room with a bruise, we’ll be sued so quickly we won’t even have time to wipe our ass.”“Alright, fuckin’ chill.” Violet raised her hands in mock surrender, rolling her eyes. “I won’t lay a hand on that dipshit, fine. Anyone in the observatory deck?”“Can’t afford the manpower right now. You’ll be alone without supervision - don’t fuck it up.” Parr nodded, stopping before a room marked with the number 5, jerking his head toward it. “He’s waiting for you. Give us a location, and whatever happens next, we’ll deal with it." His eyes fell upon the bag in Violet's grasp, and he hesitated, briefly. "What’s with the bag?”Violet shrugged. “Just some tunes for the ride.” With that, she entered the room, letting the door swing closed behind her before Detective Parr could utter another word. -= 38 HOURS AGO =- The Nightclub of the King of Disco had only grown more bussin’ - or ‘Bussying’ if one were so inclined - as the months had passed. The crowning of Chris Peacock as the undisputed king of the streets had only increased business and revenue. After a long, tumultuous journey where the leader of the underworld portion of FWA underwent several changes, Peacock’s glitter-gloved hands were cemented in their attempt to bring stability and reliability to the criminal slices that made up the greater body of FWA. In some ways, it was a welcome relief - the constant, constant changing of the guard meant the streets lay in unpredictable fear, gangs and crews constantly waging war to take control of the seedy underworld, had constantly hung over the innocents who paid the price for the sequel after sequel after sequel of the street wars. For all that Chris Peacock was, and all that he was not, the stability was welcomed. Stepping through the doors of the Disco Parlor, Violet Dreyer cast a gaze around at the near-full den. Last time she was here, she had stormed out in a huff after a certain revelation, and she doubted she would be welcomed if the proprietor of the nightclub saw her. He might play nice, sure, but he’d find some excuse to push her out the door before too long. People like him always did - A boogeyman in their own mind. Luckily, she wasn’t here for the Disco King. She was here for his… Well. ‘Second In Command’ didn’t quite fit. The man she was seeking was a trusted confidant for Peacock. Once, he might’ve been one for Violet herself, but… Things changed. Unfortunate as it was, things changed. Alyster Black was a relatively easy man to find. Unlike the regular patrons of the Disco Parlor, he had very little interest in dancing or grooving. Nor did he wear the usual gaudy bright suits and attires one would associate with an outdated genre of music. He wore black, and only black. He rarely, if ever, showed his face, preferring to stay as a recluse behind a mask. And much like many of the townsfolk, he had a bit of a drinking problem. With that in mind, finding him was easy. Head to the bar and find the guy in black. Lo and behold, there was the former X Despot himself. Previously, he might’ve held the same title as his disco companion did now. Previously, he might’ve ruled the X District with an iron fist, providing more stability to an ultraviolent district than anyone else had in the past few years. Now, however, he was a shell of a man. Both titles were gone, ripped from him for one reason or another. Sure, he still held a claim to some other titles in a sister city out west, but that was a story not documented here. Violet might’ve felt an emotion similar to sympathy. Then the memory of Alyster’s relative inaction reared its ugly head, and that emotion was buried six feet under. Instead, she slid onto an empty stool beside him. “Sup Alyster. Long time no see.” Careful to keep the venom out of her voice, Violet greeted her former friend with a gentle pat on the back. Spying on his phone, she caught a glimpse of five faces, most of them strangers to her. One might've been a weasel of some kind. Turning his head, Alyster caught her with his gaze, sliding his palm over the phone. The mask did a terrific job of hiding his emotions, as masks are wont to do, but the slight hint of an inhale, the fraction of a tilt of a head, and the microsecond of inactivity before he leaned in told her two things: One, he was slightly drunk. Two, he was surprised to see her. Three, he didn’t want her to pick up on the previous two tidbits of information. Or maybe she was making it up, pointing out pictures that didn’t exist. She wasn’t a good PI, after all. “Violet.” Alyster noted with a neutral tone. “I didn’t… Expect you to be here.”“What, a gal can’t treat herself in FWA’s finest nightclub?” She said, resisting the urge to rip out her tongue and stomp it into the floor at the obvious lie. Alyster stared, then turned his attention back to his drink. “Why are you talking to me? I thought you were pretty angry with me.” He said, having the decency to speak with a flavor of guilt in his voice. “Oh, I am. I very much am. If it makes you feel better, fuck you.” Violet replied, swiping Alyster’s drink and stirring it with a finger. Alyster sat in silence, avoiding eye contact, until Violet slid the drink back. “Now’s your chance to start to make good, though.” She said, casually. He perked his head up. Even through his tipsy haze, the weight of those words still echoed within. He turned his head to her, quiet, but listening with rapt attention. “I need you to do me a favor.” Violet remarked, gazing across the dance floor. A man in a gaudy blue suit, far on the other side of the room, locked eyes with her. The owner of the establishment, the current King of the Underworld. A shadow of a frown passed his face, as he noted her presence and who she was speaking with. “You’re wearing his jacket.” Alyster mumbled beside her, brushing the off-brown slightly-too-large jacket over Violet’s frame with an unreadable tone. Violet blinked. “What?”Alyster didn’t answer. Maybe it was the drink talking, but he interpreted something in the jacket. Something that Violet didn’t quite catch. A meaning gone unsaid. Instead, he downed the rest of his drink, tragically failing to ask where Violet’s finger had been pre-stirring, before exhaling. “This favor.” He nodded in grim determination. “What do you need?”-= TODAY =- The clock was ticking. Wasting no time, Violet Dreyer sat herself down in the interrogation room opposite Jeremy Best, fixing him with a glare. Jeremy at least had the common decency to squirm beneath her gaze, already having had one ‘encounter’ with her previously - and suspected that one was too many. “Jeremy Best.” Violet began, resting her knuckles on the table, in full view. Jeremy spied the bruises and cuts across her right hand, gulping. “Where’s Detective Montrose?” She began, wasting little time. An uneasy smile spread onto Jeremy’s features. “H-Hi, Violet. It’s… good to see you.” What a terrible liar. Even Violet's few friends would agree it was never good to see her. “Answer the fuckin’ question, Jeremy." Violet barked. "We know you and Bryan Baxter were seen taking Detective Jake ‘Krash’ Montrose on the road south of the graveyard. I don’t know how you found him, but you did, and now you’re, what, keeping him locked up in your basement?”Jeremy shrugged, unable to hide a nervous, anxiety-ridden smile. Violet glowered. “I know you’ve got him somewhere. I’m not playing with kiddie gloves, alright? You have one last chance - Tell me where he is, or-”“Or what, Violet? You’ll s-smack me around a bit?” He shivered, but still, that smile remained. “You won’t. Bill told me you couldn’t lay a finger on me in these walls.”Violet huffed, twitching a fist. "You have to play nice, Violet."She glowered, and wondered how easy it would be to reach across the table and strangle the stack of dimes Jeremy called a neck until it splintered within her grip. Jeremy leaned in. “He told me about you.” He giggled. “Krash did. Best friends tell each other everything, and he told me you had the vocabulary of someone with eternally stubbed toes.”Violet bit her tongue. That at least sounded like something her ally would say. “Where is he?”Jeremy waved a hand flippantly, growing bolder at the relative inaction. “He’s fine, Violet. He’s in a safe place, surrounded by friends.”Violet gritted her teeth. “Where?”Jeremy laughed. Not a giggle, not a chuckle, a full-on laugh. “It’s a lil’ secret, Violet! A secret between besties! We pinkie-promised not to tell, and you can’t break a pinkie-promise.”It was the confident, vacantly smug grin in Jeremy's ratfaced features that irked her. He was so oblivious, and yet, so smug at the same time. Like he genuinely didn't know what he had done that was so wrong. It was infuriating. “Right. Fuck this.” Unclasping her bag, Violet unveiled a silver laptop, opening it up on the desk and punching in a password. As the screen booted up, a sardonic smirk made its way across Violet’s features. Time to show this string bean who was in charge. “Jeremy, I have something I’d like to show you.” Her fingers tapped on the keyboard, turning the screen around. Jeremy glanced at the screen, at the video on the screen, and the smile faded from his face as he did a double-take. He didn't seem to quite grasp what he was seeing. The poorly lit scene and the grainy filter certainly made identifying what was going in difficult. But Jeremy wouldn't have any trouble recognizing the bulky, big man in any situation. “Is… Is that Bryan?”-= 32 HOURS AGO =- In the dead of the night, a man wiped their hands, blowing smoke into the cool, cool air. His appearance often enabled others to underestimate him. The prematurely graying hair gave him an extra ten years in appearance, hiding youth and vigor. His bulky frame was often confused for fat, hiding the calloused muscles within. Even the company he worked alongside led others to, mistakenly, believe he was a handler, an advisor, his better days long behind him. The trail of missing bodies in his wake often said otherwise. Big Bryan Baxter was alright with getting underestimated. It made the feeling of bones splinting within his grip all the better. His rule as the leader of the NA District meant he had to get his hands dirty sometimes. Which he didn’t mind. He was used to getting his hands dirty, after all. Better than the last ruler of the NA District, some airhead in over her head. Even before he stole the NA District from the aforementioned airhead, he had a long history of taking care of certain… Actions that Jeremy had done. Not necessarily cleaning up after him, but ensuring that his decisions wouldn't come back to haunt either of them, one way or another. This night wasn’t much different. He approached his car, eager to get home and relax after a long day of solving problems, before pausing at the sunken tyre. “Ah, piss.” He groaned. He had a spare in the boot of his car, but the tedious act of replacing the flat tyre meant his trip home would be delayed. He tossed his bag in the backseat, before flipping open the boot and grabbing the spare tyre and a tire iron. With a sigh, he knelt down next to the flat tyre. He raised the tire iron. He didn’t hear the soft footsteps, rapidly approaching, although he probably should've. The rain masked the sound enough. He didn’t see the shadow of a figure in the reflection of the window above, although he probably should've. He just wasn't looking at the right time. All he felt was a pinch, a sharp impact in the side of his neck. An injection. A hiss in his ear, words he was unable to make out. He raised an arm, flailing, but already it was too late. He was out like a light before he even made it to his feet. Two people stood before the dozing, unconscious body of Bryan Baxter, an empty needle jutting out the side of his neck. "Big fucker, ain't he?" Alyster Black spoke aloud, shaking his head. Rubbing his shoulders, he turned to his companion. "Now what?"Violet Dreyer remained uncharacteristically silent. -= TODAY =- On the laptop screen was a sight Jeremy had not been expecting. Bryan Baxter, his trusted friend and confidant, handcuffed and tied to a chair, not too unfamiliar to Jeremy’s situation. Unlike Jeremy, he was much less calm about the situation, thrashing about silently shouting. His head twisted and turned, following the path of someone pacing offscreen. “Let’s see what Bryan has to say about his situation, hmm?” Violet queried, unmuting the video. “-second I get free I’m going to rip your head off and shove it up y-”“That’s enough of that.” Violet noted, muting the video once again. “Wait. What’s happening?” Jeremy asked, confused. The smug aura had vanished, the cocksure tone in his voice replaced with a childlike lack of understanding. It was almost sad. Almost. “Bryan said he was going to be out of town for the next few days or so, what’s going on?”“Caught wind of this little livestream here.” Violet noted, not bothering to hide a gleeful grin. “Looks like you and your buddy got more than a few enemies around this place. Who would've guessed.”On the screen, a figure stepped into frame. Jeremy’s face fell in quiet recognition, causing Violet to bark with laughter. Clad in all-black, the masked man known as Alyster Black casually sauntered up to the restrained Bryan Baxter, as the big man frothed at the mouth with jeers and insults. Suddenly, Black struck with a right hand to Baxter’s jaw, stunning the big man. Black instantly started waving his right hand around, perhaps not prepared for how hard Baxter’s jaw really was. He followed with a left hook into the kidneys, still smarting with his right hand. “Look at him go.” Violet cooed, as if this was a kitten playing with a ball of yarn and not a sadist psychopath unloading furious fists at a man unable to defend himself. As Jeremy stared at the livestream, mouth agape, Violet pulled out a burner phone from one of her jacket pockets, punching a number into it. “Now here’s the thing, Jeremy, ya lil’ pissant - I’m pretty sure I recognize where this little incident is taking place. I’m also pretty sure I have the phone number of Fuckmask McGee. I’m pretty sure I could just tell him to stop it, and he will. Well, he might. No guarantees, the fuck do I know. But honestly, I’m just not feeling particularly motivated to call this off, y’know?”“Bryan’s a tough guy.” Jeremy said, though the wobble in his voice certainly sounded unconvinced. “He’ll find his way out of this, he’ll be fine.”“You got a lotta fuckin’ faith in a guy who’ll be pissing blood for the next few days." Violet raised the phone, her thumb hovering over the dial button. “Tell me where Krash is and I can stop this right now. Isn’t Baxter supposed to be your friend, too?”Torn between the well-being of his oldest friend and the secret of his best friend, Jeremy opened his mouth, then closed it, then opened it again. He looked like a fish. “... This is wrong, this isn’t right. You’re cops, you’re not supposed to do this sort of thing.”“The fuck makes you think I’m a cop? Relax. I was told not to harm a hair on your head. Nobody said shit about Baxter.” She flicked the dial number, pressing it against her ear. With her other hand, she turned the laptop back to herself. “Sup. Jeremy’s not co-operating, go figure. Guess he doesn’t value his friend’s safety as much as he should. Fuckin' hypocrite. There’s a bag on the floor - unload it onto the table.”“What- What are you doing to him?” Jeremy stuttered. He tried to yank his hands off of the table, but the handcuffs were firm, unheeding. “One second.” Violet paused her call, glancing at Jeremy. “Jeremy, choose a finger.”“What?”“Choose a fuckin’ finger, Jeremy.”“P-Pointer.”“Great.” Violet returned to her call, blowing a bubble with some gum as she did. “In the bag there should be an icepick. Grab it and jam it underneath the pointer fingernail on Baxter’s right hand until you hit bone.”With a flourish, she turned the laptop back to face an appalled Jeremy, unmuting the livestream as she did so. -= TODAY =- Down at the dockyards, Detective Mike Parr grimaced. There was a smell in the air that was, somehow, worse than that of the fish and the ocean nearby. A smell he was familiar with, one he had worked with time and time again, yet never grew used to. The last time he was down here, he ended up shot and stabbed in the back. It was only due to the actions of his ex-partner that he didn’t bleed to death - and even then it took a long time of biding their time until he could come back to public view. Stepping away from his cruiser, Parr jerked his head in greeting at the security guard waving him over, standing by the entrance to Connelly’s Dry Goods Warehouse, long since abandoned. The guard looked vaguely familiar, lanky with long hair and a line of stubble, but Parr didn’t place him. The site had been cordoned off, but thankfully this area barely got any traffic, so any bystanders were minimized. "Found him earlier today." The security guard explained, as he and Parr entered the warehouse. "Normally we just get vandals or graffiti artists, but this… This is a bit above my pay grade."Parr grunted in response, dismissing the babbling guard. Stepping to the crime scene, Mike Parr knelt down, squinting at the body. “... Huh.”“‘Huh’ what?” The security guard echoed, staring at Parr. Parr glanced at him, noting the nametag of ‘FENIX’ etched onto his shirt. “Something wrong?”“Not wrong, to say.” Parr noted, pulling out his phone. “This just complicates one matter… and simplifies another.”-= TODAY =- It started as an icepick beneath the fingernails. Then a pair of pliers to the teeth - yank one out, push another deeper. Then a hammer to the ankles. Then fish hooks through the nose. Every few minutes, a new wound was forcibly given to the King of the NA District. And Jeremy could do naught but sit and watch. Jeremy had squeezed his eyes shut long ago, reduced to horrified whimpering as his shackled wrists tried to jerk their way out of the cuffs. And yet, every so often he would open an eye and obtain a mere glimpse at the latest of Baxter’s suffering, grimacing at the roar of agony and wincing at the latest implement, immediately closing his eyes again. “Why are you doing this?!?” He sobbed. “Because, you childlike fuckwit, YOU stole a man who owed ME a favor. Get it? You overstepped your bounds, you fucked up and found it, so until you make good, Baxter here has a bad time. Capice?” Violet hissed. Jeremy was too distraught to notice the tremor in Violet’s voice, too anguished to note how Violet’s eyes kept darting to the clock on the wall. Parr had said forty minutes, minimum, until Scorpane arrived. Forty minutes until someone would knock on that door and Jeremy would be saved from this. It had already been forty-two minutes. She was cutting it fine and still didn’t have an answer - If Scorpane walked in and saw what was happening she would be able to kiss more than her career goodbye. She’d be locked up so quickly while Jeremy remained a free man. As the clock ticked to forty-three minutes, she made a judgment call. “Light that cigarette, then put it out in his eyes. Both of them.” She barked into the phone as she rose to her feet. Digging through her bag, she revealed a pair of headphones and some duct tape, storming over to a shivering Jeremy. “What are you do-” Jeremy whimpered, as Violet shoved the headphones into his ears. "Letting you get a good listen of what your buddy's going through." She spat, before duct taping the headphones to his skin. She plugged the cord of the headphones into the laptop, and Baxter’s roars of agony fell silent, muted to all but one person now: Jeremy Best. “Clock’s ticking, Jeremy! Give me a fucking address!” She demanded, turning up the volume on the laptop as high as it could go. Gripping Jeremy from behind, she peeled his eyes open with her fingers, forcing him to watch the sordid torture taking place. She could only slightly hear the vicious groans of torment and suffering, to her it was but a mere whisper. To Jeremy it was borderline deafening, as he tried to twist his way out of Violet’s grasp, Baxter’s throes dorning through his skull. Her eyes darted to the clock. Forty-five minutes. A bead of sweat made its way down the back of her neck. “Where is Krash?!?” He probably couldn’t hear her over the sound of Baxter’s cries, but felt the question, all the same. “I can’t- I can’t’-” Jeremy stuttered, tears flowing freely from his eyes. “Please!”“Where is he?!?”“Make it stop!”“Where. The fuck. Is Krash?!?”“21 Amity Avenue!” Jeremy shrieked. “21 Amity Avenue!”At that exact moment, the door swung open. In stepped a wrinkled man, carrying his briefcase, faded brown hair on the verge of graying. “Sorry Jeremy - Traffic was a bit-what the fuck?!?” Bill Scorpane gaped at the sight, frozen in disbelief. It was the mere second of him freezing that allowed Violet to tear herself away from Jeremy Best and shove Scorpane aside, sprinting down the halls. She wished she had time to grab the laptop and all the evidence, but all it would’ve taken was Scorpane shouting his lungs out and one of the many officers in the precinct would’ve tackled her. Thankfully, Scorpane was stunned silent, unsure what he was witnessing. By the time he had gotten his bearings and ripped the headphones off of Jeremy - taking out a clump of hair and skin in the process - Violet was out the door. “Jeremy, what the hell is going on?” He asked, tossing the headphones on the table. “Who was that? Where’s Detective Parr?”Jeremy only sobbed, jabbing a finger at the laptop screen. “Make it stop! Make it stop!” He wailed, burying his head into his palms. “What?” Scorpane turned his attention to the laptop, to the video of Bryan Baxter’s suffering. “Bryan?!?”“It’s a livestream! Bryan’s out there somewhere and some sick man is hurting him! We have to save him before it’s too late!”Scorpane hesitated. “Jeremy…” He began, raising a shaking, pale finger to the mousepad. He was not as easily panicked as Jeremy was, and thus, he noticed something Jeremy was unable to. A brief push of the cursor confirmed his suspicion. “Jeremy, that’s a recording. A video.”“W-What?”“Jeremy, it’s not live.”-= TODAY =- “That’s Bryan Baxter.” Detective Mike Parr noted, a quizzical expression on his features. “I’d recognize that ugly mug anywhere.”“Really? Even a mug looking like… That?” Jackson Fenix raised an eyebrow, gesturing to the twisted, gouged features of the man. “I mean, the guy was never pretty, but I don’t think even his mom would kiss him on the cheek now. Not after whatever’s been done to him.”Parr quietly agreed. “You called it in?”“Yeah. I was doing my morning rounds, smelt something from this direction." Fenix said, adjusting his crotch with one hand as he scratched his chin with the other. "Checked inside the warehouse and it’s a damn bloodbath. I ain’t going to lose sleep over Baxter carking it, but… Damn. Maybe I might.”Parr nodded, tugging on a forensic glove as he inspected the body, or what was left of it. Security Guard Jackson Fenix watched with nausea growing, idly fidgeting. “So… What’s the verdict, Detective?”“I think he’s dead, Fenix.”“Yeah no shit. Any thoughts on how long he’s been dead?”“I’m not a forensic pathologist…” Parr began, rising to his feet. “But if I had to make an estimate, this fucker has been dead for at least sixteen hours.”Fenix nodded, despite not knowing whether Parr’s claim had any truth to it. “Who do you think did it?”Parr fixed Fenix with a glance, then wordlessly turned and left the warehouse. As he retreated back to his squad car to call in for the big guns, one thought passed through his mind. It wasn’t a suspicion or inkling of whodunnit, because truthfully, he didn’t care. So some oversized meatbag got too big for his britches - it happened. No use crying over spoiled milk. No. What the thought was, though, was that his path to taking back the NA District suddenly grew much, much easier. And so, unable to hide the smile from his features, Parr grabbed his cruiser radio, and called it in. -= 18 HOURS AGO =- In the dark evening, Alyster Black threw themselves into the driver’s seat of their car, huffing. The adrenaline rush of what they had done coasted through their veins, and they couldn’t stop their hands shaking. With a rag, they wiped the blood from their fingers as best as they could. It was no use wiping the blood from their mask, their suit. By the next hour it would be burned soon enough. They massaged their now bruised right hand, grimacing. They should’ve known not to strike with such emotion to start off, but… Oh, well. They glanced at the camera, tossed onto the passenger seat of the car. Hopefully they had enough footage, but honestly they probably had too much. They couldn’t help it - the bitterness got them carried away, as it often does. With an exhale, they gripped the base of the mask, and yanked it off their face. “Fuckin’ masks.” Violet spat. “No idea how the fuck you wear ‘em. It’s fuckin’ suffocating.”Considering what she had done over the past few hours, it seemed petty to complain of mild suffocation, but she is a petty individual, after all. “Thanks for the spare mask, Aly.” She said, tossing it in the backseat. Of course, Alyster wasn't there. She had told him to fuck off for a spell. Whether he found himself an alibi or not, it didn't matter to her. She didn't tell him what she was planning to do, and he didn't ask. Thank goodness for that much. He was useful for two things - carrying Baxter's lardass into the trunk of her car, and the spare mask to use in Baxter's execution. Not like she could rely on much else from the guy. Whatever happened to Alyster now, it wasn't her problem. As a certain detective said, not my circus, not my monkey, not my problem. Flicking the radio on to some vulgar rock music, Violet peeled the car away from the warehouse. The only guards were supposed to patrol the warehouses down south, so unless someone got curious, no-one would find the body until it was too late to do anything. As she sped down the road, she laughed in the mirror, victorious. “It’s like they say…” She spoke aloud in the quiet of her car. “You put one of ours in the hospital, we put one of yours in the morgue. Or adjusted for inflation - one in the basement of your shitty home, and one left to rot in a fish warehouse. Not like you deserve better, fuckin’ pricks.”-= TODAY =- 21 Amity Avenue looked like such a normal home. It wasn’t registered as Jeremy’s address, which explains why it didn’t pop up on the radar of the police. It was a completely nondescript home surrounded by equally nondescript homes. You wouldn't be able to point out this specific house at all. In hindsight, that made it perfect for hiding someone within. The white picket fence was splintered underneath the wheels of Violet’s car, leaving a pair of skidmarks on the grass. Turning the engine off, she exited the car in a rush, and not bothering to look for a key, booted the front door in. Wood splintered from the frame as she stormed into the small home. The clock was ticking - she was certain someone would be on their way here. She had to act fast. Ensuring that Bryan Baxter's heart didn't beat anymore was not an impulsive decision on her part. It was probably the least impulsive thing she had done in a long while, come to think of it. Because the issue with Jeremy is that while he's a nutcase who should probably be locked away in a padded cell and left to rot, Baxter was the one who ensured that Jeremy's sicko fantasies became real. Baxter was an enabler, a backer, a support coordinator to do the things Jeremy didn't have the guts to do. Jeremy Best caused problems, undoubtedly. But it was Bryan Baxter who made those problems vanish, or in this case, hand deliver the problem to Jeremy's lap. Bryan Baxter was the catalyst. The man who separated a loony and his desires from a life in a holding cell. The man who ensured that Jeremy Best, rather than a sociopath who never grew up, was instead seen as a mere quirky lil fella, harmless in the grand scheme of things. Bryan Baxter fought so Jeremy Best could sleep. Bryan Baxter got his hands dirty so Jeremy Best could sleep on clean sheets. For that, he had to be removed from the picture. Baxter had to die, so Jeremy could be broken into a confession. There was never any saving him - Baxter was dead long before Jeremy woke up that morning. And now, without the safety of Baxter behind him, Jeremy wouldn't be able to hide behind someone else. Violet wasn't an idiot - the last time she clashed with Best, Jeremy survived only because of Baxter. Bryan Baxter stopped her from snapping off Jeremy Best's fingers and making that bitch eat a healthy meal, therefore, he had to be disposed of. Preferably in as messy of a manner as possible, because vindication and pettiness is a lovely, lovely motivator. Maybe now, Jeremy would know what it's like to have someone you cared about callously ripped away by another. There was no guilt or remorse within Violet. Infact, she felt proud of herself, perhaps for the first time in a long while. She had chosen to do something rather than wait around for her time to come. She took control of her life, control of her destiny, control for the lives of those around her. And she felt fucking amazing. Revenge,contrary to popular belief, feels great. Hollywood needs to start leaning into that. Sure, morally this was a new low for her - but fuck you if you thought a shitbag like Baxter or a nutjob like Best deserved peace and comfort when they had a relatively innocent man locked away somewhere. Violet held no false assumptions - she wasn't a good person, but fuck, at least she did something. For a good reason, too. Doing something good was uncharacteristic, but doing something horrible for the sake of good felt fantastic. Maybe that's where the balance is. In a perfect world, both of them would be slowly rotting in a shallow grave. Scorpane too, possibly. But Jeremy still had information, whereas, she suspected, Baxter didn't. So Jeremy got to live. For now. A short life of nightmares and terrors, with no-one to comfort and rely on, knowing someone was going to come back, sooner or later. But that was more of a life than anyone who made Jeremy's heart hurt got, so he shouldn't complain. Besides - Violet had a feeling that one way or another, she'd be back to finish the job on Jeremy. The only difference is how messy it would be, with or without Krash. She had burned more than a few bridges to be here. If this was a dud address, if Jeremy lied to her, if someone else - a real cop, Jeremy, or Scorpane - tracked her down, she'd be done for. Violet stuck her neck out to track down an old friend when no-one else would. She could only hope she hadn't stuck it through the hole of a guillotine. The home seemed empty, devoid of furniture. Yet, also devoid of dust - someone had been in here recently. Wishing she took a weapon with her, just in case, Violet carefully explored the abode. The kitchen and living room were connected to the hallway, and both were empty. The bathroom didn’t change much either. There was only one other room - a door at the end of the hall. There was a light, shining from under the frame of the door. Violet felt her heart leap into her throat. Slowly, carefully, she shuffled towards the door, and pressed her ear against the wood. Silence. Except… Except for the slightest hitch of a breath. A pale hand curled around the doorknob, and she laboriously turned the knob, inch by inch. The door leisurely swung open, light spilling onto the hallway floor. “Krash?”
|
|
|
Post by supinesnake on May 29, 2024 8:01:36 GMT
Originally posted by Death Walker. More Tough Times For Another Day
A subtle hum is presented in darkness before the image of everything snaps into place. Within the blink of an eye, the opening shot is several feet above Death Walker’s neighborhood and compound. The bright shine from another sunny day in Los Angeles awakens those who aren't already up. And a voice speaks…
The Dark Guardian: “Well… last weekend was insane. I mean… competing against 29 other men and women, that was a hellacious battle. It took 4 other wrestlers to try to take you out of the match and when they couldn't, that intergalactic conniving little worm… XYZ had to steal your moment.”
The aerial view fades into a close up of the hooded guardian as he speaks to his protégé in length about what took place in the last match.
TDG: “Correct me if I'm wrong, you toss his dusty ass over the top rope LEGALLY! Then right after, he decides to knock you over while already eliminated?! What. In the HELL. WAS THAT?!?”
The anger of The Dark Guardian has risen as he breathes heavily and Death Walker is doing hanging sit-ups next to where he stands.
TDG: “Maybe I need to pay the self-proclaimed ‘Light Runner’ a visit and have your Father deal with this miscreant.”
Death Walker finishes his reps then makes his way off the monkey bars onto the dirt ground below. The dark hybrid turns to his advisor and wags his index finger to not go through with these plans.
TDG: “Very well, My Lord. I shall not go on my own tirade, I will do as you wish.”
Death puts his hands together in a calm praying manner and gives a slight bow at The Dark Guardian and he bows to Death in return. The Dark Guardian proceeds with the rest of his speech…
TDG: “Well at least you can get your hands on him soon.”
The Dark Traveler tilts his head and squints his eyes to indicate bewilderment as he stares at The Dark Guardian.
TDG: “Oh you don't know? Yeah, your next match has XYZ… AND… Trixie Bordeaux… AND… well, you see. Ok, I'll spit it out. It also has the Television champion, Shawn Summers.”
A dead silence fills the air as nothing and no one makes a single sound at the moment. Death Walker turns his head, looking up as if there's something in the rafters. Perhaps he’s having another one of his visions or recalling a past memory. But this doesn't seem to be the case since he quickly goes back to working out inside of his huge metal structure. As The Soul Collector does some shadowboxing, the consultant once again talks with his monster.
TDG: “So now we have 3 individuals that have been on your list for a little minute now. XYZ… he must love being your training dummy because he consistently finds himself in your way to the next obstacle. Always full of joy and happiness, carefree, flashy persona… and yet he dares to trifle with a demon from HELL. Then we got Trixie… the sweet and ‘innocent’ girl who wants to make friends. Two times! Two times, My Lord, we caught her in the middle of our business with her 'friends’. At first, I could tell that you wanted to bash in her pretty little pale face. Yet, you hesitated as you continued your attacks to others… it was if… wait a minute. Ahhhhh ok, I get it! It isn't time yet, is it?”
The disciplined monster just let out a deep growl as his response.
TDG: “Ok, My Lord, I understand. We shall wait and see but for now we cannot let our guard down. She is just like the rest of them, an opponent. You can give her a fair warning but be prepared to break everything in her if she decides to cross that line. Which brings us to the champion… I mean being an uncivilized bigot and a junkie, speaks for itself. But apparently, that's what it takes to become a champion so we’ll cross that bridge in due time. Meanwhile…”
The Dark Guardian claps his hands twice and from the shadows surrounding the two of them, people come out into the sunlight. People of all ages, genders and different races don black hooded cloaks in all black attire. They wear these scowls upon their faces, remaining as quiet as they just were in the background of this remodeled garage.
TDG: “These, My Lord… are your Terrors of Darkness. Your supporters… your followers, your believers… your disciples. Former gangbangers, criminals, thugs, street hustlers, lowlifes, misfortunate kids and adults from the neighborhood. They are ready to learn from your wisdom, they're yours to mold in your image. Now I know it isn't a lot of them but this group of 30 or 40 will multiply over a short period of time. And when it does, our empire will expand not just here but within FWA and the rest of the world. Because win or lose, the deniers have had to admit your abrasive dominance is uncanny like no other.”
The Death Walker takes a moment to step up to one of his young followers. He nods his head while eyeing the young man up and down then pops him in the chest with the bottom of his fist. The young man stumbles a bit back but stays on his feet. Death grunts approvingly at the toughness of this disciple as he stands there with his head held high. Then Death walks along the others while rubbing the chin of his demon mask.
TDG: “Do you have an idea, My Lord?”
Walker folds his arms, still pacing back and forth in front of his Terrors of Darkness. He looks over at his Terrors then back at his guardian and shakes his head. Which makes for a great time to cutaway to an outside, overhead view of the cul-de-sac. Suddenly, a navy blue SUV pulls up in a very subtle manner. It parks curbside before entering the circle and a slender figure slides out into a prone position. Which isn’t too subtle since this black woman is wearing all dark colors… and the sun is barely starting to go down. The woman in a black bulletproof vest, dark blue tank top, navy blue camouflage pants and black leather boots with navy blue bandanas around each wrist as well as her head. She crawls over in the direction of Death Walker’s compound as a few innocent people take a few peeks out their windows. She squirms her way in between a few of the homes where she spots this gigantic garage out in an open field that seems to be about 40 feet away. The woman hops up to kneeling with one knee as she pulls out her monocular and looks for any traps or security measures. Noticing that there seems to be nothing or nobody to stop her from ambushing the building, she puts away the monocular and rolls out a case of rifle parts. Once her assault rifle is assembled with a silencer, she continues to creep up on the “unguarded” garage. She locates a door, carefully opens it just a little and uses the barrel to work herself inside nice and easy. Aiming at The Dark Guardian as he gives a lecture to the other hooded individuals when the upper receiver of her rifle is grabbed. Death Walker yanks the weapon without haste which brings this intruder to her feet and he applies a tight throat grab with his other hand. He then takes joy in lifting her off the ground while holding her by the throat. The woman struggles to fight free and keep a handle of her weapon but the demon pulls it out of her reach. The Dark Guardian finally addresses the visitor…
TDG: “Well, who do we have here? In all this commando gear, hmm?”
Woman: “I’M YOUR WORST FUCKING NIGHTMARE, YOU UGLY BITCH! AND YOUR… YOUR…”
TDG: “Oh I’m sorry, did you have something caught in your throat or around your throat? Perhaps my protégé and dark lord is being too courteous with his manners. My Lord, will you please assist this fit and strong black woman with her manners?”
Without giving an audible response, Death Walker continues to squeeze the woman's throat as she does whatever she can to fight back. Kicks, fist pounding, attempted screams, all does nothing to such a stronger specimen as he toys with emotions and capabilities. After a couple of minutes, she stops fighting and takes advantage of her cleared airways as the man in a demon skull mask relaxes the grip to her throat. And again, The Dark Guardian makes small talk…
TDG: “Okay, let's try this again. Name? Hello?! NAME?”
W: “...I- Iris.”
TDG: “Hello Iris, what brings you out here to our private property?”
But before the woman can give an answer, Walker spots a neck tattoo and he points it out for his advisor. The Dark Traveler gets upset and growls loudly as he gets ready to make waste of this assassin.
TDG: “OHHHHHHHHH!! A triple C tattoo, a member of the California Criminal Council. Wow, weren't you all warned not to bother us or this section of Los Angeles? I believe Death Walker here, explained in a very clear message delivered back by your assigned messenger. Did you not, My Lord?”
The evil executioner gives one of his beastly retorts and his advisor knows exactly what it means.
TDG: “You hear that? That's a yes, meaning he did just what I said. And he's the one in charge of all of this, I'm just his trusty advisor and voice for the time being. I'M… the more sensible one out of the two of us but I assure you my patience can be very thin. My Lord, let's bring Ms. Iris into our sanctuary and we'll give our students a live demonstration of your power. It might even be the best time to use those soul collecting powers I had taught you. Ummm… Terrors of Darkness, chain her up!”
The Death Walker’s mentees get a hold of Iris and wrap chains around her arms together then attach the chains to a hook and chain secured to an electric chain hoist. Death presses the up button while someone wraps a chain around her legs. In the end, she kicks the air to get loose as she suspends from the hoist.
I: “YOU’RE NOT GONNA GET AWAY WITH THIS SHIT! TRIPLE C WILL HAVE YOUR HEADS FOR THIS IF I DON’T BEAT THEM TO IT FIRST!”
TDG: “Whoa… the mouth on you! You know loud mouths have never stopped Darius Wright and they aren't about to stop Death Walker.”
I: “Darius, you dipshit! You know you can't do this!”
TDG: “Maybe not… but The Death Walker most definitely can. I'm tired of her talking, shut her up.”
I: “FUCK YOU DARIUS AND YOUR GAY LOVER!!! YOU AIN’T SHIT, YOU AIN’T-”
Iris is silenced immediately with some duct tape over her mouth and class is about to begin. The Dark Guardian has the hooded group gather into a snug crowd as he continues to do all the talking. Iris continues to wiggle from the hook that she's on.
TDG: “Okay so, about our Lord’s next objectives. He has 3 pests to take care of in his next match. 2 of them are more important than the other, not because the other one is weak or dumb. She's actually pretty damn skilled once she gets over some issues with confidence and gains more intensity. But the two irritants need a more attentive approach, as will be demonstrated with Ms. Iris here. First, let's start with examples of Trixie Bordeaux…”
The advisor gives his Lord a distinct nod and the dark menace proceeds with delivering headshots using his hard fists. He even grabs her by the jaws and pounds harder into her face as the crowd watches in awe. Some gasp in astonishment while others are unphased by violence.
TDG: “Don't be afraid, Death Walker would never harm any of you unless provoked. So be glad that you're on the other side of things.”
After bashing in the woman’s face to a bloody pulp, he adds in some disrespectful heavy slaps then stops for more direction from his guardian.
TDG: “...Next, we have this slippery little shit called X… Y… Z. I believe that my creature is getting restless with this guy’s antics. But then maybe not because the guy just keeps testing the rage of this child of Satan.”
The nod is given again to Death Walker who now tightens up his fists to a pleading Iris. Her murmurs trigger the evil within the former Darius Wright and he throws stiff, rapid punches at the thighs of her chained legs. He hits them at every angle he can as she spins and sways somewhat. At a certain point, you can hear faint crackles from the bones taking the full impact of his onslaught. And the woman cries and hyperventilates from the heinous acts. Then The Death Walker takes the point of his elbow and jabs it painfully into the sore and possibly fractured thighs while hugging Iris’s legs. Iris blacks out from the heightened pain that she feels and Death turns back to his disciples and his mentor.
TDG: “...And last but not least, the Television Champion, Shawn Summers! Who Death Walker isn't more concerned with winning his title. Instead The Dark Traveler is more fixated on leaving him blooded and batter all over that ring… like a smeared blood stain. The goal is to win the gold but this time… this time, he's making it personal. The psychopath that lives dormant inside him… will feed off the blood and tears of these opponents. And to give you a better example of what we mean…”
Death Walker once more turns to the almost lifeless carcass of Iris and he reaches for the hoist remote. He lowers his victim but not to free her, but to line her torso up for what's to come next. Throwing a couple of gut shots, the demon is putting dents in her bulletproof vest like he's using two mighty sledgehammers to it. The military woman starts to awake from the new pain surging through her body. He gets bored of punching into the metal plates that she wears and detaches the vest from her torso. Takes a minute to examine where exactly wants to pulverize without killing her. Swiftly, Death Walker hits her with two rough kidney shots. He hums for a second as he ends the brutality with a stiff jab to her ribs, for sure breaking at least one. Iris frantically quivers as she keels over trying to both scream and breathe.
TDG: “And The Death Walker will be reaching out to the California Criminal Council directly this time and hopefully making his intentions way more clear. He will not need any of you for this as he feels that his presence is desired. However, you can look forward to other missions…
…because we’ve got plenty more things to do.”
|
|
|
Post by supinesnake on May 29, 2024 8:01:53 GMT
Originally posted by weaselperson.
|
|
|
Post by supinesnake on May 29, 2024 8:02:07 GMT
Originally posted by Gip. Reagan: “Oh come on…”
Reagan glared angrily at the simple black and white keycard in his hand as he slid it through the scanner on the door again. The light flashed yellow twice and then red….and then nothing. No click is heard and Reagan can’t help himself but to suppress a groan. Oh, the joys of hotels. He flips the card over and blinks at the chicken scratch the receptionist jotted down. I mean if he squinted and tilted his head to the left they kind of looked like numbers. A hiss of annoyance occurs once more as he gathers his worn and torn red duffle bag off the hotel carpet and made his excellent journey back towards the stairs.
To say he was exhausted would be the understatement of the millennium. Reagan's day has been nothing but consistent plane delays and cancellations, there was a legit possibility he couldn’t make the show but he’s made it now. And now he wants nothing more than to check into his hotel room that was booked for him and collapse into sweet oblivion for a couple of hours. Unfortunately, the universe seems to have other plans because of course they do. Reagan takes another look at the out-of-order sign on the elevator doors as he passes. Just twelve flights down and twelve flights back up. Fun.
The receptionist was the same teenage boy from 10 minutes ago when Reagan first showed up. Messy blonde hair, headphones on with his nose was buried in a magazine. Reagan took a panting breath, definitely proving that he ain’t as young as he used to be, wiping the sweat from his brows, and shoving his frustration down. The smile he painted on was straining at the edges as he approached the front desk.
Reagan: “Hey bud, uh-“
He starts the conversation still a bit out of breath only to realize the kid couldn’t hear him. Reagan sighs before rings the bell. The receptionist suddenly jolts to attention like it’s an army drill, pulling his headphones off.
Receptionist: “Ah what’s up bro? Didn’t I just see you?”
Reagan: “Yeah, you did. Just the key card ain’t working?”
Receptionist:“Ah, shoot bro. You sure you used it on the right door?”
….
Reagan takes a really deep breath, mentally chanting `Do not strangle this kid’, he just wants to get some sleep, man.
Reagan: “Yup, room 88. Kind of distinctive, you know. Two fat ladies.”
The receptionist is very clearly completely taken aback by that last sentence as he is clearly looking around in this very empty hall meanwhile Reagan just passes the card over in an attempt to move the conversation along.
Reagan: “You never played Bing-oh it doesn’t matter, here ya go.”
The kid flips it over and grunts non-committedly before rummaging around in his desk, Reagan can see multiple NFL cards, loose change and even a half-eaten tuna fish sandwich which explains the smell that hit Reagan like two minutes ago. The blonde one then pulls out two new keycards.
Receptionist: “Probably just the magnetic strips, bro. That room is always having issues though, I don’t know what to tell ya. I told the manager but it looks like he ain’t doing squat. Anyway here ya go, dude! Should be good to go!”
A glowing endorsement there as the receptionist passes the cards over again, Reagan thanks the receptionist before he’s off on his way again. and heads back for the stairs. Only twelve flights up then sleep. Holy fuck how did Ramon and Golden do this repeatedly? Actually no, let’s not think about that, that connects to Aka and we don’t need that right now. Just focus on getting into the bed and going to sleep. By the time Reagan finally makes it to the top floor his shoulder and legs are definitely feeling the burn. He glances down at his watch, great, it’s just past midnight. He had six hours before he needed to get up to go to the stadium. The former FWA Tag Team Champion held his breath as he took the card out and slid it down room 666’s card reader. The light flashed green and here opened the dark door to only be met with the glow from the window and the shine from the warm lamp. Excellent.
???: “Fucking hell, took ya long enough.”
The one detail I forgot to mention was that inside the very basic-looking hotel room, on the wooden bed, sits the around 50s-looking man in a dark blue button-up shirt and brown jeans combo as he stares up at Reagan. Reagan’s breath gets stuck in his throat as so many thoughts and feelings, shock, and anxiety, overwhelm his mind until it forcibly suppresses all thought, the swirling vortex of emotions and thoughts blanketed by a thick fog of shock. And yet his first instinc, despite his movements being very much almost lifeless and unaware, is to hug his father-in-law Roy Gibson.
Reagan almost stumbles into it but Roy catches him in the hug, pulling him in tight, rubbing Reagan’s back in the process. It takes a couple of seconds but eventually, they let go of the embrace as the man, whom we haven’t seen since the Jeffry Mason attack, holds his son-in-law at the shoulder.
Reagan: “Ho-…how are you here?”
Roy: “What? Do you think anything’s gonna stop this Scot from seeing you? Bullshit. How are you, son?”
Reagan: “prett-pretty alright now.”
Roy: “Good! Good.”
It is at this point Roy suddenly pulls Reagan into a brutal headbutt! Reagan recoils immediately, falling backwards onto the carpet just narrowly missing the door to the room.
Roy: “That’s what you fucking get for abandoning my daughter you twat!”
Roy shouts at Reagan, and Cole can’t even say anything to object, since he has no excuses. It was true.
Roy: “I goddamn told you that Tyler kid was nothing but trouble!”
Roy is letting out all his anger as Reagan is still slowly recovering from the headbutt from the man who probably taught him how to masterfully headbutt in the first place but he does manage to get out one line.
Reagan: “I’m trying to protect them.”
Roy: “Bullshit.”
Reagan: “No not bullshit! You know what Jeffry did to you! To Xavier! To me, for crying out loud. We tried facing him head on and I was the only one that could take him down and even that wasn’t for long and it cost me another friend in the process! Yurei was the last straw! I’ve let too many people get hurt because of the enemies I’ve made! Too many, I refuse to have my wife and my kid added to that list.”
Roy: “THAT. That is exactly why I came to talk to you now. I’ve seen your recent matches, Reagan. It’s the only time any of us get to see you so I had to. Your match with Peacock? That tournament? The CC? I’ve seen that look in your eyes boy. I’ve seen it a thousand times. People mistake it for determination but really it’s the urge to get your comeuppance. You keep wanting someone to finally put you out to pasture, ain’t that right? You think that’s gonna save you from the hole you put yourself in?”
Reagan’s body stiffens, his pupils constricted and by the movement of his posture, the room just became increasingly hotter but he keeps his eyes on Roy trying desperately to not give anything away.
Roy: “It won’t, kid. Trust me when I say that. But hey, you got that big multi-man match tonight, right? Plenty of people who have vendettas with you specifically, maybe they’ll give you what you’re looking for. Who knows? I’m just an old man.”
Reagan: “You’re more than that, Roy, you know that.”
Roy: “Yeah and don’t you forget it. Well, I’ll let you get some shut-eye before the match. It’s been real good to see you again, son. You know I don’t say please often but please, kid. Please come home soon. She’s really missing ya.”
Reagan: “I miss her too. Give them all my love.”
Roy and Reagan collide one more time this time in another hug though. A small tear leaks out slowly from Reagan’s eyes, dripping slowly down his reddened cheek and falling before soaking his soft silver carpet. They let go, Reagan turning away to wipe the tears, avoiding eye contact so he doesn’t have to see his father figure leave but he still hears the shallow footsteps scrape slowly across the carpet until the tapping against the marble floor began, stopping with the ding of the elevator. Staring outside the window, Reagan focuses on the midnight sky which is almost perfectly mirroring Cole’s frame of mind. Dark, sinister, but somehow still relatively benevolent: heavy rainy clouds were bursting, scarring the poor blackbirds that chirped and desperately flew back and forth to find refuge elsewhere. One things for certain though. The melody coming from outside was better than the loud silence in the room now. Funny how It matches the turmoil inside Reagan’s head.
|
|
|
Post by supinesnake on May 29, 2024 8:04:58 GMT
Promo reviews. Originally posted by Man. Al Blizzard - @blizzard Boi Thought I'd share my thoughts on this one as it is the first time we've had a chance to see your work here in the FWA. I think overall this was a solid introductory piece for Blizzard and gives us a well-needed look into his psyche and we already have some of his motivations set out for us. There are a lot of questions still left to be asked and answered, which I think is fine as it gives you things to build towards in future promos. I don't think I am supposed to know who the person at the door was, which is good, because I don't. It seems Al has a lot of stuff that has happened in the past and affected him and I am looking forward to seeing you explore that more. From a grading perspective, I think I would have liked to have seen a bit more match focus. How would getting a tag title shot help Al? Who would he choose from a roster he knows so few of? I don't think there is anything wrong with the moving on from the past angle, but perhaps the future could have been tied to the match a little bit more. That being said, I think this is a good monologue promo, which when done right, can be just as good as a massive space adventure or zombie apocalypse because where they may fall away slightly on the creativity part of the grading rubric, they can earn the points back in the character sections. That being said, it is still absolutely possible to do a monologue creatively. I think your descriptions and narration are very strong and this promo is a very clean one aesthetically, too. This was an enjoyable first promo for Al and I look forward to what comes next. Thought I would throw down a few more promo reviews whilst I am here... Reagan Cole - @the Gipper So, I'm not quite sure whether it was intentional or not, but I think some of the way that the narrative was written did help add to how Reagan was feeling in the opening part of the promo. Things like "I mean...", "he just wants to get some sleep, man" allows us as readers to understand how he is feeling when having that interaction, as we've all been there. If it was intentional, those were great touches in giving off a sense of Reagan just being totally fed up. Did I miss a part where he was given a new room? As it went from 88 with the two fat ladies joke, to 666? Anyway, YES! This is what I have been waiting on for so long and for Reagan to get called out for everything that has been going on and why he's sticking with Mason despite everything. I think had you had more time available then this promo had potential to be one of your best, only because the scope for progression with everything here was so high. There's definitely more to come from this, I hope. This was a very solid effort, Gip, and another one in what has been a line of good promos coming from Reagan Cole this year. With GO on the horizon, you're definitely picking up some steam at the right time. Makima Snowmantashi - @weaselperson Okay, so I'll be honest. I was conflicted as soon as I realised where this was going as I was hoping for more of a standalone piece to introduce us properly to Makima, but in this instance, it makes sense that there would be some linkage in here with the Nephews, given that her goal is to win this match to then go and face two of them. On that basis, it makes perfect sense that they'd be involved here in some capacity although arguably you have an unfair advantage of being able to use them carte blanche due to how close you are with dijo. Harry being able to read the inner monologue was great and the wiping his hands subtle hint to it before it was made clear was very good. The concept for this promo was brilliant, with people all having someone matched with them to mimic the ability to choose their partner. I liked the Hateful Eight set up with the added touch of Makima pretending not to be who she said she was at first. It actually being a legitimate thing was a twist I should have expected from you but I did not. I do think that the promo being so high concept and securing creativity boosts does come at the costs of some character development. For example, Makima started out being very sure of herself and despite everything going on, remained very sure of herself. I accept that she did not encounter much adversity along the way as she believed she was fully in control the entire time, though. I think this is a very strong promo and a fun introductory piece for Makima here in the FWA. You've left me wanting to read more from her and seeing where this all goes next. Good job. Lizzie Rose - aonWith everything going on with Lizzie at the moment, this kind of promo raises my eyebrow less than it otherwise would have. I think this is a good reflection of Lizzie sensing the change within herself that is happening as she becomes more and more drawn away from what she knows as reality. Lizzie may not get the win in this match, but I think this is still a very good development for her. Although I won't lie I was rooting for you to win this because Lizzie and Joe tag champs would be amazing, especially after we already almost beat Connection last year. Tommy Bedlam - tommy Bedlam Someone is playing a little game of "appeal to the graders", aren't they? Dodgeball is an amazing film and whilst this was not a case of the promo being made to fit around the plot of the movie, I liked the references to it throughout. When writing a promo for a multi-person match, it is easy to fall into the trap of by one means or another, the field either being eliminated from the promo or focus being shifted from each opponent in turn. It is something that has happened to me many times before, and I think you did slightly do that here as well. However, it is not to say that those kind of promos where each of your opponents are considered in turn are automatically bad, because they aren't (look at the Nova Diamond GO promo for example). What ensured that was still the case here was the renewed focus on Tommy throughout. The references to switches and of course the ending of the promo really makes me a feel a certain way, as I know what it is in reference to. You will have boosted your QOC score at the end with the consideration of the next steps, as it adds weight to the importance of this match from Tommy's perspective. Like, why bother going for it in a match like this if you don't have that next step prepared for and a partner lined up? Really smart work there with that. This was very fun to read, and like Cole, Bedlam is definitely one of the characters that is on the up at the moment and has been for the last several months. Noriko Kaitomi - @momochi Out of all of the promos for this match, this is one of the two I was looking forward to reading the most, along with Al Blizzard, as it is the first time that we have seen what you've got in a competitive promo, and I have got to say that this is a very promising character. First of all, I have no idea how you were able to format the image like that but it looks great. I really like descriptive writing styles, as I try to write in the same manner myself, and these opening sections are very strong in that way. I really really liked the theme of this promo, with Noriko letting go of her younger self and it was actually a very moving and emotional piece of writing when the younger self disappeared away. The dolls being stand ins for opponents is something that can be seen quite often, but that does not mean that the metaphor doesn't work. With Noriko not having any existing link to anyone else in the match, it makes sense that she was the main focus of the promo. I thoroughly enjoyed this and I am really looking forward to seeing what comes next as the character becomes more established in-universe. Thought I’d just post a couple more of these I had written up. Bellatrix Bordeaux So, I thought this was an incredibly clever promo, Welshy. I think the way you used part of what Summers used against you when you had your first match with him was well done and didn’t cross the line for me (hey, I beat SS using stuff from some of his old promos). I think with the bringing things full circle and going back to this, along with Bret’s monologue at the start was a nice way of closing out this first chapter of Trixie in the FWA as it is going to start and end with Summers. Where I felt this promo lacked a bit was that aside from the opening, Death Walker and XYZ were kind of neglected. It would have been cool to see both of them weaved in somehow. That doesn’t stop this from being a very good promo though and a sterling follow up to your KODM effort. I think you’ve come on leaps and bounds from where you were when you first joined us and it is great to see. Nice work. XYZ This promo served as a very good follow up to the story that you started telling in your CC promo, and I am honestly very interested to see where you take it next after this instalment. You did a great job here of anticipating what may be said about XYZ and the general feelings on him as a character and basically owned all of his setbacks, which I think is very cool. XYZ being a dreamer and believer and I get the feel that he’s not even wanting to make others join or believe in him - it is just down to the person. With this being put over as Christian’s story, very intrigued as to what role he is going to play for XYZ both in promos and on screen. I am okay with this being XYZ-centric, but I think some touching on the others would have helped this one a bit, especially Death Walker with everything that those two have had going on lately. Overall, I really enjoyed this and can’t wait for your next effort. --- Originally posted by Rosie. I'm going through some promos today, more cherry picking either newer characters or people who just really want the feedback, and one for my opponent this show. Three now, and three after. First: Al Blizzard @blizzard Boi I'm not going to repeat what Man said as I generally agree with a lot of his points. Match focus, even if your promo doesn't do it over the top, can help aid it. But you had a good taster of your character and are likely trying to get some rust off. I think you acknowledging Blizzard's spotty past (which no offense, you didn't win much, did ya?) actually is a nice piece. While the majority of the fed probably doesn't know it in detail, and you probably don't need your entire fed history on each and every branch, acknowledging it can allow you to build and create new interesting and organic storylines. Which also can work as a face or a heel. Either someone who, despite his size, his an underdog, trying to climb himself up, or someone slowly becoming more bitter then desperate to change his fortunes around. I think now it is just a matter of you getting into the swing of things then slowly going out of your comfort zone when ready. Even with my experience I had some adjusting to do in this fed with a new format and certain kinds of promos having a hint more success. But a respectable first step. So I think just in the future it will go down to you getting into the flow of things and ideally things will naturally improve on all fronts as you can explore grander ideas. Second: tommy Bedlam I'm doing this one, not because it is likely needed, but because I've known about his dodgeball ideas since I posted my CC promo since me mentioning Dodgeball one day in Discord accidentally inspired it. -And I was going to go into detail, but I just... I just fucking lost it laughing. So many small references and digs at everyone. Though, the dog should have been named Milo. Welsh knows what I mean. But this was a case of you going outside of your comfort zone and hitting it in the balls with blue balls... Jesus fuck this was not 12 year old safe. I think maybe it doesn't have as much in Character development, especially since it was such an out of the norm scene, but I think you probably made it up with everything else. Strong promo, and if you had the time to do this in the CC, you'd probably would have finished in the GO at min. Third: Now, an opponent, @jimmy King as Jackson Fenix. Besides, mods don't always get feedback and since SS can sleepwalk and write a 31 scored promo, and the other two are singles champs, I'll default to you for the moment. This promo is seemingly set in three parts. First the interview, second, the drive, and then the mirror scene. I think you've been doing well at presenting Jackson and even Nate as faces. The turn seems natural with them already having that New Day esq charm from when they were heels of being entertaining. The digs at me, Jackson thinking Katsu was a vampire is funny, even if you hit that joke like three or four times. Then of course, I'm glad someone got the "Katsu chicken" line out of the way. Good thing there are multiple words in Japanese meaning different things pronounced that way! But I did enjoy the personality from Jackson in the promo. Just charming, dorky, a bit dim-witted. Then we have the final scene. The mirror. I think that scene was great as a way to get in the head of your character, still TRYING to be good and get better as a person, showing that conflict. But I think what could have helped that a bit more is some scene setting. Just set an atmosphere and let the moment breathe more. I'll show. "Jackson finishes up his business and washes up. He splashes his face with cold water." Instead, maybe something like: In the bathrooms at Chuck-E-Cheese, Jackson Fenix, is just finishing up his business. The bathroom is as about as appealing as you'd expect from this fine establishment. Paper towels on the floor, the mirror has chips in it, graffiti on the walls, with art work of the famous rat itself on the walls. Despite the fun celebrations, Jackson Fenix seems a touch on edge. There is still something under the surface bothering him as he's in the washroom, alone. Running his hands through with soap and water (assuming he actually washes his hands), he looks up to see himself. His hair back in a ponytail, eyes pale. He looks like he's seen a ghost. Rinsing his hands, he splashes the cold water on his face. ”Come on man, lighten up!” he mutters to himself. "Still the same old Jackson..." Where did that voice come from? He looks up in the mirror and sees another version of himself looking back at him. [Then if there is anything special about this version, you'd show it here] That's kind of the idea. You know upon entering a new scene where someone is, the atmosphere of it, any emotions/body tones. If you are ever stuck, something I always consider is the five senses, sight, smell, touch, gustatory, and hearing. Not all are required, but if one of those can help set a scene, then they can be explored. The reaction of Jackson seeing himself in the mirror. Then there is a lot of line, line, line, dialogue. Breaking it up with something to show the tone of the "Evil" Jackson, Jackson's reaction to it, him looking to the side, having a sting, thinking of his loss to Mike Parr, anything. Especially that: "She helped you once; big deal! That doesn't mean you owe her respect because you don't owe her squat! Playing nice won't help you beat her, just like it didn't help you beat Mike Parr back at The Grand March!" Jackson winces back. The Grand March. Another chance at a title match slipped from his fingers. His reflection has a sly smirk on his face, yelling back. Oh, that one stung, huh? Did I strike a nerve? The truth hurts, huh, Jackie boy?! I think that extra bit of scene setting can be something to take your promo to the next level. You don't need to do it for every individual line said, but breaking it up a bit can help. Let the moments breathe, show the consequences of what is said/done. I've seen enough stuff to know you have a solid bedrock to build on. Great character, witty lines, with the UA especially you have a clear story arc to guide your promos, I think just that little extra detail. Some more scene setting, or small things to build the emotional scene of the promo can take it to a scarily high level. Regardless, good work, good luck with this match and afterwards... But you do know I'm coming for the GO too Next three will be a mix of a new person and two promos posted around the same time I posted mine. Next: A newbie with JOSHI POWEEEER!!! @momochi Two things instantly stick out to me. First is how great your scene setting in. You paint a picture of your scene (with some nice art you made) and try to create a unique scene. The second is something which I don't really see in other e-fed promos and that is telling it from a first-person perspective. "I, me, we." I can't say it is bad, nor can I say what judges think of it, but in this circumstance, I feel as though it makes the promo feel personal and an almost novel like feeling. I appreciate it. Then we have the promo which I feel is a good balance, which is hard to do in a debut, between addressing the match AND doing what every first promo for a character needs to do and that's introduce yourself and give us a taster. We get a sense of her having some trauma at a young age which makes her matured quicker, but still having this upbeat and a hint bubbly personality. It's good and in terms of the other Joshi characters in the fed, which is rare there is more than one, it separates you from how Katsu is, the mysterious yet more emotional person with her friendships driving her, to Aka and Keiko's dynamic. You also bring up some things which are likely going to push your character in the further weeks. Her being in a new place, even mentioning her needing a "Partner" for the sake of the match if she wins. I am having a hard time finding things to pick apart for improvement because the promo is different and in some ways, refreshing. I think there's potential in this one and it is a bit of a shame that between Tommy going mad with a Dodgeball promo, you doing this, that at least one of you will technically have to not win the match. Even Blizz I give some props for doing a good job given the rust he has. But then again: I have my Stardom bias, don't judge me. Next, my tag team partner: @nostradamus doing his first solo promo in FWA as Keres. First of all, all I have seen was Nova's lines for the sake of approval, but I trust him with Nova. He's known her well enough over the years to either get the lines spot on or close enough. But I think the diary scene, while someone else has been doing some diary promos in FWA (as Tommy parodied in his promo) you do it in a completely different way and the promo mostly feels like a poem rather than a traditional promo, a certain flow, symbolism, etc which creates a unique style. I know you've wrote poetry over the years so that may be something you can keep in mind for Keres promos. You also get an insight into her mind as to why we've been doing all this to Lizzie and Joe being in the way. The only thing I really have to say is that I know you were sort of feeling the promo was short-ish, and while it is short compared to other promos I've seen here, it at least feels complete. In terms of more grand ideas, I believe you will be able to get them to grow more and more once you get more comfortable promo writing without me since I honestly believe you've been mostly doing stuff in pairs with me over the past several years apart from Marquise Bridges in AMA and the first XX promo you did. Not as in depth, but a bit of feedback. As always, great symbolism, you wrote your lines with purpose, but improvement in solo works will likely come as you get grander ideas, maybe opponents with more to go off of, and you get used to writing Keres on your own in singles matches where I'm not there. @welshyboi Someone is on a roll, eh? First, I'll say the thing which is a criticism. I think for the French parts you maybe should have just wrote it in English but had the description mention someone speaking French. I think it cuts the flow of it of an otherwise really good promo. But I get it, my primary character is Japanese. Good thing I have French heritage and could pick out maybe 20% of the words, just the inability to put them together. The opening with us learning a bit about Trixie and Bret's family, the speech, and a little bit of Bret being the older brother messing with her, works. I think it is heartwarming and gets you sort of rooting for Trixie and feel happy for her. Her first title match. But then we got the day-dream. Her being placed in a war scene with "Der Bastard." I believe it plays off the original promo CBK Did against you where he shot your bro? So, it makes some symbolic sense, plays off her ancestry. But that scene was stress inducing and was a big tonal shift, but one that worked. Then the end of Trixie rushing to hug Bret after the bad dream, kind of heart-warming. I really think this is a solid promo and apart from the challenges that come with having multiple languages in a promo, which I actually had to balance in mine I did, you did pretty damn good in your first proper title match. Good job. So, three solid promos after doing the other three which were all good in their own right. Good job, crew. --- Originally posted by SupineSnake. Some quick thoughts. Maybe part one, maybe the only part. We’ll see… Al Blizzard - this was an interesting introductory promo after what has felt like months of rollercoastering hype. Really glad to see the character finally landing for real in the fed with this piece. This one helped to set the scene for Al, give us a little bit of history on him and some links with people who are here and familiar to this fed. Intrigued by who the mysterious visitor it is and whether or not they will play a part in Blizzard’s story going forward. Would’ve definitely liked to have seen a little bit more match focus - not necessarily a running down of other characters in the match, but I felt this one definitely dwelled upon the past more than the future in terms of the peripheral characters it discussed. Focussing on your own character in these multi-man matches can work to your advantage but would’ve liked to have seen a little more about the eight-person in this promo. Still, interesting start and looking forward to where Al goes. Lizzie - I’m not really sure what to make of this promo. Certainly extremely intriguing. Am I to gather that perhaps this is something to do with Rose’s on-screen storyline with Eternal? Would certainly fit with the kind of stuff that we’ve been seeing from them on television. That would certainly be a very interesting direction. Curious. Bedlam - good job on picking something to pastiche that is pretty much universally familiar! That can sometimes be a risk with these things but don’t think there’s many who won’t understand what strand you’re following. Very fun promo - you mentioned in the Discord that you were just throwing things at the wall here and that definitely comes across in this entertaining roleplay. Particular highlight for me was Madison Gray putting more focus into her diary than the game and getting eliminated as a result, thought that was a funny touch that brought something from in the fed to the context. I would’ve liked to have seen that done more often with some of the other characters - maybe it’s difficult to do that with some of the newer ones but at times I feel maybe the promo slipped into just dodgeball descriptions rather than parallels to fed stuff. Fun dodgeball descriptions, though. Stuff like Tommy’s blue balls is definitely juvenile but the gusto with which you throw yourself into it, and the set-up as a whole, is pretty endearing. Definitely one of the most entertaining promos of the week. Best - like I mentioned with Tommy, can sometimes run the risk with things like this of the person reading/grading not knowing the pastiche and missing some of the humour. Haven’t seen Cobra Kai but got by on my knowledge of Karate Kid here. Of course, the best of these parody type promos are the ones where it shouldn’t really matter if you’ve seen the source at all and I think that was the case here. You still managed to tell a complete and engaging story with relevance through parallels to what is actually going on in the fed. Kinda wish Best and Bax had just gone ahead and joined Nephew Kai, though. Definitely the stronger Kai. My favourite element to this promo was how, towards the end, it seemed to be gearing up towards Jeremy Best having a Cyrus/CC-type revelation that only he is standing in his own way… only for him to swerve us at the end, externalise, and lay all of the blame at Violet’s feet. Jeremy continues to slide, which was some nice character work. Fenix - this felt like a fuller and more complete promo from Jackson Fenix that continued on the well-received and well-written arc. I mentioned Jeremy Best’s continued slide towards the dark side and it’s really interesting to read Fenix’s continuation along the opposite trajectory. Fenix has been this sort of obnoxious heelish type character, and at times perhaps even comic relief for Savage’s more serious side of the tandem, for so long, so it’s great to see him embarking on something a bit meatier and different. You threw a lot of things at the wall here in the conversation with Price, stuff with Jackson’s mother, Chuck E. Cheese and then, at the end of the promo, the scene with Fenix in the mirror. This was an interesting way of showing the internal conflict in the character, although part of me thinks it’s perhaps we’ve seen it done by the likes of Shawn Summers, PAJ, and maybe more quite recently. Enjoyable promo and good to see you continuing your trend of great work with Fenix. Noriko - it’s clear that you’re a really talented writer, even from this short introductory piece with this character. Scene-setting at the start was a real strength (although maybe a little too reliant on adverbs in the first couple paragraphs) - I always like to learn a couple of new words from a promo! The whole thing was so clean and easy to read from a presentation standpoint. I only noticed one or two spelling errors and the image header was unique and looked very fresh. Some interesting imagery throughout the promo, the dolls of the opponents in this match providing a little bit of match focus, even if perhaps we don’t delve too deeply here. That’s pretty understandable given the nature of the match and that this is really an introductory roleplay for Noriko. Younger Noriko disappearing was well-written and again some more nice imagery, providing some simple but effective character development (which is often difficult to do in the first promo). Really excited about this character. Randall - McClain spotting! Marking for McClains and McClones in this one. Short but fun romp with some science fiction elements that I’m always going to pop for. Added some creativity to the promo and made it an enjoyable read. Obviously you have prioritised the Fenix promo this week and I think that is understandable given the two matches you have this week, but this was amusing and does the job against Derrick Hunter. World-building with the clones is always appreciated, hoping for more of that at CDW. Keres - we return to Eternal’s TORN universe here for another highly atmospheric, sombre, and intriguing journey into the mind of Keres (with, of course, some insight into Princess Nova along the way, too). Used the word atmospheric already but atmosphere leaps out to me as your real strength, particularly in the scene-setting sequences throughout this one. I love your use of ‘dear, dear diary’ repetitively throughout the promo. I thought this gave the thing a real melodic quality, almost hypnotic in its rhythm as the promo builds through its crescendo. The content of this, too, almost read like a riddle, making the reader think twice about every sentence and the writer’s intended meaning and what it said of the opponent. Purple tree imagery is pretty stark, like that a lot. The Eternal vs. Lizzie and Joe rivalry is developing really nicely and Keres’ eerie and intense presence is a large part of that. Trixie - definitely a creative and inventive promo here from Trixie, glad to see she took a swing at the Television Championship and went all out. The start of this promo felt almost Wes Anderson -esque with the sudden sidestep into the middle of France and the previously unheard (I think) backstory about Trixie and Bret’s wealthy great grandmother. Complete coincidence but I once planned out a similar promo for Michelle back in Netherlands (or maybe it was Belgium) but I never wrote it for whatever reason. More free-wheeling and creative stuff with the leap back in time and an interesting way of approaching the opponents in the match (some more than others) through this flashback/hallucination/whatever it is. Think it makes sense and is in-fitting with the character for Trixie to sort of exaggerate and dramatise her relationship with Shawn Summers, and this section certainly served to highlight the contrast between the champion and the challenger. This section felt very hectic, there’s definitely often a frantic element to your writing which I guess goes with the Trixie character. Promo definitely felt a bit cleaner than last time in terms of spelling etc. Good work here, this match is going to be interesting. Also, just to comment on the discussion - I didn’t have an issue with the French dialogue at all. We are seeing this from Trixie’s perspective and Trixie doesn’t speak French. This was clever writing and added to the scene. Katsu - this was another well written and enjoyable effort from Katsu, following on from her impressive fourth place showing in the Carnal Contendership. The opening half built up Katsu's background universe more, which is something you've done a good job with since joining the fed. I was beginning to think that maybe the conversation-themed promo was maybe a little too straight forward and traditional, but the second half of the promo was certainly a lot more creative. I think the way you're writing language stuff definitely a lot less jarring now in my opinion. Fun theme for the second half of the promo - though there was some amusement in Katsu lambasting Fenix for doubtlessly doing a Japanese trope promo and then sort of slipping into one. Also felt that maybe the promo was a little disjointed with the two separate parts. Would've preferred more of an overarching narrative or at least more evident thematic links between the two halves. That said, another interesting piece and I have a feeling Katsu gonna be rolling towards the Golden Opportunity. Kazadi - interesting that you’re going down the route of continuing old Kazadi stories and newish weaselperson ones simultaneously, as well as introducing new layers to the character what with Kazadi returning under this new guise. This one felt quite episodic, which I guess it had to be to further some disparate character and plot points, but I liked the constant theme of Kazadi’s conversation with his uncle running throughout the promo. That helped tie it together and give the over piece some consistency. I really like Wanda and glad that she’s sticking around. Didn’t much like the detective but I think that’s deliberate. That scene was very funny, loved Kazadi recounting what happened in the CC promo and accidentally snitching on Jermaine in the midst of it. Meta stuff about it being confusing, hard to follow, some filler references etc were amusing too. Centerpiece was definitely the closing segments where Kazadi turns on Truth after not a huge amount of match focus for most of the body. Monologuish close-up with repeated ‘tell me how you really feel’ was definitely excellently written and scathing but I could see it maybe viewed as being tacked on to the main text rather than a real culmination of it. Still thought this was a killer promo. Also loads ‘cleaner’ than last week’s in terms of presentation. Cyrus - after the world championship match and then Cyrus going all-out in the great race for the Carnal Contendership, would’ve been easy for Truth to sort of take it easy a bit here and I think the Kazadi promo almost expected you to (not with Jon’s effort but rather with the content). Obviously wasn’t the case and Truth comes out with fists swinging with a promo illustrating why exactly it’s important that Truth does keep going on the stretch to Back in Business. It’s always interesting to see Truth interacting with Konchu Hao – there’s a fun dynamic between the two characters and I like the subtle allusions to events in their history, both ones that we’re privy to (i.e. Sulley’s castle) and ones that we aren’t (that one time in Malaysia… unless I’m forgetting something from a previous promo there?!). The dialogue element with Hao also helped this to feel fresh and distinct from the previous two promos and the assessment on both weaselperson and Kazadi was (as usual) razor sharp. Truth is in good form, hope it continues to Back in Business for all our sake. Peacock - there were times when I thought that maybe this was a homage or a pastiche to something but I’m pleased to hear it’s an original story. Was creative and helped out by the originality of the narrative, but the overall setting is something that is maybe overdone and I’m hoping a more unique feel to this world begins to emerge throughout. I don’t know if it’s a spoiler that you plan to continue this narrative thread all the way along the path to back in business, which is definitely an intriguing concept and something I’m looking forward to seeing you develop – not only in terms of the characters inhabiting the world but the world itself. Always interested in worldbuilding and I think that will be necessary to help distinguish this place from other fantasy worlds we see in these promos (I think Fantasia itself has also been used multiple times, for instance). Definitely some interesting discussions on the Peacock and Toner relationship throughout this promo, the highs and lows of it and where they’re at now, but felt the Watcher was perhaps the most intriguing element of it. Looking forward to him coming into it more. Still not sure why Rose and Cole were chosen for their roles, perhaps I missed something there. I liked certain meta elements to it, like the rat scene (which felt like a video game training level and had me convinced you were homaging something), Danny’s fear, and experimentations with homelessness. Really neat concept to set a whole cycle of promos in one world and looking forward to seeing if you pull it off. XYZ - really enjoyed this promo. Think X is a really unique voice, a complete baby-face whose driving force is hope. Loved the part where Angelo recounted what he'd learned about X from his research, to be told that that's not who he *is*. I thought this was quietly creative in that the focus of the promo was Christian rather than X, with the adventurer drifting through the narrative and affecting it from the peripheries. Made the promo feel different and by telling it from a fan's perspective you brought out a fair bit about what the character is and what he means to the XYZites. I like the informality of the narrator and the way that they often pause to talk directly to the reader - I try that sometimes but the manner in which you do it seems different, as if I'm being told a story at a campfire rather than in a library. Would've loved to have seen this fleshed out a little more and some focus put on your opponent, but what was here was really enjoyable stuff. --- Originally posted by dijo. Not long reviews but wanted to give some thoughts on the promos I did read. The Connection - Thought this promo was super creative in having it be basically xenofiction. GG & MvH genuinely felt alien-like while still retaining a lot of the characteristics that do make the Connection the Connection. The Nephews coming to save them in the end was fun. Think you carried a lot of the spirit of the Concorde music video, and in many ways, the sparse dialogue did make it feel somewhat music video-ish. Mega clean promo, and good usage of graphics. Think the promo's style did mean that it would maybe have a harder time tackling the character aspect (even if I do feel like there was still decent enough ties to both). Jeremy Best - I only know of Karate Kid through the various mainstream aspects of it. Still, I think you captured the spirit (as I understand it) of Karate Kid well. Jeremy Best continues to be one of the best written voices in the FWA, and the dynamic with Violet Dreyer and trying to oust her to become Krash's number one pupil was terrific. The Nephews ending up being an afterthought & Baxter coming back in to do what he does best and take care of Jeremy's problem was great. I thought this paralleled amazingly with the Dreyer promo which has similar dynamics. Think you've done an amazing job overall of defining Best as a heel in relation to his enemies, and his partner Baxter. Heel of the Year IMO. Jason Randall - McClones getting Randall involved with the Nephews? Well, Randall better get comfortable with committing murder, he was acting hella squeamish after Frodo. McClones definitely sound like they're inducting Randall into a religious cult. Keres - Super enjoyed reading this promo. The writing style felt different than anything else anyone is doing and I think that's inherently creative. Really good match focus on Joe Burr and enjoyable to see her brief interactions with Princess Nova. Excited to see more Keres promos. Only recommendation would be a different font color for the speech, felt I had to highlight all of it. Violet Dreyer - This was my favorite promo of the week, though I may be biased since I'm a long time Dreyer fan. It was a very pleasant surprise to see you go this all out since I don't get to read much of your promos these days. Nevertheless, Dreyer entering the Detective timeline (unfortunately, I've only read the tail end promos of those), is enjoyable, and her exchanges with Mike Parr (who's connection to Krash has suddenly made that Baxter match a lot more appealing to me, for some reason I'd overlooked that) and Alyster Black were both enjoyable. Great portrayal of Jeremy Best as the weirdo he is, and continuation of the narrative of Baxter as the key figure in Best being enabled to do what he does. Bill Scorpane perhaps a bit out of place given his departure from the Buddy System but plays a minor part of the promo anyways. Baxter being already dead wasn't what I'd expected, and the culmination of it with Dreyer nearly getting to see Krash was good. Promo had really fun thriller vibes. Definitely a couple more I'd like to try and read if I can (for sure gotta pay it forward to Man). Had to rush this so forgive me any incomplete thoughts.
|
|
|
Post by supinesnake on May 29, 2024 8:05:59 GMT
XXVIII: “ALABAMA SLAMMER.”Live from the Legacy Arena in Birmingham, Alabama, USA. Wednesday 11th March, 2023BC.{AS THE SUN SETS || SORRY}[MEDIA=youtube]LvFHa9MnQsU[/MEDIA] There’s heavy booing around the Legacy Arena in Birmingham as the tag team champions appear on the stage. They don’t come alone, of course. Dreamer and the Daredevil take up central positions on the stage, their belts upon their shoulders, and they are flanked by a large amount of Nephews. The cavalry includes Uncle J.J. JAY!, Quiet, Harry the Sane Wizard, the Maid of Death, Kha’’rina, and NOE-I. The team approaches the ring in two neat columns of four. Rod Sterling: "Ladies and gentlemen, we’re getting straight into the swing of things here with our first contest featuring the FWA World Tag Team Champions!"Anzu Kurosawa: "Here come the Connection, about to embark on their sixth defense of those FWA World Tag Team Champions… in an open challenge match."Rod Sterling: "Jon Russnow put a tweet out earlier in the week, saying that the first reply would be granted a shot at the Connection’s titles."Anzu Kurosawa: "The first reply?! So it could be a fan? Or what if it’s a bot? I hear there’s a lot of bots on twitter these days."Rod Sterling: "Read the smallprint, Anzu. The winner of this peculiar online competition had to be someone who has appeared on FWA, or its associated programming, in its long and storied history. Narrows it down from the population of planet Earth, but not by much…"Anzu Kurosawa: "Not everyone has twitter, Rod. Seems like punishing people for having good sense."The champions and their escorts have climbed into the ring. Over half of them half microphones in their hands, but before they can speak… {PACIFIC COAST HIGHWAY || KAVINSKY}[MEDIA=youtube]V3ORddrsX2w[/MEDIA] Rod Sterling: "Um…"Anzu Kurosawa: "Come on, Rod! You don’t watch Ground Zero?"Rod Sterling: "Every episode…"Anzu Kurosawa: "Then how could you forget!! I LOVE these guys!"The challengers appear on the stage, and there’s something of a muted atmosphere in the ring. The P.I. pairing tries to whip the audience up from the stage… Uncle J.J. JAY!: "Wait just a second… who do we have here? You here to serve Harry a ticket?"Harry the Sane Wizard: "Because that was Gerald driving."Uncle J.J. JAY!: "We don’t like feds. You might have heard."MvH: "I… am at a loss for words. Have you tulips even wrestled before?"The camera cuts to the men on the stage, both of whom are still wearing large aviator shades and grinning from ear to ear. They seem to be happy for the opportunity. Dave O'Houlihan: "Of course we’ve wrestled, mam! We should write you up for impertinence!"Buster Murphy: "Ground Zero Season Three alumni, coming through!"Dave O'Houlihan: "Don’t tread on us! A GZ alum is world champ, mam!"Claw and Order continue down the ramp, the Nephews still looking somewhat bemused in the ring. Buster Murphy: "We did some snooping of our own, being highly accomplished P.I.s, and we found your names ALL OVER some real dirt. Constant interruptions in matches… cheating poor old Cyrus Truth out of the F1… Uncle impersonating a referee to count the three on Tommy…"Dave O'Houlihan: "… and didn’t you guys genocide a planet back in ‘21?"The camera cuts to the ring, where Uncle is shuffling slightly under the weight of the accusation. Uncle J.J. JAY!: "Yes… one planet…"Buster Murphy: "Well, tonight is the night you pay for your crimes! You do not have to say anything, but anything you –"Dave O'Houlihan: "We’re not cops any more. We don’t need to read them their rights."Buster Murphy: "Old habits die hard, Dave! And now for another old classic… a little POLICE BRUTALITY!"As the Nephews climb out of the ring and Katie Baxter hops up onto the apron, Buster and Dave slide into the ring, looking all business… And MvH runs through Buster Murphy with a busaiku knee kick!! Rod Sterling: "This match hasn’t even started yet!!"The match official glances at Katie, who has a microphone in her hand, ready to give the introductions. It doesn’t seem that she’ll have a chance, though. The announcer and referee both shrug their shoulders, and then the official calls for the bell… Gerald, rule-abiding as ever, climbs out onto the apron. Michelle is picking up Buster again, and doesn’t notice Dave O’Houilihan approaching from behind… but Grayson sees her from outside the ring.
Anzu Kurosawa: "SPRINGBOARD FOREARM!! Dave O’Houilihan is taken out!"
Dave rolls out of the ring as von Horrowitz drops Buster with a double-arm underhook DDT…
Rod Sterling: "And MvH has Buster Murphy in a stretch muffler!! She’s raining down stomps on the back of his head!"
Anzu Kurosawa: "Murphy has no choice but to tap out!!"
{RESULT}Winner: The Connection by submission at 00:16.
Katie Baxter: "Here are your winners… THE CONNECTION!!"
MvH doesn’t let go of her stretch muffler despite the ref’s protestations. She continues to lay into the former-fed with stomps to the back of the head.
Rod Sterling: "Some extracurricular here from Michelle von Horrowitz. Even Gerald Grayson is trying, in vain, to get her to let go of Buster Murphy."
Some of the other Nephews slide into the ring, and Gerald looks like he’s asking Uncle, Thomas, and Harry to help him restrain Michelle. It appears that they may be about to do so… but instead start laying in with stomps on Buster of their own!!
Anzu Kurosawa: "Well, he said that they didn’t like feds!"
Rod Sterling: "Didn’t these guys get busted from the force?"
Anzu Kurosawa: "Once a piggy…"
Meanwhile, on the outside of the ring, the Maid of Death hoists O'Houlihan up and throws him into the steel steps! The P.I. hits them shoulder first and slumps down, but immediately afterwards is hoisted back up by NOE-I and Kha’’rina who connect with a vicious double brainbuster!!
Inside the ring, Michelle has finally relinquished Buster in favour of collecting a microphone from Katie. She stands in the middle of the ring, the three women on the outside climbing into it to join their stable-mates.
MvH: "There has to be someone better than this…"
She shakes her head after glancing down at Buster.
MvH: "I don’t want a fluke victory to result in another waste of my time. So that eight-person clusterfuck? It’ll be elimination rules. We’ll be watching on Fallout."
Clearly a little disgusted by the competition that has been served up, von Horrowitz climbs out of the ring. The Nephews follow one by one until GiGi is left, watching the official attend to Murphy. He sighs and shakes his head.
Anzu Kurosawa: "A clear message from the World Tag Team Champions here tonight… they want real competition, and are hoping it will be served up on Fallout 029 when eight competitors vie to challenge next for those belts."
Rod Sterling: "Well, that’s what Michelle von Horrowitz wants. Would be nice to hear from Grayson for once."
Most of the Nephews have already exited through the curtain by the time Grayson walks up the ramp. Harry waits for him with a smile on the stage, the two of them following the rest of the team as we fade to black.
Meltdown returns from a commercial break to the parking garage of the Legacy Arena. The camera focuses on the entrance ramp as a pair of headlights pierce through the darkness of the night. The rev of an engine echoes throughout the garage, drawing attention from onlookers and members of staff loitering.
Rod Sterling: "Welcome back, ladies and gentlemen, to Meltdown. It seems that our camera crews are here in the parking garage capturing the arrival of someone to the arena."
Anzu Kurosawa: "Looks like whoever it is, is not trying to hide that they've arrived LATE to the show based on the engine's rev. They want everyone's attention."
Rod Sterling: "Well, they've certainly got it. Look at that beauty of a car!"
A Godzilla green-colored Nissan Skyline GT-R (R34) with tinted windows obscuring the individual inside crawls to a stop in the center of the garage. [ATTACH type="full" alt="1683690688165.png"]56751[/ATTACH]
Rod Sterling: "Someone must have spent a pretty penny on that! That version of the Nissan Skyline GT-R was banned in the United States for over 25 years!"
Anzu Kurosawa: "That model of the GT-R is a favorite of many car enthusiasts worldwide. I'm just wondering who the hell is in it!!!"
Rod Sterling: "I think you're about to get your answer Anzu. They're getting out now!"
The door to the car opens, and almost as if on cue, the thousands of fans in attendance begin to boo and heckle the driver - Shawn Summers.
Anzu Kurosawa: "You've got to be kidding me."
Rod Sterling: "We should've expected nothing less from Shawn Summers - a man who had a monumental weekend, to say the least."
Summers cockily smirks as even in the garage - he can hear the disdain and hatred from the fans reverberating around the arena. He retrieves the Television Championship, followed by the X-Championship belt, from the car before removing a silver briefcase with a devilish grin.
Rod Sterling: "A happy Shawn Summers means that someone's night is about to be ruined, Anzu."
Anzu Kurosawa: "What's the cocky bastard up to? He's not scheduled to be here on Meltdown. More importantly, what's in the briefcase?!"
Rod Sterling: "We won't have to worry for too long because I've just been given word that Summers requested and was granted time to speak to the fans here later tonight on Meltdown."
Anzu Kurosawa: "I'm sure they're dying to hear what he has to say..."
{INVASION || JIM JOHNSTON}[MEDIA=youtube]wPcyW3eKL20:9[/MEDIA]
As the music plays, the crowd are shown cheering in the arena before the feed cuts backstage to outside one of the locker rooms in the arena. The door swings open and the camera looks around the room before someone pulls it down to face them and it is Joe Burr! ‘The Giant Killer’ gets a big pop from the crowd as he walks through the backstage area with some security guards following him.
Rod Sterling: "There we see former Gauntlet Champion, Joe Burr! Burr of course fresh off of a victory at The Grand March alongside Lizzie Rose against Eternal, but despite their win, it really does seem like he’s losing Lizzie over to Princess Nova and Keres."
Anzu Kurosawa: "Lizzie sprung into action when Joe was in some real hot water at The Grand March after being out of it for the majority, but tonight, Burr is on his own, as per his own request."
Burr arrives into the arena and gets another big cheer as he marches through the single line of pyro coming down from the opening onto the stage.
Katie-Lynn Goldsmith:"The following contest is scheduled for one fall with a twenty minute time limit! Introducing first, from New York City and weighing in at one-hundred and seventeen pounds… ‘The Giant Killer’... JOOOOOOEEEE BURRRRRRRRRRRR!!"
The crowd cheers and chants for Burr as he enters the ring and he starts pacing around as his music fades out and he waits for his opponent.
{PAINT IT BLACK || CELLO COVER}[MEDIA=youtube]2P5DMwnK47o[/MEDIA]
As each of the three opening vocal sounds play, a spotlight turns on at center stage to alternate between illuminating, and then covering in darkness, three figures. Once the main portion of the song plays at nine seconds, the lights in the arena are dark save for a single golden light illuminating these three figures from behind. Two figures wearing suits and raven masks stare forward towards the ring as they hold the third figure, now seen to be Keres, off of the ground between them. Their arms making a seat for her and their shoulders acting as her armrests. Keres’s eyes are focused on Joe Burr the entire time.
Katie-Lynn Goldsmith:"Making her way to the ring, from ‘The Residence’, weighing in at one-hundred and five pounds, representing ‘Eternal’, she is ‘The Daughter of Demise’, KERRRRESSSSSSSS!!!
Rod Sterling: "This is the first time we will be seeing Keres in singles action here in the FWA and I assumed that she would be on her own out here… who are these guys, Anzu?"
Anzu Kurosawa: "I’ve no idea, Rod. Whoever these nameless followers are, they seem to worship Keres here, and well, could prove something of a distraction for Joe Burr here tonight."
Her legs crossed, hands relaxed, and eyes fixated on the ring, the two servants move in perfect unison towards the ring as she lightly mutters "walk". Once ringside, the servants prop her up to stand on the apron, not letting her feet ever touch the ground outside of the ring. She removes her skirt and jacket, handing it to her servants. She instructs her servants to stand to the side, out of the way, and do nothing, and they oblige. Keres slowly enters the ring and once back in looks over to Burr once more, with Joe looking very unsure of what he is witnessing. << 00:00 >>
The match starts, as most Joe Burr matches do, with the crowd incorporating his name into various chants and decreeing that Keres will get her shoulders pinned. Burr however forgoes his usual tactic of trying to trap his opponents in pin attempts and brings the fight straight to Keres and manages to pin her down in the corner as he clubs away at her!
Rod Sterling: "It is not often that Joe Burr has a size and weight advantage over an opponent, but he is really making the most of it here, Anzu!"
Burr gets in quite a few licks on Keres and the referee is forced to step in as Keres is in the ropes. Begrudgingly, Burr does back away with his hands raised to show that he is not attacking anymore. However Burr cannot react quickly enough as Keres rushes past the official and then leaps into the air and drills Burr’s head into the mat with a Running Tornado DDT!
There is concern from the crowd for Burr as Keres quickly snaps back up after the move and she roughly grabs Burr from the mat and tosses him towards the corner. With Burr up against the middle turnbuckle, Keres drives her boot straight into his throat! Burr is shown spluttering and the official is there to count Keres this time.
Rod Sterling: "Oh no! Keres is really going after that throat of Joe Burr here… he has only recently made a recovery from that shattered larynx suffered at the hands of Saint Sully at Back in Business last year. This isn’t good…"
Anzu Kurosawa: "Keres knows what she is doing, Rod, and after Burr and Rose got one over on Eternal at The Grand March, I think it is safe to say that there may not be any depth she is not willing to go to in order to get her win back tonight."
In order to avoid disqualification, Keres relents but not before she takes a final cheap shot at Burr in the corner, and he slumps down onto the canvas.
***
<< 02:50 >>
In keeping with how Keres has had her way with Burr completely, she remains on top in a more literal sense now as she has Burr trapped in the middle of the ring in a Camel Clutch. The referee is right down there to check that Burr does not wish to submit, but the New Yorker refuses to.
Rod Sterling: "You can hear that the crowd are really in support of Joe Burr here, but I’m not really sure that is enough to get him through this without risk of serious injury."
Anzu Kurosawa: "That previously injured throat has been a target for Keres throughout this entire match, and even in the hold now, Keres has gone underneath the chin of Burr with the Camel Clutch. That’s going to put even more pressure on Burr’s neck and throat and really does increase the risk of that larynx getting hurt badly again."
It seems that Joe Burr is acutely aware of the risk to his physical health as he tries to move Keres’s hands away from around his throat. After some difficulty, he is able to unpick her fingers and loosen her grip just enough to enable him to get his legs out from underneath and he falls back… and then rolls over Keres with her shoulders pinned to the mat!
ONE… TWO… THREE-NO!!!
Burr almost got it! He stands up over Keres and she rolls to avoid the stomp directed at her and Burr goes for a punch once she is back to her feet but she knocks his arms out of the way and grabs him by the head… and connects with a Headbutt straight to the forehead!
Rod Sterling: "That is some Honourable Sanity displayed by Keres there, and Joe Burr could be out on his feet, Anzu. He’s not looking that hot right now at all."
Very woozy after the strike, Burr drops to a knee and then Keres takes him by the throat with one hand and she looks around the arena in menacing fashion… AND FORCES BURR DOWN INTO THE MAT WITH THE CLUTCH OF WOE!! Keres stays on top of Burr with the Tongan Death Grip still applied, squeezing on his neck and throat and Burr coughs and splutters as he struggles to breath.
Anzu Kurosawa: "Just TAP OUT, Joe!"
When Burr refuses to tap out, Keres then takes to also slamming his head into the mat repeatedly whilst he is trapped in the hold. The life soon begins to fade from Burr’s face… and the referee has no choice but to stop the match!
{RESULT}Winner: Keres by referee stoppage at 3:49.
There is a stunned silence in the arena as Keres initially refuses to stop slamming Burr’s head into the mat whilst he she still has the Clutch of Woe applied, but with some force from the referee, she lets go. A smirk forms on her face as she looks down at Joe Burr, who is coughing and retching on the mat… and some blood spatters out of his mouth as he holds his throat with both hands.
Katie-Lynn Goldsmith:"Here is your winner… Keres!”
Rod Sterling: "Oh, this is just hard to watch. We’ve seen this happen to Joe Burr before, but that doesn’t make it any less troubling. I think we need to get some help out here for Joe… this could be another long layoff if this is as bad as it looks."
Anzu Kurosawa: "Well, it is a repeat of what we saw at Back in Business, but under potentially more serious circumstances, Rod. Joe Burr was the last line of defence preventing Eternal - Keres and Princess Nova - from having unfettered access to Lizzie Rose. If Keres has successfully taken Joe Burr out of action here, what does that mean for Lizzie Rose?"
Rod Sterling: "It is certainly worrying, Anzu. Especially if rejection means that Keres will be unleashed on her in the same manner we just saw."
Keres exits out onto the ring apron, where her servants collect her and start carrying her up the ramp in the same manner in which they arrived. She looks over her shoulder at Joe Burr in a very bad way and then thinks no more of it before disappearing to the back…
Meltdown heads backstage in the aftermath of Burr's eventful showdown with Keres. Resident interviewer Katie Baxter stands next to the Carnal Contendership runner-up weaselperson. In spite of the PPVs revelation, they're still dressed top to bottom in the odd outfit of an anthropomorphic weasel. Katie's face is strained, lacking the professional and enthusiastic demeanor she typically has for these interviews.
Katie Baxter: "Ladies and gentleman, I'm here with weaselperson who fell just short of winning the Carnal Contendership. Tonight, you're going one on one with the man who eliminated you last, Cyrus Truth. What's your strategy going up against one of the greatest wrestlers to have ever stepped in the ring."
weaselperson says nothing for a moment. She frowns.
weaselperson: "Bark."
Katie Baxter scowls, unusually.
Katie Baxter: "During the Carnal Contendership, your head covering was pulled off, and the world was shocked to see Zachary Kazadi under the mask. Any comments?"
weaselperson: "...Bark? "
Katie Baxter: "There are arguments that you have stolen the identity of weaselperson, is that true?"
weaselperson sighs.
weaselperson: "Bark."
Katie can barely contain her anger now.
Katie Baxter: "In light of that, how does it feel to have lost the Carnal Contendership as runner up not once but twice."
weaselperson simply stares.
Katie Baxter: "Bark if you're not actually weaselperson!"
weaselperson says nothing.
Katie Baxter: "Bark if you're a fraud! Bark! BARK!"
weaselperson turns away to leave.
Katie Baxter: "Who said our interview was over? Bark if you're a coward Zachary! Bark! BARK! BARK!"
The interviewee is long gone. The disheveled interviewer takes a deep breath and tries to smile.
Katie Baxter: "That's it from me. Sending it over to Katie Lynn-Goldsmith as we'll hear from Katsu ahead of her own recent changes and incredible performance at the Carnal Contendership."
She bravely keeps her remaining composure as the show cuts away.
Katie-Lynn Goldsmith: “Ladies and gentlemen, please welcome at this time… KATSUUUU!”
{"MEGITSUNE || Babymetal"}[MEDIA=youtube]cK3NMZAUKGw[/MEDIA]
The opening to “Megitsune” plays through the speakers of the Legacy Arena, causing a positive reaction from fans. The lights of the arena flash red as, after a few moments, the newly rechristened KATSU makes her way out in her new mask. She is dressed in a loose white top and black pants. In one of her hands is a clipboard. The newly dubbed “Kitsune Warrior” closes her eyes and crosses her hands in front of her chest before she makes her way down the ramp.
Rod Sterling: “After a much needed sabbatical after losing her FWA Television Championship at Back in Town, the woman we knew as Vampyra returned to an FWA ring in the Carnal Contendership, shedding her old identity and forging a new one, Katsu! For a second chance at a first impression in FWA, she delivered, finishing fourth in the match with three eliminations.”
Anzu Kurosawa: “And now the Golden Opportunity is in her sights after Back in Business. A strong and unique field in it with former World Champion, Alyster Black, a wild-card choice in Weaselperson, and fellow rising stars like Death Walker, Reagan Cole, and her opponent for Fallout, Jackson Fenix, we can see a new name enter the main event conversation by the end of that match.”
Thankful to be back across the pacific, Katsu gives a couple of high fives to younger fans in the front row as she approaches ringside. Going up the steps, she enters the ring where she paces around, just getting accustomed to everything. Her new theme music fades away as someone from ringside hands her a microphone. And-
A positive response from the Birmingham fans. Grinning, Katsu playfully says into the microphone.
Katsu: “Something tells me you like the new look…”
There is some laughter from some of the fans followed by a cheer.
Katsu: “Arigato, FWA.”
She thanks the crowds before getting to her message.
Katsu: “So I have several things that I will have to address. After Carnal Contendership I created some new questions about what went on in my time away from FWA television. The biggest…”
Pointing to her face, she explains…
Katsu: “The new look. I said at Back in Town two things held over my head. One is a long-term project. The other I was not specific about… That was Vampyra. That was an identity I hid behind for years and it was one that I did not feel happy with. I can go deep into the history of my home company in Japan, but to it like this, the persona you knew as Vampyra was created by a woman who thought of herself as a mentor… But only used me as a young scared girl…”
The crowd give a small jeer, some of whom are aware of the story in some capacity, others maybe jeering out of disgust from the story.
Katsu: “And every wrestler who enters the sport at an age as young as mine you see evolve and change before your very eyes. They continue to grow and change, finding what works and who they are. I was not who I am for a long time. When I wanted to, I still was trying to hang onto this identity someone else created…”
Looking down, Katsu taps her foot.
Katsu: “And on top of everything else, it ate away at me. Only when I went back home I was reminded of who I am. I finally saw my disconnect in front of my eyes. I knew I had to fix it, but I did not know how. A part of me wanted to just ditch the mask…”
Bringing her attention to the hard camera, she instead shows a small smile.
Katsu: “But I also knew I had something else… Because while I was gone I also was invited to coach on Ground Zero season four.”
She begins to pace slightly as she talks, explaining.
Katsu: “Being in the place where the culture of masked wrestling began, one that I and others have carried on internationally, it reminded me how special it is to be one. Being a masked wrestler is an honour because I can create a legacy beyond myself. Learning from new hopefuls who, like me, immersed themselves in the sport I love while also trying to guide them was an experience I will cherish for the rest of my life!”
The fans cheer after Katsu shows a little extra passion, talking about Ground Zero.
Katsu: “So from there I knew what I needed to do. I needed to take control of my future and finally craft an identity I knew I could be proud of! The change away from Vampyra was truly years in the making, and it is hard to let go because it felt like I was leaving part of me, but I needed to.”
The camera zooms in on her mask, giving a longer look at its white and red design. The fox-like ears. Far more vibrant than her old mask.
Katsu: “This will guide me to a brighter future. I am Katsu! I am the Kitsune Warrior of FWA, and my pain of the past is just fuel to burn my bright future. Alyster Black, Weasel, Reagan Cole, Death Walker, and Jackson Fenix, I am certain we all will see each other before the Steel Roulette as we head to Back in Business. But, that leaves me to the next thing I need to discuss.”
She holds up her clipboard.
Katsu: “As I said. I was fortunate to Coach many hopeful and talented wrestlers on Ground Zero Season Four. There is the young Hemmlock who is going on to Season Five… A season I may be returning to as a coach again…”
Katsu winks at the camera as some fans cheer. There is a little extra confidence from her.
Katsu: “Then the strange Taboo. Someone who knew how to take advantage of great luck. LaVonny Toner had no shortage of hunger and those are just examples from my team. But there is one person we need to discuss, the winner, El Vendador!”
There is a respectable pop from the crowd at the mention of Ground Zero’s winner.
Katsu: “He is a man who may have occasionally shown aggression beyond what I expected, but he fought his way BACK into the finale and has earned a chance to join FWA’s roster. I believe a bright future is in for him. I was thankful to have him on my team and now-”
Opening the clipboard, we see a piece of paper with the FWA logo on top. Attached to it is a pen on a string. A contract.
Katsu: “I have the honour of presenting him with his contract to Fantasy Wrestling Alliance. So please welcome Ground Zero Season Four Winner, El Vengador!!!”
{WHERE COMES REVENGE || METALLICA}[MEDIA=youtube]FpF8Wa2yQH0[/MEDIA]
The lights in the arena dim as purple strobe lights begin to flicker across the crowd. El Vengador slowly walks out from the back, skull cane in hand, receiving a warm reaction from the fans in attendance who had followed along with him during Ground Zero.
Anzu Kurosawa: “I love this guy’s look, Rod. He looks like he walked right in off the streets of New Orleans too.”
Rod Sterling: “He may look that way but he is certainly a mysterious man with a mysterious background. One that we’ll no doubt get to learn more of now that he’s officially signing his FWA contract.”
Vengador slowly made his way down to the ring, ignoring the outstretched arms of the fans at ringside trying to get his attention. He instead climbs up the ring steps and steps through the ropes, entering the ring. The music begins to fade out as the lights come back up in the arena.
Katsu: “El Vengador, I am so excited to be the one to be able to officially welcome you to the FWA. Are you ready to make this official?”
Katsu holds out the clipboard containing the contract. There’s a brief pause as we wait to see if El Vengador plans on saying anything to celebrate his victory, but instead he just stares at Katsu. But he finally does take the clipboard and signs his name on the paper.
Anzu Kurosawa: “A man of few words. We could use more of that in FWA.”
Rod Sterling: “And with that signature, it becomes official. I’ll echo Katsu’s sentiments here - welcome to the FWA El Vengador!”
Vengador hands the signed contract back to Katsu. Once the contract is back in her possession, she proudly extends his arm out to Vengador for a handshake. After another brief pause, Vengador reaches out and accepts the handshake much to the delight of the crowd.
Katsu lifts Vengador’s arm up!
It is a beautiful moment of celebration for “Team Vampyra.”
Until.. Vengador PULLS KATSU IN with a short arm clothesline that topples Katsu head over heels to the canvas! The surprised crowd quickly begin to pelt Vengador with boos.
Rod Sterling: “What is the meaning of this!? This woman just helped coach him to victory in Ground Zero and this is the thanks he is giving her?!”
Anzu Kurosawa: “And she was pulling out the red carpet for him…”
Vengador puts the boots to the fallen “Kitsune Warrior” before allowing her to get back up to her feet, only for Vengador to pick up the clipboard and snaps it in half across Katsu’s head! But he’s not done yet.
He lifts her back up to her feet, scooping her up in a leg hook belly to back lift before driving her head first into the mat with a piledriver.
JUSTICIA!
With the boos now raining in on Vengador, he stands up and admires his handiwork. He however does not celebrate his assault, instead he simply turns his back away from his former coach and coldly exits the ring.
Rod Sterling: “Listen, we witnessed El Vengador beat game competition on Ground Zero Season Four. He fought back from elimination to get back on the show. Katsu, despite her age, proved to be a successful coach and was PROUD of him… But this is how he repays her?”
Anzu Kurosawa: “We DID see a mean-streak from him at times in his matches. But I still didn’t expect something like this…”
El Vengador walks up the ramp as Katsu rolls to her stomach in the ring, clutching the back of her neck after she was viciously dropped on the back of her head. She glances up the ramp and the newest member of the FWA roster doesn’t even care to look back at his former coach. He exits as we cut to commercial break.
Once Meltdown is back from the commercial break, we see a shot of the announce team at the table with Rod Sterling and Anzu Kurosawa looking rather flustered.
Rod Sterling: "Welcome back to Meltdown, and it has been somewhat of a chaotic show so far with The Connection retaining their FWA World Tag Team Championships in very unusual fashion, Joe Burr being hospitalised by Keres and then El Vengador showing up to attack his former Ground Zero mentor, Katsu."
Anzu Kurosawa: "Well, I’m all for chaos, and I am disappointed that we didn’t get even more because we were supposed to be hearing from both Danny Toner and the FWA World Champion Chris Peacock during tonight’s show ahead of their match this Saturday night on Fallout… but that’s not going to happen, Rod."
Rod Sterling: "No, it is not. The former close friends turned bitter enemies happened to run into each other before tonight’s show outside of the arena and unsurprisingly, it was not long until things turned physical between them and they had to be separated by both FWA and arena security and due to the circumstances, a decision was made by building management that neither Danny Toner or Chris Peacock are allowed in the arena tonight. They’ve both been sent away from the arena and therefore neither will be having a role to play in tonight’s show."
Anzu Kurosawa: "I’m sure Chris Peacock will be keeping an eye on Cyrus Truth tonight in the main event from wherever he is watching the show, as he prepares for a very personal affair with Danny Toner on Saturday."
{RAT IN MI KITCHEN || UB40}[MEDIA=youtube]jausD8qsnKU[/MEDIA]
There is a collective groan from the fans in attendance, and this is only made worse by the fact that they are made to wait for a few seconds before Ratin Mikichin emerges from the back. For a special treat and the additional repulsion factor, tonight’s mankini is skin-coloured. Ratin raises the roof a few times as he bops down the ramp towards the ring.
Katie-Lynn Goldsmith:"The following contest is an Over-the-Top-Rope Challenge! Introducing first, from Kazakhstan… Ratin Mikichin!”
Rod Sterling: "Wow. This is something. Well, in one of the lesser talked about moments of The Grand March weekend, Ratin Mikichin teamed with rival Steve the Techno Vampire in a losing effort against our Fallout counterparts, with the implication being that neither can appear on Fallout ever again! So we’re stuck with them, Anzu!"
Anzu Kurosawa: "We saw at Carnal Contendership that they thought they were going to be in the match, but were not for obvious reasons! Well, Jon Russnow has set up a mini-Carnal Contendership of sorts for just the two of them here tonight on Meltdown."
Ratin enters the ring and it seems that the Meltdown cameramen have followed the notes from Fallout’s as the camera is placed in the worst possible place as Ratin bends down to get through the ropes. He settles in the ring and awaits the arrival of his opponent.
{ VAMPIRES ARE ALIVE || DJ BOBO}[MEDIA=youtube]0ydRhwnwk-s[/MEDIA]
The crowd are slightly more excited to see Steve the Techno Vampire, who scurries out from the back with his cape firmly closed around himself. He opens it up and some plastic bats drop to the ground at his feet. Steve then starts dancing along to his music on his way to the ring.
Katie-Lynn Goldsmith:"His opponent, from Trancesylvania… Steve the Techno Vampire!”
Anzu Kurosawa: "These two have been locked in stalemates for months, Rod. Like, we’ve had over half a year of this back and forth between these two. Now, Greg is on the scene and there’s this ‘Higher Power’ everyone keeps talking about. I’m really not sure what is going on here. What is the endgame?"
Rod Sterling: "It is bold of you to assume that there even is one, Anzu. Speaking of Greg, where the hell is that rat?"
Steve enters the ring and poses with his cape once again, but the crowd start booing as Ratin approaches him from behind and knocks him to the mat! The bell rings, and the challenge is officially underway! << 00:00 >>
Ratin ignores the jeering in the arena towards him as he stands over Steve and begins to stomp on his body, and Ratin then rips Steve’s cape from around his neck and puts it on himself. The crowd continues to boo as Ratin parades around the ring with the cape on, mimicking a vampire as best as he can.
Anzu Kurosawa: "That’s the most dressed I have ever seen Ratin Mikichin. It honestly feels kind of weird seeing him not in just a mankini, you know?"
After some of his theatrics, Ratin approaches Steve once again but this time the Techno Vampire is ready for him and he meets Ratin with a punch to the midsection. Steve rises to his feet and then stomps on Ratin’s foot which causes the semi-nudist great pain and Steve then runs the ropes and charges back at Ratin, taking him down with a Running Cross Body!
Rod Sterling: "Hey, check that out!"
Steve gets back up and clenches his fist and the crowd seem to be getting behind him and he lines Ratin up as the latter pulls himself up next to the ropes. STEVE CHARGES IN WITH A CLOTHESLINE… BUT RATIN HOLDS ONTO HIM AND BOTH SPILL TO THE FLOOR - LANDING AT THE SAME TIME!!!
{RESULT}Winner: Draw? at 1:41.
There is some initial confusion as one of the ringside referees grabs Steve’s hand and raises it, but then another does the same with Ratin! Katie-Lynn Goldsmith walks around to where both referees seem to have reached some sort of agreement, and she nods her head as they explain to her.
Katie-Lynn Goldsmith:"Ladies and gentlemen, the ringside referees have agreed that this match has ended in a draw!”
Rod Sterling: "Did anyone honestly expect anything else?"
The crowd begins to boo as neither Ratin or Steve seem pleased about the outcome of the match, both seen shaking their heads. The atmosphere only gets worse as two figures walk out from the back. The first is recognisable as the third part of this equation, Greg, but the second’s identity is concealed by an oversized purple robe.
Anzu Kurosawa: "Is that… The Higher Power? The one behind all of this?"
Unfortunately, Greg has a microphone.
Greg: "Hi! I’m Greg."
It is not possible to hear oneself over the cascading jeers around the arena. Both Ratin and Steve look exhausted and frustrated after their arduous match and make their way to the bottom of the ramp where they look up at the man who has been advocating for them for the last few weeks.
Greg: "Once again, tonight we have seen just why Steve the Techno Vampire and Ratin Mikichin are true titans of professional wrestling. There is simply nothing that can separate the two of them and had they not been denied places in this year’s Carnal Contendership, I assure you that at least one of them would have won that match and would be going on to challenge Chris Peacock for the FWA World Championship in the main event of Back in Business!"
There is optimism in Greg’s voice, but it then fades and he composes himself in an attempt not to get too carried away.
Greg: "I believe it, and I think you all believe it too… and so does The Higher Power!"
Greg motions to the person standing next to him, who slowly bows their head in agreement. It seems like this is the first time that Ratin and Steve have seen this individual as well, as they are just as confused as everyone else.
Greg: "Worry not, fans of the Fantasy Wrestling Alliance… because there are two nights of Back in Business, which means two main events! Therefore, I submit an official proposal to Jon Russnow to make the main event of Night One at Back in Business XVII… Steve the Techno Vampire… versus Ratin Mikichin!"
No one else is able to match Greg’s enthusiasm for his idea other than those directly involved, with Ratin and Steve both nodding their heads in unison over the prospect.
Greg: "Yes… this is the will of The Higher Power… Jon Russnow, we look forward to receiving your acceptance."
Greg lowers the microphone and Ratin’s music starts playing up again as the two potential BIB headliners make their way up the ramp together and they join Greg and The Higher Power before the group leaves together…
The camera fades to an exterior shot of a pristine looking home in an undisclosed suburb. It is the type of opening shot you’d expect from a 90’s TGIF sitcom. White picket fence around the outside. After the establishing shot, the camera fades to the interior of the home. The camera pans around a kitchen that looks barely used. Not a single dish to be found. The cleanliness of everything we see almost looks as though no one lives in this house despite it being staged to look like it.
The camera makes its way into the next room of the house, the living room, but the view is quickly blocked as Jeremy Best comes into the shot. Jeremy is all smiles, wearing a shirt that reads “Friendship Wrestling Alliance” with a graphic of Jeremy hugging the unwell looking Krash from Back in Town. Jeremy is also still proudly featuring his own Krash stache that he debuted at Carnal Contendership.
Jeremy Best: "Hiya friends, it’s me, your pal, Jeremy Best! And tonight, I wanted to do something really special for all the Besties out there. I’ve felt really bad about what’s gone on between me and folks like Aly Black and Violet Dryer. I think there’s just been a really big misunderstanding. I think it’s time to clear the air and give everyone an update on how my pal Krashy is doing. And trust me, he’s made so much progress. He’s doing great! In fact, we’re having some fun right now! Come check it out!
Jeremy waves encouragingly towards the screen before walking into the aforementioned living room. The camera follows Jeremy in where first we can see the glow of a television screen. Not the typical high definition flat screens you find in most homes these days. It’s a more retro box television on wheels and has been positioned extremely close to an off-white couch where… sure enough… we find Krash sitting.
Sitting perhaps may not be the best way to describe it though. It’s more of a nonchalant lean because Krash is clearly in a sedated state. His condition does actually seem to look better than we last saw him in February, in that his wounds appeared to have healed. However he does look quite pale still.
But as Jeremy and the camera move in closer, it becomes clear that Krash’s arms are restrained to the couch. Jeremy takes a seat next to him, putting his arm around the unresponsive Krash.
Jeremy Best: "See? He’s fit as a fiddle! Oh, this is a good one!”
Jeremy points to the television where an old episode of Scooby Doo is playing.
Jeremy Best: "Look out Shaggy! He’s behind you!”
Jeremy reaches over and puts his hand over Krash’s eyes, as if to protect him from the jump scare of the cartoon.
Jeremy Best: "Whew, that was a close one.”
He pulls his hand back down away from Krash’s closed eyes.
Jeremy Best: "Buddy, I think people are really missing you though. Maybe it’s time we start talking about you coming back? What’s that, Krashy?”
Jeremy leans over, bringing his ear very close to Krash’s closed mouth. Jeremy sits back up, somewhat concerned as he rubs his chin.
Jeremy Best: "Yes, I know… I can see why you might be a little nervous going back out in front of the live crowds after being away so long… but I think I can help you with your anxiety. How about…”
Now it’s Jeremy’s turn to do some whispering as he leans into Krash’s ear and says something inaudible before pulling back and blankly looking at Krash for a moment.
Jeremy Best: "Good idea, right? Oh, wonderful, wonderful! What’s that buddy?”
Jeremy once again leans over to “listen” to Krash.
Jeremy Best: "Oh, you think so? Hmm.. that is a wonderful idea. Okay, you sit tight buddy and enjoy the show, I’m gonna go tell the people the great news.”
Best pats the unresponsive Krash’s leg before getting up off the couch and gets closer to the camera.
Jeremy Best: "So this Saturday on Fallout… Violet, I know you’ve been worried about Krash. I think we can both agree we want what is best for our friend. So this Saturday… let’s call off our match. Instead, Krash’s idea is… for him to join me in New Orleans! That’s right! You can reunite with your mentor on Fallout and you can join us in the Friendship Wrestling Alliance! It’s going to be great! Me and Krashy can’t wait to see you on Saturday!”
With an enthusiastic wave to the camera, Jeremy walks away and returns to his spot on the couch next to the unconscious Krash. He once again puts his arm around his friend as the camera fades out on Jeremy laughing and pointing at the television screen.
{COLA || LANA DEL REY}[MEDIA=youtube]lBakG7KtVZE[/MEDIA]
Shawn slowly rises through the stage with his head down and eyes closed. On his right shoulder sits the Television Championship. The X-Championship rests on his left. The silver briefcase from earlier is gripped tightly by the champion. As fog rises underneath him, the arena lights strobe between white and red to the song's drums. Shawn tilts his head with a smile as the camera pans around him. He adjusts Television and X Championship belts on his shoulders and instructs the cameraman to get a close look at them.
Rod Sterling: "Well, we saw Shawn's arrival earlier tonight, and it looks like the new 'champ-champ' has finally decided to address the fans here tonight."
Shawn makes his way down the ramp mouthing the words to the song, ignoring the hands and verbal assault from the fans as he does. Halfway down the ramp, he takes a visual survey of the arena before slowly walking up the ring steps, placing the briefcase on the ring apron, and slowly ascending the turnbuckle. His eyes closed, his head tilted high - he entirely takes in the moment before raising both championships in the air to a deafening amount of boos.
Anzu Kurosawa: "There are many people, myself included, who were hoping that Caesar would've triumphed over Summers at the Grand March. However, as you all can see, that wasn't the case."
Rod Sterling: "We wish Caesar a speedy recovery as he sustained injuries in that deathmatch that will keep him out of action indefinitely. It looks like Summers is requesting a microphone. He's finally ready to speak."
Anzu Kurosawa: "Feel free to change the channel now."
Shawn Summers: "So...what do you all wanna talk about?"
The fans boo heavily, and Anzu mutters "this guy" on the headset as Shawn leans against the ropes with the smirk that has yet to leave his face.
Shawn Summers: "Do you want to talk about how I retained my Television championship at the Grand March? Oh, wait, let's talk about how I beat the shit out of the last Roman Emperor like my name Odoacer - look him up, idiots. That may be what you all want to talk about, but that's not what I want. No, I want to talk about how a little over three months ago, everyone talked about how childish I was for bringing legal action against the FWA and their officials. Let's talk about how most of you wondered why I was facing jobbers and referees week in and week out instead of fighting the interim champion. Let's talk about how you all said I had the worst lawyers in the world and that even after all my bitching and moaning, I still didn't get what I wanted. Let's talk about how fucking stupid all of you are and how smart I am. Yeah, that's what I want to talk about. See, while you were out here playing checkers, I played 3D chess!
Rod Sterling: "I highly doubt Summers even knows what 3D chess is."
Anzu Kurosawa: "Is this segment over yet? Can someone bring out the Joshis?"
Shawn Summers: "I had a plan. I always had a plan. I had this plan in my back pocket from the moment I signed an exclusive contract with Fallout, Inc. at Back in Business. My brilliant lawyers and I negotiated a clause in my contract that would guarantee me a championship match of my choosing after I accumulated five wins in the FWA. What easier way to collect five wins than by beating young, up-and-coming wrestlers and a lying, cheating, prejudiced referee?
Rod Sterling: "Are you kidding me?"
Anzu Kurosawa: "Why should we be shocked at this revelation? This is typical of Shawn Summers. Pathetic."
Shawn Summers: "It's time you all faced the facts - I'm smarter and better than your favorite! Who could've predicted that Shawn Summers would be standing here with not one but TWO championship belts? What do your faves have? Hmmm? An opportunity to get pinned by Chris Peacock at Back in Business? Oh, oh, maybe they have a chance to lose the Golden Opportunity to fucking roadkill!!!
Rod Sterling: "What did weaselperson do to deserve that?"
Shawn Summers: "You know what they don't have? They don't have two championship belts and a guaranteed spot on the biggest card of the year! That belongs to Shawn Jacob Summers. And you know what else belongs to Shawn Jacob Summers? That briefcase!
Shawn approaches the briefcase and slowly bends to pick it up. He unclasps one lock on the briefcase and gently lifts and unclasps the other drawing out the anticipation for him to open it. He places a hand on the lid and slowly opens the briefcase before shutting it close!
Shawn Summers: "You all thought I'd reveal the contents of this briefcase on a show like Meltdown? Are you stupid, or are you dumb? When I retain my TV Championship on FALLOUT, I'll reveal what is in this $10,000 briefcase. But until then, suck my dick, you marks!"
Summers drops the microphone and exits up the ramp as the fans jeer and boo him while the camera slowly fades to black.
Returning to within the Legacy Arena, there is an interior shot of an office desk and after a few seconds, Jon Russnow walks into the frame and sits down on the seat behind the desk. He clears his throat and addresses the camera.
Jon Russnow: "Ladies and gentlemen, I hope you are enjoying tonight’s episode of Meltdown thus far. Shortly, we are going to be seeing tonight’s main event between the top two finishers in this year’s Carnal Contendership match; weaselperson and the man who will challenge Chris Peacock for the FWA World Championship in the main event of Night Two of Back in Business XVII, ‘The Exile’ Cyrus Truth.”
Russnow smiles for a moment and then begins speaking once again.
Jon Russnow: "Of course, with Carnal Contendership in the books, we are now well and truly on the ‘Path to Back in Business’. Over the coming weeks, you will see more and more matches added to the cards as rivalries look set to culminate and battle lines are drawn between champions and challengers. Before I speak on what I had scheduled this time to do so, I would like to formally reject the proposal put to me earlier tonight for the Night One main event.”
There is a deep exhale from the FWA Brand Coordinator and he rubs his head for a moment before looking back at the camera.
Jon Russnow: "We are aiming to make Back in Business XVII the best ever, and I am proud to announce that Back in Business will play host to a very special match; a Trios Battle Royal!
Teams of three will enter the match and elimination will occur in the usual manner until just one team remains. Now, the reason why this match is so special… and it is because of THESE!”
The camera draws back and THREE CHAMPIONSHIP BELTS ARE SHOWN ON THE DESK IN FRONT OF RUSSNOW! Russnow grins and nods his head as he looks down into the three matching championship belts.
Jon Russnow: "The team that wins the Trios Battle Royal at Back in Business XVII will be crowned the first ever… FWA WORLD TRIOS CHAMPIONS!”
The Brand Coordinator seems extremely pleased with himself, and he sits back at his desk with his arms behind his head.
Jon Russnow: "This match is open to any and all Trios in the FWA or even outside of it… so, what are you waiting for? Good luck.”
As Russnow continues to appreciate the work he has done, the camera lingers on the brand new championships for a moment before fading away.
Rod Sterling: "A couple of big developments back to back! Trios Titles are coming to FWA! And… well… we are going to be seeing Krash on Fallout?!”
Anzu Kurosawa: "Uhh… I don’t know about all that. Jeremy Best is clearly not all there. That whole scene was uncomfortable… but the Trios titles… sign me up!”
{GOLD CHAIN PUNK || SOUL GLO}[MEDIA=youtube]0IaAs4D14kw[/MEDIA]
The crowd gets to their feet, giving a big reaction for one of the newest names in FWA who has quickly made a big impact. weaselperson walks out from the back, the weasel suit making it unclear to the current demeanor of Kazadi on the inside, but they do stop to play to the crowd on the stage.
Katie-Lynn Goldsmith: "The following contest is our MAIN EVENT of the evening and is scheduled for ONE FALL with a thirty minute time limit! Introducing first from The Meadows and weighing in at two hundred, ten pounds... it's... !"
Rod Sterling: "I'm not sure anyone out there would've felt comfortable in predicting that weaselperson would make it to the final two of the Carnal Contendership, but we were all quite wrong in not doing so. Because it was an impressive run and they were oh so close to actually punching a ticket to Back in Business."
Anzu Kurosawa: "To be fair, no one could've predicted that it was Zachary Kazadi under that suit."
Rod Sterling: "Shh, I don't think we're supposed to acknowledge that, Anzu. I think he made it clear during the CC, he is winning and losing as weaselperson."
The crowd shows its support for weaselperson as they make their way down the aisle by beginning to bark along with them. weaselperson climbs into the ring and stretches out, awaiting their opponent.
{THE SOUND OF TRUTH || AS I LAY DYING}[MEDIA=youtube]K91qwxCWmrs[/MEDIA]
The crowd's electricty doesn't let up for their opponent, because they are just as excited if not perhaps slightly more so for the arrival of Cyrus Truth as he jogs out onto stage, his face slightly obscured at first by the hood of his ring jacket before he tosses it back and lifts up his arms, eliciting an even bigger reaction from the fans.
Rod Sterling: "It was a night many will never forget at Carnal Contendership. It was the night that Cyrus Truth became just the SECOND person in FWA history to claim TWO CC wins."
Anzu Kurosawa: "It's another big time addition to the ever growing Hall of Fame resume of Cyrus Truth... but more importantly... he's heading down that Long and Winding Path to Back in Business with a chance to reclaim the FWA Championship once again!"
Rod Sterling: "But that path to Back in Business is a long one and Cyrus Truth can't be looking ahead to the biggest event of the year... because waiting for him in the ring is someone who isn't looking past Cyrus. Someone looking to redeem themselves after that final Carnal Contendership elimination. This will be a tough test for Cyrus Truth, no doubt about it."
Anzu Kurosawa: "Trust me, Rod. Cyrus Truth does not look past anyone. He is taking this match just as serious as weaselperson. This should be a good one!"
Truth makes his way down the aisle, climbing into the ring. weaselperson and Truth exchange a stare with one another from across the ring before Truth gives a respectful nod to his opponent, to which weaselperson returns in kind. The Exile and weaselperson circle the ring to start the match, the crowd electric for both competitors and anxious to see them go at it once again after their showdown in the final two of the Carnal Contendership. They finally move in for a collar and elbow lock up to officially get things underway. The pair show off their wrestling prowess with some back and forth chain wrestling with them taking turns with some waistlocks via standing switches until Truth pulls weaselperson in with a headlock only to have weaselperson escape with an arm wrench but Truth fights it off and pulls WP back in for another headlock into a headlock takeover.
weaselperson kips right back up to their feet and charge in but Truth catches them with a hiptoss! WP sits up on their knees, staring down Truth, who smirks. The fans respond with some respectful cheers at the back and forth between the duo to start the match before weaselperson gets back up and both wrestlers once again circle the ring, staring each other town.
Truth motions for weaselperson to bring it on as they both meet in the center of the ring for a showdown. They comply with the request by striking The Exile with a stiff knife edge chop. Truth once again smirks as he absorbs the strike and wants more. weaselperson doesn’t hold back as they strike with another pair of knife edge chops to Truth before Truth comes back with a knife edge chop of his own! The wrestler formerly known as Kazadi stumbles backwards but fires back with another chop, which is returned by Truth! And another from Truth! And another from WP! With each chop exchanged, the cheers from the crowd get louder.
Rod Sterling: "Neither man are giving an inch here and you wouldn’t expect it from these two competitors."
Anzu Kurosawa: "And the crowd is loving every minute of it! Nothing like watching two of your favorites just beat the snot out of one another."
Things continue to escalate between the pair as they go from trading chops to trading forearm blows before weaselperson busts out a headbutt to Truth, that staggers the Exile backwards. Another smirk crosses his face, but it quickly fades as he comes back with a discus punch to WP that rocks the hairy competitor back into the ropes, but he battles back, bouncing back with a rolling elbow! Now Truth staggers back into the opposite ropes, and roars back with a rolling elbow smash of his own!
Coming back once again, weaselperson attempts a roundhouse kick, but Truth ducks it! WP turns back around and goes for the forearm, but its another evade from Exile into a DRAGON SUPLEX from Truth!
One! Two! KICKOUT!
The momentum quickly turns in Truth’s favor here after the high impact of the nearly out of nowhere Dragon Suplex. weaselperson starts to kneel to get back to his feet, but Truth charges in with a running knee strike followed by a knee drop!
Rod Sterling: "The Wander’s Wrath from Truth! It was a back and forth start but things have suddenly turned strongly into the favor of the man with a date at Back in Business with Chris Peacock!"
Anzu Kurosawa: "And he wisely goes for the pinfall right away here…”
One! Two! Kickout!
Truth wastes no time continuing the on the offensive, stomping weaselperson as they tried to get back up to their feet, before grabbing a handful of the hairy headpiece to finish getting WP back up. Truth Irish Whips weaselperson into the turnbuckle before charging in for a clothesline attempt, but weaselperson moves out of the way! Truth collides with the turnbuckle hard chest first before stumbling into a waiting weaselperson who gives Exile a boot to the midsection followed up by a big BRAINBUSTER! They roll over and hook the leg of Truth.
One! Two! Kickout!
Before Truth can move, WP hooks him by the head, wrapping his legs around the torso of Truth to lock in a guillotine choke submission. FWA Official Larry Stevens is there to check on Truth, but Cyrus is already fighting it off as he begins to get up to his knees while weaselperson keeps the submission locked in, attempting to tighten his grip around Truth’s throat. But once Truth is back up to a vertical base, weaselperson wisely releases his legs from Exile’s midsection and instead drives a knee up into Truth’s chest. He releases the guillotine and takes Truth by the arm, pulling him in for a ripcord elbow!
Cyrus is staggered, stumbling but still on his feet before he takes a wild swing at weaselperson, but the duck it and hits a Dragon Suplex of their own to Truth!
One! Two! Kickout!
Anzu Kurosawa: "A taste of his own medicine there for The Exile!"
After the kickout, once again weaselperson transitions into a submission hold, this time it’s a rear naked choke submission that he locks onto Truth. Onec again Larry Stevens is in prime position to check on Truth. Truth’s breathing clearly labored, a grimace on his face as weaselperson’s hairy arm clenched tightly around his throat once again. He slowly manages to pull himself up to his feet once again, and he breaks the hold by running backwards into the corner, driving weaselperson back first into the turnbuckles.
Cyrus takes a moment to try and regroup after breaking the hold, but weaselperson is right back on the attack, hooking him with a waistlock to attempt a German Suplex, but Truth manages to block it with a pair of back elbows to release the grip! WP stumbles backwards as Truth turns and connects with an enziguri that sends them backwards to the mat, landing in a seated position against the bottom turnbuckle.
Truth gets to his feet and walks to the corner… he looks to the crowd which cheers in approval as he busts out the FIRST FIVE STEPS in the corner as the crowd chants along!
ONE! TWO! THREE! FOUR! FIVE! SIX! SEVEN! EIGHT! NINE! TEN!
With a determined look on his face, Truth grabs the bottom paws of weaselperson’s suit and pulls them out of the corner to the center of the ring before repositioning himself, turning his attention to the top of the suit as he grabs the head and sits weaselperson up and begins to unleash a barrage of hammer and anvil elbows to right to the side of the neck before he locks in the Long Road To Nowhere!
Rod Sterling: "Cyrus Truth has turned the tables on weaselperson now, putting the submission expert into his own submission!"
weaselperson strains against the submission, fighting against the tight grasp of the Exile, but he manages to position use his legs to push his way closer to the ropes, hooking the bottom rope with his left leg to get the rope break.
Truth releases the hold but continues the attack, pulling WP up but not before striking the back of his neck with some hard forearms and elbows before lifting them up into an ARgentine Rack into the EXILE’S EDGE!
Truth drops down and makes the pin - hooking the far leg.
ONE! TWO! THRE…NO!
Some frustration possibly setting in for Truth as weaselperson once again keeps the match alive. He grabs the headpiece again to pull WP up and lifts him up onto his shoulder’s in a Fireman’s Carry… he’s looking for the Journey’s End!
Anzu Kurosawa: "Cyrus has weaselperson right where he wants them. This could be it! This is what lead to his elimination at Carnal Contendership!"
But weaselperson begins to fight it off, delivering some elbows of his own to the side of Truth’s head to fight free and they are able to escape the fireman’s carry. He slides down Truth’s back and hits a GERMAN SUPLEX!
weaselperson is unable to hold on for the bridge, and instead laid on their back right next to Truth, both competitors down. The fans get to their feet, giving the effort of both wrestlers a standing ovation.
“WEASEL! PERSON!"
“CYRUS! TRUTH!"
“WEASEL! PERSON!"
“CYRUS! TRUTH!"
Rod Sterling: "A true 50/50 split here in Birmingham! They are loving every minute of this action!"
Anzu Kurosawa: "Of course they are! You’ve got two of the most skilled wrestlers in the ring right now… both want a good clean match. An actual match without shenanigans here in FWA!"
Rod Sterling: "Careful Anzu, you might jynx it and we’ll have a hoard of Nephews out here."
Both wrestlers slowly begin to stir, pulling themselves up with weaselperson up first, but Truth following suit, both meeting in the center of the ring much like they started the match… knife edge chop from WP! Forearm from Truth! Forearm from WP! Elbow from WP! Elbow from Truth! HEADBUTT from WP! Headbutt from Truth! Both were staggered backwards before charging in…
DOUBLE LARIAT!
Both competitors are down once again! But it is weaselperson up first while Truth begins to get up, pulling himself up onto all fours as weaselperson measures him up…
DOUBLE FOOT CURBSTOMP! The Weaseler!
weaselperson drops to their knees and slowly rolls Truth over onto his back to make the pin, hooking the leg!
ONE! TWO! THREE!
NO! Truth kicks out at the last second!
Anzu Kurosawa: "I thought for sure that was it! weaselperson had it!"
Rod Sterling: "Never count out Cyrus Truth! This one isn’t over yet, Anzu!"
While we can’t see their face, one might imagine Kazadi was quite surprised by the kickout as well, but they get back to their feet and looks ready to try and put Truth away for good this time as they climb to the top turnbuckle. Truth begins to show signs of life, starting to pull himself up as WP comes off the top looking for a flying double foot stomp!
But Truth moves!
weaselperson lands on their feet but Truth quickly strikes with a spinkick to the midsection and leaps up with a jumping DDT to take WP back down! Truth with the pinfall this time!
One! Two! Thre - NO! weaselperson gets a shoulder up!
Both competitors are once again slow to their feet, but Cyrus is back up first and once weaselperson pulls himself up, he strikes with a stomp to the back of their knee and follows it up with The Broken Path!
Rod Sterling: "The Exile is feeling it right now! While it looked like he was in trouble earlier, he’s mounted a furious comeback here!"
Truth doesn’t go for the pin and instead pulls weaselperson up and looks for the finish once again as he lifts WP up into the fireman’s carry position. But once again weaselperson manages to be elusive as he escapes down the back and rolls up Truth, but doesn’t go for the pin, instead he holds onto the right leg of Truth and begins to try and tie him up into the Weasel Me This!
But Truth has the move well scouted as he uses his left leg to strike weaselperson repeatedly, creating some distance and allows Truth to escape and roll back to his feet! weaselperson charges in right into a discuss punch from Exile! Truth grabs WP by their furry throat, dropping them to the canvas with Memento Mori!
Cyrus lifts him back up again and pulls him up onto his shoulders…
JOURNEY’S END!
NO!
WEASELPERSON DOWN THE BACK…
They roll through, bringing Cyrus down to the mat with a Sunset Flip, clutching the leg and this time they are able to tie up his legs and arms into the Weasel Me This!
Larry Stevens checks in on Cyrus, who is refusing to give up! But weaselperson twists back on Truth's foot, applying more pressure while leaning back across the bent over body of Truth, applying an intense amount of pressure onto the trapped leg of Truth.
Realizing he was trapped in the center of the ring with nowhere to go, Truth does the unthinkable as he TAPS!
{RESULT}Winner: weaselperson by submision at 17:33.
Katie-Lynn Goldsmith:"Here is your winner… WEASELPERSON!”
weaselperson sits up on the canvas, calmly getting back to their feet as Larry Stevens lifts up their arm in victory.
Rod Sterling: "Just when it looked like Cyrus Truth was going to put them away, weaselperson locks in that unique submission hold! He has made The Exile tap out!”
Anzu Kurosawa: "He really had no choice, Rod! weaselperson could've easily snapped his ankle there, and with his arms trapped in his own legs, there was no escaping it! If he wanted to make it to Back in Business in one piece, he had to tap. He'll live to fight another day but what a huge win for weaselperson!"
Cyrus Truth massages his ankle, slowly rolling out of the ring, momentarily scowling as he has to limp up the ramp. An official offers him some help but he rejects the assistance, marching back under his own strength.
weaselperson signals to Katie (the non-lethal one) for a microphone and is surprisingly inundated with "BARK! BARK! BARK!" chants. They let it die down before they raises the mic.
weaselperson: "I know hearing me talk right now, it's gonna piss a lot of you guys off, the ones that weren't done with me after what happened at CC, at least. But there's a time for barking, and there's a time for talking. I think I've earned a little bit of talking. Don't worry, I don't intend on making it a habit. But while I've got the spotlight, while you're all listening to me, I'll take the chance.
I wanted to be in the main event of Back in Business, but that's not happening. It's always where I've imagined myself being. It's where I felt like I belonged. Instead, I'll be sitting backstage with the rest of the guys watching two of the best wrestlers in the FWA fight for the most valued prize in this company. The two guys who earned that spot. I'll be watching with a mixture of admiration, and a lot of fucking hate and envy.
Cyrus."
He says the name just as the two time Carnal Contendership winner reaches the top of the ramp. He stops, takes a ragged breath, but doesn't quite turn around.
weaselperson: "I think I've been putting your name in my mouth for seven years now. I'm sure you're tired of it. And given the circumstances, it's probably not gonna stop anytime soon. That's a testament to how long you've been at the top. And I might be a piece of shit for everything I've said about you, shit, I don't even like needing to sink that low to get my point across, but when you're at the top for so long, you gotta expect that guys like me are coming for your head. That's what it means to walk the Long and Winding Road, ain't it? If the Truth is eternal. If the Vagabond King's still got something left in him, then I needed this to be your warning. I needed this to be the shot in your arm for that match you got waiting for you in July. And if you come out of BIB with the belt, you know I'm coming for it. Taking down a King is sweetest when they're wearing a crown. Hopefully you'll be as motivated to beat the shit out of me as I was to beat the shit out of you tonight."
Cyrus Truth is unreadable but as weaselperson's final words to him reach, he walks past the curtains.
weaselperson: "I'm here to fight the best. And Cyrus was at the very top of that list. You talk about pedigree, accomplishment, there ain't no one higher in this company than that man. But there's a lot of guys I've got my eyes on after him. You can call it unfinished business, or you can call it the best wanting to face the best. Or you can call it a weaselperson wanting to put a few bastards in their place.
Mike Parr. If you're listening, I don't have to say much. This is gonna happen.
Shawn Summers. Honestly, I just don't like you. And you got two too many belts around your waist for a man who reviles competing so much. You've got a hell of an ability to pick and choose your spots. To avoid any fight that doesn't suit you. If you don't cut loose before I get a chance, I promise I'll humble you. A guy like you doesn't deserve to be in the FWA. And I'm sick and tired of seeing the suits bend over backwards for you.
Danny Toner. You've become more and more of a bastard every year, but who'd have thought you'd get this far. No one is more notorious for bailing than you are. And yet, you've forever secured your name in the books. You wanna talk about bouncing back, of falling all the way down and coming back up, there ain't anybody who does it like you. Still, you're scum, Danny. The absolute fucking worst. I don't wanna hear you talking shit about the talent in this company any longer if you're not willing to step across from me.
It goes without saying, but Chris Peacock. You're the World fucking Champion. You accomplished in two years more than I ever did. And I get the feeling you're more than satisfied with that. Don't be. I want the man who pushed everyone to the brink for two years. Who after coming so close, stuck around, kept at it and did it. Not a single major victory has been earned in this company without going through you. Don't you start taking it easy until I get my shot. After that, you can fuck off for all I care, but I don't want anything short of the man who retired Devin Golden.
Michelle. Shit, I don't gotta say much about her. The record speaks for itself.
That big motherfucker with the North American Championship who's been killing guys left and right. I want a shot at him.
And anyone else backstage who wants a fight. Including those four that are gonna be stuck in that Steel Roulette with me. You wanna see what it's gonna take to win, call up Russnow and you'll see. I'm right here.
But there's one man I'm thinking about, that's near the forefront of that list. I didn't see him backstage, and as far as I know, he's not gonna be on Fallout either. It's coming across to me like this man is doing the same shit a lot of other people do. What I've done. He came third right behind me. And now he ain't nowhere to be found. His friend is gone. He lost his gold. Fell short of the main event. And I guess at this point he's back home thinking about his every fuck up. I've got a responsibility to do what I wish someone had done to me. Drag me out of my hellhole and back to a wrestling ring.
Black Jesus. I thought you loved to fight. I thought you were the kind of man who'd die in this ring. Not rotting in your own filth at home. I thought when you got pissed off, when you got in your own head, there was only one way to get out of it. I thought you were the toughest, most violent man in this company. I don't respect your style, but I respect your passion. At least, I thought I did.
You can stay back home, and you can keep being afraid of failure, and you keep crying about every major hurdle you've failed to overcome. You can wait around till your pal shows up to try and give you some consolation gold. The pal who'd never sink to the level you and I have after failure. You can wait until the Anniversary show where I kill the last vestiges of your fighting spirit once and for all… or you can come try and kick my ass. I know you love to stomp on dogs and I'm a real fucking dog. I know what I want. I know what these people want. Deep down, I know you want this. We both wanted to headline Back in Business, but that's not happening. My schedule is open and yours is too. I'm not hard to find.
I want as much of a fight as I was hoping to get that night, I want the fight you were willing to give if things had gone your way. I'd love nothing more than to see how much pain a man like you can take, how much blood he can bleed, before he has to give. Why don't you show me?"
weaselperson at last drops the microphone. Soul Glo echoes through the arena again while the costumed figure rolls out of the ring and shockingly hits a few hands on his way backstage.
Rod Sterling: "weaselperson's got a long time until they get their chance at the Golden Opportunity, but they seem to have challenged just about the entire roster to keep them busy on their way there.!”
Anzu Kurosawa: "Do you think Alyster was listening?"
Rod Sterling: "Whether he was or not, when the figure now known as weaselperson wants a fight, they've been known not to stop barking until they get it. With that said, that's all we have for you Meltdown fans, tune in Saturday for an action packed Fallout. I'm Rod Sterling, with my partner Anzu Kurosawa, signing out.”
|
|
|
Post by supinesnake on May 29, 2024 8:06:20 GMT
028: “NOLA.” Live from the Smoothie King Arena in New Orleans, Louisiana, USA. Saturday 13th May, 2023.
We scan around the packed Smoothie King Arena, the lights dimmed, until we settle on the familiar Fallout staging…
Jean-Luc Watkins: “Welcome, wrestling fans, to Fallout 028, here in New Orleans, Louisiana, and it’s right into the action tonight!”
{WANTED DEAD OR ALIVE || BON JOVI}[MEDIA=youtube]8SiS9ZWaCLY[/MEDIA]
The crowd goes wild as ‘the Cowboy’ appears on the stage. Bedlam nods his head in appreciation of the fans’ support before he begins striding down the ramp towards the now rather full ring.
Natalie Rosenberg: "Ladies and gentlemen, the following match is an eight-person elimination contest, with a thirty minute time limit, where the winner will receive a shot at the FWA World Tag Team Championships with a partner of their choosing! Introducing first… from Sweetwater, Texas… weighing in at two hundred and forty four pounds… TOMMY… BEDLAAAAM!"
Jean-Luc Watkins: "Tommy Bedlam has, of course, been embroiled in a rivalry with the FWA Television Champion Shawn Summers, but tonight he looks to side-step and target a run at the tag team championships instead. Bedlam has had alliances in the FWA before, but has been something of a lone wolf since his return last year. Would be interesting to see who Bedlam picked, should he outlast the forthcoming seven other able competitors…"
Bedlam climbs through the ropes and stands alone in the ring. He turns around and stares at the stage as his music fades out…
{YOUR LOVE || FIRST TO ELEVEN}[MEDIA=youtube]VbTnsPL_e24[/MEDIA]
There’s a mixed reaction for Madison Gray as she emerges onto the stage, Natalie Rosenberg in the ring and ready to make the introductions…
Natalie Rosenberg: "And next… from Portsmouth, England… weighing one hundred and twenty five pounds… ‘the Young Lioness’... ‘PARASITE’... MADISON… GRAY!!"
Jean-Luc Watkins: "Well, you heard it from Natalie Rosenberg, folks. The winner of this match gets to pick their partner for a shot at the belts in two weeks time, and here comes Madison Gray. She’ll want to bounce back from her first round defeat in the KODM here tonight."
Madison rolls into the ring. She is alone for now, but that won’t be the case for very long…
{ALONE || Jonathan Young & Lee Albrecht}[MEDIA=youtube]PZdWLDKISp8[/MEDIA]
Another reaction, this time for ‘the British Apprentice’ as he walks through the curtain, flanked by both TYLER and Jeffry Mason.
Natalie Rosenberg: "Next… weighing in at two hundred and fifteen pounds… from Essex, England… ‘the British Apprentice’... REAGAN COLE!!"
Allen Price: "Reagan Cole has impressed as of late, making it to the quarter finals of the KODM and then qualifying for the Golden Opportunity match at the Carnal Contendership. He’ll look to keep that momentum going here tonight, and has a couple of potential partners to choose from should he triumph…"
Cole slides into the ring to join Gray, who he shares a stand-off with. Mason and TYLER remain on the outside.
{「アマリリス」|| UNLUCKY MORPHEUS}[MEDIA=youtube]RQpz80bu-rA[/MEDIA]
There’s some positivity in the crowd, though most of the audience is as yet unfamiliar with this newcomer as she appears on the stage with a beaming smile on her face.
Natalie Rosenberg: "Weighing in at one hundred and twenty one pounds… from Kamakura, Japan… she is ‘the Holy Knight of Kamakura’... NORIKO… KAITOMI!!"
Allen Price: "Here comes the first of several newcomers here in the FWA, and ‘the Holy Knight of Kamakura’ will no doubt be hoping to make a big impression in her very first match. Tough ask, though. A lot of moving parts…"
After eyeing up Mason and TYLER on the outside, Noriko climbs into the ring as her music fades out. It’s soon replaced by…
{SENPAI NOTICE ME || CAMELIA & NANAHIRA}[MEDIA=youtube]_bp8NX7BAB0[/MEDIA]
There’s a mixed reaction for the next competitor, another newcomer who is probably getting more boos than cheers as she walks through the curtain.
Natalie Rosenberg: "From Mexico City, Mexico… weighing in at fifty kilograms… she is ‘The Last Twinkle in the Sky’... ‘Baby Kaiju’... ‘Best Joshi in the World’... ‘Final Gift of the 2nd Millenium’... ‘The Idol’... introducing… MAKIMA… SNOWMANTASHI!!"
Jean-Luc Watkins: "A young woman with quite the pro-wrestling pedigree makes her way to the ring. Makima is, as the name suggests, the daughter of Jon Snowmantashi, and was trained by her uncle Izaya Snowmantashi. Rumour has it her main source of inspiration, though, is an FWA hall of famer. I’m sure you can guess who from her leading moniker…"
Makima has a cute smile on her face as she climbs through the ropes, engaging in long, lingering stares at each of the other competitors as her music fades out…
{QUAKE THEME || TRENT REZNOR}[MEDIA=youtube]IAIbzJo-Cds[/MEDIA]
A more positive reaction this time for a more familiar face, the audience popping for a second time as the former FWA World Tag Team Champion begins her swift descent down the ramp.
Natalie Rosenberg: "Weighing in at one hundred and twenty seven pounds… from Yokohama, Japan… she is ‘the Crimson Ghost’... AKA YUREEEEEEIIIIII!"
Allen Price: "Here’s someone who needs no introduction: a former champion here in the Fantasy Wrestling Alliance. Aka will be targeting her second reign with those tag belts, and in an interesting twist of fate the man she previously held them with is already in the ring…"
Indeed, there’s a lingering look between Yurei and Cole, the camera watching their stand-off before it has to turn to the stage for the next introduction…
{NOBODY || AVENGED SEVENFOLD}[MEDIA=youtube]UJcrlx0RDoA[/MEDIA]
Boos ring out in New Orleans for Al Blizzard, as the mysterious man walks through the curtain wearing a solemn countenance.
Natalie Rosenberg: "Introducing next… from London in the United Kingdom… he weighs in at two hundred and forty six pounds… ‘the Perfect Storm’... AL BLIZZARD!"
Jean-Luc Watkins: "We got a small taste of what this man can do at the Carnal Contendership, after months of intermittent videos announcing his impending arrival. Hopefully we’ll be able to get a better look at this peculiar ‘Perfect Storm’ during this elimination match-up…"
Blizzard stands in the centre of the ring, seemingly oblivious to the presence of the other men and women in the ring, as his music fades out.
{THE KEY THE SECRET || URBAN COOKIE COLLECTIVE}[MEDIA=youtube]2wyv52Ahry0[/MEDIA]
A hugely positive reaction as Lizzie Rose walks out onto the stage. It doesn’t seem to have the same effect as it usually would on ‘the Rave’ though. There’s an eerie off-ness about Rose as she surveys the arena with anxiety in her eyes (even more than usual).
Natalie Rosenberg: "And finally… from Brooklyn, New York… weighing in at ninety nine pounds… ‘the Rave’... LIZZIE… ROOOOSE!"
Allen Price: "Lizzie Rose looks to return to the championship picture after her loss of the FWA North American Championship to Bryan Baxter. Rose perhaps has a partner waiting in Joe Burr, but both of them have been a little preoccupied as of late with Princess Nova and Keres of Eternal. And it doesn’t look like the fog has cleared for Lizzie Rose here tonight…"
Indeed, there’s a lack of focus about Rose as she struggles to climb through the ropes. She eventually manages it and stands in the extremely full ring.
Jean-Luc Watkins: “Looks like we now have a full cohort…”
{CORNFLAKE || PSYCHEDELIC PORN CRUMPETS}[MEDIA=youtube]f60kHMYRsq8[/MEDIA]
There’s a pop in the arena as Gerald Grayson walks out onto the stage, a smile on his face and his championship belt on his shoulder. He holds the title in the air to more cheers from the NOLA audience before beginning his descent of the ring ramp.
Allen Price: “Here comes one half of the FWA World Tag Team Champions, fresh from a win over, um, Claw and Order on Meltdown XXVIII. Hardly their most impressive defense, but it is the sixth of this reign, which ranks as the fourth longest of all time with those specific belts, and the fifth longest tag team title reign overall in the FWA.”
Jean-Luc Watkins: “Are you disparaging Buster Murphy and Dave O’Houilihan there, Price? Our current world champion is a Ground Zero alumni, and I’d have thought you’d have more respect for our law enforcement agents… regardless, it looks as though Grayson - without partner Michelle von Horrowitz, notably, who was in Japan a night ago for a certain confrontation with a certain kaiju - is marching towards our position here at the commentary booth.”
We watch Gerald settle into his position at the desk, next to JLW, as a few eyes glance at him from in the ring.
Jean-Luc Watkins: “Gerald, nice of you to join us, and just in time to see these eight competitors battle it out for a shot at your championships next week…”
Gerald Grayson: “Eight worthy competitors, and seems a fitting number, right Baby? Glad to be here. Price.”
Allen Price: “Gerald.”
Although we can’t see him, we can tell from Price’s tone that his eyes are narrowed. Meanwhile, Katie Baxter evacuates it before the carnage can commence, the official deciding that conducting any final checks would be too arduous a task and instead calling for the bell… << 00:00. >>
The match kicks off and, as you might expect, it is complete chaos from the outset. Reagan Cole immediately charges at Tommy Bedlam, who ducks the British Apprentice’s attempt at a clothesline and hoists him all the way over the top with a big back body drop!
Jean-Luc Watkins: "Fortunately for Cole, this is not an over the top rope affair here tonight, with s only occurring by pinfall or submission… but Tommy Bedlam follows the Apprentice to the outside! And he hurls him over the steel ring steps!"
Meanwhile, Noriko Kaitomi has smothered Aka Yurei’s attempts at strikes by placing her in a side headlock in the middle of the ring. Al Blizzard and Madison Gray trade blows behind them, Blizzard successful in backing Gray up into a corner before unloading with boots to the midsection and then stomps once she falls into a seated position. Lizzie, in something of a malaise, has rolled beneath the bottom rope, watching the affair in an aloof fashion…
… and also watching on is Makima Snowmantashi, who has scaled to the top rope at the outset of the match!
Jean-Luc Watkins: "Shooting star missile dropkick!!! I don’t think I’ve ever seen that before!!"
Gerald Grayson: "Impressive. Would love to see her put a springboard on that."
Noriko is knocked over by the move, releasing the side headlock she had on Aka. And Makima follows up with a tiger suplex on Yurei!!
Jean-Luc Watkins: "Makima Snowmantashi calls that one the Red Giant Plex, and she bridges for the cover…"
ONE… TWO… NO!
Kickout from Yurei!
***
<< 03:52. >>
We pick up the action on the outside, where Reagan Cole has turned the tables on Tommy and hits a series of knife edge chops whilst the Cowboy is backed up against the barricade, before whipping him hard into the ring apron! Cole looks to follow up, but he’s bowled off his feet by a running leg lariat from Kaitomi! Madison Gray is down nearby after a recent facebuster from ‘the Holy Knight of Kamakura’, who now looks to pick PARASITE up and throw her beneath the bottom rope…
Allen Price: "Al Blizzard with the baseball slide! He catches Noriko flush in the face and sends her sprawling!"
Jean-Luc Watkins: "Blizzard collects Madison Gray in a front facelock, hooks both arms… DDT!! PARASITE is spiked on her head on the outside!"
Before Al can follow up, though, Tommy Bedlam is on him with a pair of hard forearm strikes… before Noriko is involved with some Kesigari chops for both of them…
Jean-Luc Watkins: "But here comes Makima… SPRINGBOARD SHOOTING STAR PRESS!!"
Gerald Grayson: "Beautiful!! Incredible height on that aerial attack from the newcomer! Reminds me of Michelle. Glad to see she put a springboard on it."
Allen Price: "Feeling threatened by these young high-flyers, Gerald?"
Gerald Grayson: "Not at all! You know, Price, I once accomplished 18000090 splash. That’s fifty thousand full rotations, and a final quarter turn for the splash. Took me just over four hours. Admittedly, I achieved this incredible feat on a planet with no gravity, but still a human first!"
Meanwhile, Makima is back to her feet, where she rolls Al Blizzard into the ring. She slides in after him, stalking him from behind before nailing him with a standing shooting star press!
Jean-Luc Watkins: "Star Killer #3! Into the cover!"
ONE… TWO… T – NO!
Kick out from Blizzard, and the match rolls on…
***
<< 07:04. >>
Reagan Cole and Tommy Bedlam are continuing their battle outside the ring. First, we see the Cowboy thrown back-first into the barricade next to the commentary booth. Bedlam slumps to the ground and Cole collects his legs, maybe looking to catapult him into the steel ring post. Tommy fights out with right hands, though, and then kicks Cole away from him with a boot. Bedlam quickly climbs to his feet and takes Reagan down with a hard clothesline! Cole is given no time to rest up, with Tommy picking him up by the scruff of the neck and throwing him over the commentary booth!
Jean-Luc Watkins: "Watch out!"
The commentators disperse as Cole sprawls out amongst their chairs, whilst in the ring we see Aka Yurei drop Noriko over her knee with a backbreaker. Madison Gray, meanwhile, has turned the tables on Makima, working her over in the corner with a series of knife edge chops. Al Blizzard and Lizzie both watch on from the outside, hesitant to re-involve themselves in the action just yet…
Allen Price: "Madison Gray drags Makima out of the corner, maybe looking for a DDT here…"
Gerald Grayson: "But a beautiful Northern Lights Suplex from Makima Snowmantashi! She bridges for the cover…"
ONE… TWO… NO!
Gray kicks out, and Snowmantashi is up to her feet quickly to see Aka Yurei charging at her for a discus lariat attempt… ducked by Makima…
Jean-Luc Watkins: "SKO!!! SKO!! Makima hits it!!"
Allen Price: "And she hooks Aka’s leg…"
ONE… TWO… THREE!!
{ELIMINATION}Elimination #1: Aka Yurei by Makima Snowmantashi [pinfall] at 08:32.
Makima is up to her feet, but there’s no time to celebrate. It’s Madison’s turn to charge at her this time, and Gray is able to connect with a lariat! She drops Snowmantashi to the mat, and looks like she’s about to follow up…
… when Noriko comes from behind, attaches a rear waistlock, and throws Madison Gray across the ring with a release German suplex!!
To her credit, Gray quickly fights to her feet, but Noriko is on her immediately with her codebreaker finisher!
Jean-Luc Watkins: "Noriko Kaitomi calls that Izanami! And that means the end!!"
ONE… TWO… THREE!!
{ELIMINATION}Elimination #2: Madison Gray by Noriko Kaitomi [pinfall] at 08:55.
Noriko and Makima are both up to their feet, and it seems as though they are about to start circling the ring… when Al Blizzard slides back in and takes Kaitomi down with a shoulder block! She rolls under the bottom rope, landing at Rose’s feet (Lizzie wanders around the ring and away from her, still presenting a lethargic image), and then Al doubles Makima over with a boot to the midsection…
Jean-Luc Watkins: "Piledriver from Al Blizzard!"
Gerald Grayson: "No flips or frills from Al Blizzard, but some impressive offense from the hard-hitter. Not going for a pinfall, though…"
Indeed, Al Blizzard hoists Makima back up to her feet again… but in comes Lizzie Rose! She comes off the top rope with a jumping shoulder block!
Allen Price: "Lizzie finally introducing herself into this match!"
It’s a flurry of offense to follow from ‘the Rave’, who connects with a flapjack to Makima Snowmantashi, a spinning back elbow on Al Blizzard, and then a high-angle back suplex on Noriko. It appears she’s targeting Blizzard, looking to perhaps finish him off and steal an elimination with her sudden introduction into the match…
But she’s blindsided by a big boot from Tommy Bedlam!! The Cowboy, having dealt with Reagan Cole with a sidewalk slam on the outside, looks to stamp his authority on the match by hoisting Lizzie up… and then planting her back down with an Olympic slam!!
Jean-Luc Watkins: "The Rough Ride!! Tommy Bedlam with a lateral press on Lizzie Rose…"
ONE… TWO… THREE!!
{ELIMINATION}Elimination #3: Lizzie Rose by Tommy Bedlam [pinfall] at 10:31.
Bedlam doesn’t get the chance to continue his attack, as a recovered Makima Snowmantashi again comes off the top rope, taking him down with a hurricanrana!!
Gerald Grayson: "Another picture-perfect aerial attack from Makima Snowmantashi. This young woman seems most at home in the skies. Just a shame she didn’t put a springboard on it. Everything can always be improved."
***
<< 14:38. >>
Al Blizzard battles Reagan Cole on the outside, with Al able to back Cole up with a series of alternating right hands and forearm strikes. He then connects with a running knee strike, before picking the Apprentice up and dragging his head into position between his legs.
Jean-Luc Watkins: "Al Blizzard going for another piledriver here, but this time on the outside… reversal from Reagan Cole! Back body drop!"
Gerald Grayson: "And now Reagan is looking to slap on his heel hook… he might not be able to beat Blizzard on the outside, but he can certainly wear him down. And with no countouts or disqualifications, Cole can do a lot of damage with that move…"
Allen Price: "I think Blizzard knows that, too, and he lashes out with a wild boot to the Apprentice, catching him in the face and gaining some separation…"
Jean-Luc Watkins: "And then a big boot from Al Blizzard! Reagan Cole goes down again on the outside!"
Al looks to follow up by dragging Cole up to his feet, and then into a fireman’s carry. He turns to face the crowd…
Where his eye catches a fan holding a sign. A simple and familiar sign: ‘BECOME HIM’.
Jean-Luc Watkins: "Al Blizzard letting himself get distracted, here. He drops Cole from his shoulders and takes a step towards this masked fan…"
Allen Price: "The same one we saw at Carnal Contendership?"
Jean-Luc Watkins: "Looks that way, Price…"
Al once more shouts angrily at the masked fan, just as he did in Nashville.
This time, though, unlike back in Nashville, the masked man lowers his sign… and then removes his mask…
Allen Price: "Who is that?!"
Some of the fans are alongside Allen Price in not quite knowing how to react to this reveal. Others though, do show shock and surprise at the man smirks at Blizzard.
Jean-Luc Watkins: "That’s… that’s Jason Quinn! Al Bliizard’s real life brother. He had a few matches on the British independent scene, and now he’s here in New Orleans!"
Allen Price: "I’m not sure Blizzard is too pleased about the reunion…"
Al’s face is indeed a concoction of emotions, quickly maturing from shock to anger. Blizzard looks as though he’s going to chase after this man, apparently his brother…
… when he’s blindsided by a chairshot from TYLER!!! Al hits the mat, and Jeffry Mason wastes no time in hoisting him, booting him in the midsection, and planting him on the outside with a piledriver!! A trio of officials are quickly between TYLER, Mason, and Blizzard, the three men in black and white ordering Cole’s accompaniment to the back.
Allen Price: "No disqualification means the British Apprentice won’t lose because of that intervention from TYLER and Jeffry, but the referees are sending them to the back. Great call! They’re not out here to interject themselves into the match."
Jean-Luc Watkins: "Thoughts, Gerald?"
Gerald Grayson: "What are you implying, Baby?"
As the officials enforce their decision, Reagan throws Al back into the ring (which is empty - Tommy being currently down and the two remaining women trading blows on the opposite side of the ringside area). He follows him in, stalking Blizzard as he rises to his feet… and then Cole nails him with a jumping superkick!!
Jean-Luc Watkins: "The British Apprentice connects with the Cole-Breaker after the distraction, and now he hooks the leg…"
ONE… TWO… THREE!
{ELIMINATION}Elimination #4: Al Blizzard by Reagan Cole [pinfall] at 17:03.
Cole is up to his feet and breathing heavily, and takes the opportunity to suck in some deep lung-fulls of oxygen… and doesn’t see the threat from above! Makima Snowmantashi springboards off the top rope, diving off with a west coast pop! She grabs both of Reagan Cole’s legs in a tight pin…
ONE… TWO… THREE!
{ELIMINATION}Elimination #5: Reagan Cole by Makima Snowmantashi [pinfall] at 17:35.
Reagan kicks out a little after three, and then remonstrates with the official about the call. Makima has no time to celebrate, having to duck a superkick attempt from Bedlam…
Jean-Luc Watkins: "Tommy going for the Buckshot but Makima ducks beneath it… springboards from the second rope… tornado DDT! Makima’s going for another elimination and hooks a leg…"
ONE… TWO… THR – NO!!
Bedlam kicks out!
***
<< 21:14. >>
Tommy Bedlam backs Makima up until the turnbuckles with a series of knife edge chops, then taking her by the wrist and whipping her into the opposite corner. The crowd gasps when Makima almost seems to run up to the top turnbuckle, before diving off it and taking down the charging Bedlam with a moonsault!!
Gerald Grayson: "Cat-like agility from Makima Snowmantashi!!"
Jean-Luc Watkins: "You sound impressed?"
Gerald Grayson: "How could I not be? Impressive debut performances from both Makima and Noriko here…"
Makima is once more climbing back up to the top rope, perhaps with another attack in mind for Bedlam… but she’s cut off at the pass by Noriko. She appears and nails Makima with a forearm, before climbing up to the second turnbuckle with her, applying a front facelock, and then superplexing her right on top of Tommy Bedlam!! Noriko pins Snowmantashi as Tommy rolls away…
ONE… TWO… THRE – NO!
Shoulder up from Makima! Noriko doesn’t let any frustration show, instead signifying that it’s over. She stalks Makima from the corner as she rises, and then comes in for the kill…
Jean-Luc Watkins: "Noriko Kaitomi is perhaps looking for a second Izanami of the match… BUCKSHOT!! TOMMY BEDLAM WITH THE BUCKSHOT!!"
Allen Price: "Out of nowhere!!"
Gerald Grayson: "And now the cover!! Tommy’s got her!!"
ONE… TWO… THREE!!
{ELIMINATION}Elimination #6: Noriko Kaitomi by Tommy Bedlam [pinfall] at 22:48.
Tommy drags himself up to his feet as Noriko rolls out of the ring. He watches her leave, perhaps unaware that Makima is also rising behind him. Tommy turns around as Snowmantashi charges in for a high knee…
Jean-Luc Watkins: "Makima Snowmantashi goes for Super Star Slayer… sidestepped by Bedlam… and he tries another Buckshot superkick… Makima ducks beneath it! SUPERKICK OF HER OWN!!"
Bedlam stumbles… Makima roars… she hits the ropes and goes for a leaping cross-body, but Tommy catches her! And then throws her overhead with a fallaway slam!! It’s Tommy’s turn to signify that the end is in sight. He drags Snowmantashi up in a front face lock, under-hooking both of her arms…
Jean-Luc Watkins: "Tommy looking to finish this one off with the Bull’s Eye… but another commotion at ringside! Someone’s hopped the barricade!"
Allen Price: "Not just someone! And not just one person, either!"
The camera cuts to ringside to pick up an interloper wearing a bright pink tracksuit. The young man has a smile on his face as he hops up onto the apron, threatening to climb through the ropes and approach Bedlam has he nears victory…
Jean-Luc Watkins: "That’s Harry the Sane Wizard!! Tommy Bedlam is forced to relinquish Makima, instead addressing this new threat… and Gerald Grayson has left the broadcast booth!"
Allen Price: "Indeed, the Daredevil appears to be remonstrating with Harry, and he pulls the young wizard down from the apron. Doesn’t look as though Grayson wants the Nephews getting involved in the culmination of this one…"
Jean-Luc Watkins: "There’s never only one, though…"
Indeed, Uncle J.J. JAY! has slid into the ring behind Tommy, holding a championship belt…
Jean-Luc Watkins: "That’s Michelle’s FWA World Tag Team Championship in the hands of COSMIC HORROR! Gerald’s is right here on our desk…"
Allen Price: "And he clocks Tommy Bedlam with the gold!! The Nephews have had recent history with Tommy Bedlam… but do they really want the Cowboy out of tag team contention this much?"
Jean-Luc Watkins: "I think it’s more to do with who they do want to win this match, given what went down between the holder of that very championship belt and Makima’s father a couple of days ago in Japan…"
Speaking of Makima, Baby Kaiju wastes no time at all in heading straight back towards the top rope…
Jean-Luc Watkins: "SNOWFALL!!"
Snowmantashi connects with the moosault, and then hooks the far leg…
ONE… TWO… THREE!
{RESULT}Winner: Makima Snowmantashi, last eliminating Tommy Bedlam by pinfall at 25:58.
Snowmantashi’s breathing is heavy as she rolls off Tommy and rises into a seated position. The crowd is appreciative of her efforts in what is a strong debut showing.
Natalie Rosenberg: "Here is your winner… ‘the Last Twinkle in the Sky’... Makima SNOWMANTASHI!!"
Uncle has retreated from the ring and has reassembled with Harry and Gerald, the latter looking quite perturbed at how the finish went down. Snowmantashi narrows her eyes in their direction before lifting herself up to her feet.
Jean-Luc Watkins: "An impressive debut outing for ‘Baby Kaiju’, who sets up a tag team title shot next week against Gerald Grayson and the woman who will face her father in Mexico City at Back in Business."
Allen Price: "And Makima will, of course, have to pick a tag team partner with whom to face the Connection in Texas. With that big match you mentioned between Dreamer and kaiju in July, perhaps we’ll see a real family pairing going up against the Nephews?"
Jean-Luc Watkins: "Wouldn’t want to speculate, Price. But if tonight’s anything to go by, Makima takes after her old man, and the Connection has a lot to worry about…"
{’Sonne’ || Rammstein}[MEDIA=youtube]YtEWoavDlcM[/MEDIA]
Alyster Black steps out from behind the curtain wearing something rather unusual, instead of his typical ring gear he is wearing a plain black t-shirt and jeans, along with his signature mask. Even with his less than familiar attire, the NOLA crowd is still familiar with him and they shower him with jeers. He saunters down toward the ring with his head held high at a brisk pace, he’s here for a purpose and he wants to get it over with ASAP.
Allen Price: “This crowd is merciless tonight. Still, Alyster Black looks determined, at least as determined as a man wearing a mask can look.”
Jean-Luc Watkins: “I suppose this means Black Jesus watched Meltdown, or at least heard what weasleperson, or should I say Zachary Kazadi had to say to him.”
Allen Price: “Do you think he’ll accept weaselperson’s challenge Jean-Luc?”
Jean-Luc Watkins: “He’d be a coward not to Allen, it would go against all of Alyster Black’s principals.”
Alyster takes a microphone from Natalie Rosenberg and ascends the ring steps before stepping through the ropes and settling in the back right corner. He waits for the crowd to die down before tapping the microphone and then speaking.
Alyster Black: “First of all, fuck NOLA and fuck Devin Golden!”
The crowd goes insane, pelting the ring with trash as Alyster gleefully encourages them. It takes a few more moments for them to calm down so that he can continue.
Alyster Black: “You think I give a shit about you booing me? I’ve seen what makes you people cheer!”
The booing intensifies as Alyster shouts obscenities back at the crowd. He catches a full water bottle that’s been tossed at him from out of the air and throws it back, whether he hits someone or not remains to be seen.
Alyster Black: “You pricks were cheering me at Lights Out? What the fuck happened? Is this just because of Devin Golden? YOU FUCKING MARKS!”
A “You’re Gonna Get Your Fuckin’ Chest Carved In” chant breaks out through the crowd and all Alyster can do is bask in it, raising his arms to his side and throwing his head back. Satisfied with having gotten under these cretin’s skin.
Alyster Black: “Right, suppose I’d better let you all in on what’s going on with ol’ Black Jesus. There’s rumours flying around that need to be addressed pronto before they get out of hand. First and foremost, I have to acknowledge the weasel in the room, and that is my recent string of failures. It’s no secret that I’ve lost everything that I care about in the last year. My best friend died, then came back and was promptly kidnapped. His protege, someone who helped fill the void of his absence, hates my guts because she thinks I’m not trying to get him back from the group of maniacs that have taken him prisoner. I failed to dethrone Danny Toner, and when I finally did become World Champion I immediately lost the title in my first defence to a man who definitely makes the top three on my all time most hated rivals list. Then after going undefeated in the F1 Climaxxx I blew it all in the semi-finals against a man who had already been eliminated from the tournament.
“On the bright side, I broke the record for longest X Championship reign. But immediately after I lost that title and part of my soul at King of the Deathmatch when Danny Toner dressed up like me and cost me my first round match against the man who has kidnapped my best friend in the whole wide world. And to top off the pile of shit that is the last year of my life…I entered the Carnal Contendership with dreams of winning and main eventing Back in Business against my current tag team partner and best friend Chris Peacock. We all saw how that turned out didn’t we?”
Alyster pauses as the crowd seems to become a little uncomfortable at the former World and X Champion detailing the last year of his FWA in the most negative way possible.
Alyster Black: “I have too many people on my hit list right now. Danny Toner, The Buddy System, The Connection, my good buddy Chris Peacock, and even Shawn Summers.”
Black Jesus gives pause at the mention of that name, the crowd begin to boo again, but whether it's for him or Summers you can’t be sure.
Alyster Black: “Seriously, fuck Shawn Summers. He’s a gimmick stealing cretin and lucky that Danny Toner took me out of the King of the Death Match tournament because I can assure you that Black/Summers 3 would have ended with a death and it wouldn’t have been mine.”
There’s a mild pop at the shade thrown at Alyster’s forever rival that is quickly drowned out by more deafening boos for the masked man himself.
Alyster Black: “Too many people who want a piece of me, or deserve to get their ass kicked by me. Too many people who have made things personal or hold something that belongs to me. The Connection has the World Tag Team Championship that I promised my good friend Chris Peacock that I would deliver to him. Chris has the World Championship that I feel belongs to me, because, and I can say this because we’re friends; Chris, you ducked me in the F1 and we both know I would have beat you. Now, we’re going to have to wait until I can hold the threat of a Golden Opportunity cash-in over your head to have our friendly fight.”
Unsure of how to react, the crowd is mixed with cheers at Alyster calling Chris out and boos for both of them.
Alyster Black: “Danny Toner, you’ve taken my identity, my dignity, and my pride. All the time I’ve spent dealing with you has been a living nightmare and truth be told, if I could do it all again, I would avoid fighting you. It just wasn’t worth the pain.”
“And as for The Buddy System; I hope you’re watching Jeremey Best because this is a fair warning. I don’t need to intervene with your kidnapping plot. Violet Dreyer is a monster and she’s bloomed from an incompetent cheat into a violent and sadistic combatant. She has spent the last year watching me defend the X Championship and she has learned a thing or two, and now you fucked up and made things personal so she has a chance to apply that new found knowledge and you are in for a world of hurt.”
“But that isn’t what I need to warn you about. No, what you need to watch out for is that Moustachioed imp you have in your clutches. He won’t stay docile forever Jeremey, he will wake up and when he does, that will mean the end of you.”
A promise of Krash’s hopeful future isn’t enough to turn the NOLA faithful to Alyster’s side, not that he cares. He’s used to this.
Alyster Black: “Now, having said all of that. What does the future hold for Alyster Black? I’ll tell you, my Back in Business hopes were tied to the Carnal Contendership. I lost fair and square, just like Cyrus lost the F1 fair and square. But unlike Cyrus Truth I won’t accept charity from Jon Russnow and allow myself to be inserted into the World Championship match at Back in Business. I’ve got too much pride, unlike Cyrus Truth. So you all can enjoy watching him get decimated by my good pal Chris Peacock.”
“It seems like everything and everyone I care about is all tied up at Back in Business. What’s left for me?”
He gives pause, allowing the crowd time to murmur amongst themselves and offer answers. A “weaselperson” chant begins to build through the crowd, the sound of barking can be heard. Alyster simply shakes his head.
Alyster Black: “Absolutely nothing of merit at all. So until something important comes up like say…an FWA World Tag Team Championship match…then I will fight exclusively for CDW! Later gators.”
The crowd is left disappointed as Alyster drops the microphone and takes his exit. Leaving to a chorus of boos, but instead of going back up the ramp he hops the barricade and exits through the crowd, flipping them all off as he practically fights his way out of the building.
Jean-Luc Watkins: “Wait a second, he just ignored Kazadi’s challenge!”
Allen Price: “Didn’t you hear him Jean-Luc? All of his potential Back in Business opponents are preoccupied at the moment. Every important match has been denied to Alyster Black.”
Jean-Luc Watkins: “Alyster Black versus Zachary Kazadi is a dream match Allen, and if Alyster is half the warrior he claims to be then he should accept the match!”
Allen Price: “Kazadi is barking up the wrong tree Jean-Luc, Alyster has more important things to worry about than potential dream matches.”
Jean-Luc Watkins: “Then Alyster had better get used to the sound of barking because I don’t imagine weaselperson will stop until he gets the fight he wants.”
Jean-Luc Watkins: ”In our second bout of the night we’ll see two competitors that qualified for the Golden Opportunity match. The returning KATSU, who after a brief sabbatical, returned at Carnal Contendership with a refreshed manner, and finished fourth in the CC will take on the man that finished fifth, Jackson Fenix. Fenix is in the midst of trying to turn a new leaf and showed a lot of promise with surprising performance in the CC.”
Allen Price: ”I don’t think anyone expected that performance out of Fenix. I spoke with him after he was eliminated, and I think he himself is even surprised by it all. He’s definitely shining with this new outlook he has.”
Jean-Luc Watkins: ”You can’t forget about KATSU, who is fresh off of a return and looks more focused and reinvigorated! She showed that she hasn’t missed a beat since her time away and she gave a spectacular performance! And she’s no doubt in a bad mood after she welcomed her Ground Zero student El Vengador into FWA on Meltdown only to have him attack her!”
{BOW DOWN || I PREVAIL}[MEDIA=youtube]n2EjeMx4bSg[/MEDIA]
There’s a nice pop as the familiar music hits and once it gets going, Jackson Fenix walks out on stage and following behind him is Nate Savage. Jackson soaks in the adulation from the fans and postures for them while Nate is still not as used to it as he shakes his head, but he lets Jackson have his fun.
Natalie Rosenberg: ”The following contest is set for one fall with a twenty-minute-time-limit! Introducing first, being accompanied by Nate Savage, from Los Angeles, California and weighing in at 210 lb…Jackson Fenix!”
Allen Price: ”I gotta tell you Jean-Luc, it’s still a bit odd to see such a positive reception for Jackson Fenix and even for Nate Savage for that matter.”
Jean-Luc Watkins: ”It’s different, I’ll give you that, Price. Although it appears as though Nate still doesn’t share the same feelings toward the fans as Jackson does now, the fans are doing their best to try to change his mind on the matter. Speaking of Nate, it looks like he’ll be joining us here at the desk.”
Nate shared a fist bump with Jackson before joining Jean-Luc and Price. The sound of him putting on a headset is heard as he takes a seat.
Jean-Luc Watkins: ”Nate, to what do we owe the pleasure?”
Nate Savage: ”Well, I’m here to watch my best friend so I thought I’d sit down and call a little action with you two. To be honest, I’ve always kind of wanted to do this.”
Allen Price: ”Welcome to the desk, Nate!”
Nate Savage: ”You know what? Jackson likes you so I’ll be nice to you for him.”
Allen Price: ”Oh, well I appreciate that.”
{メギツネ - MEGITSUNE || BABYMETAL}[MEDIA=youtube]cK3NMZAUKGw[/MEDIA]
The lights of the arena flash a light red as cherry petals fall on the big screen. The camera zooms in towards the entrance area as some smoke builds. After about thirteen seconds Katsu makes her way out, her cape flowing behind her, showing her Kitsune inspired mask. She basks in the red spotlight as fire shoots up from the side of the stage, her arms crossed in front of her with an “X,” hands doing the “wolf-head” gesture. The Huntress spins around and does a throat slashing gesture with her pointer finger as the flames shoot higher before making her way down the ramp.
Natalie Rosenberg: "Introducing their opponent, representing YOKAI Death Squad, from Osaka, Japan, she is the Kitsune Warrior, KAAATSUUUU!!!"
Moving down the ramp at a somewhat quick pace, Katsu removes her entrance mask to show her regular one and she gives a small head tilt while holding it next to her head. Going around the ring, she hands her mask to a younger fan before sliding onto the apron. One hand on the ropes, she opens up her cape and closes her eyes, keeping a calm aura to her. She quickly drops down into the splits then slides into the ring.
Heading to the nearest corner turnbuckles, Katsu climbs up them and puts one foot on the top rope. She does another throat slash before holding her finger down in an “M” formation. Heading down, she leans down in a superhero-like pose, holding her arms in an “X” in front of her chest. Katsu’s hands again have the wolf gesture before she spins around and heads to her corner.
Allen Price: ”Quite the impressive entrance from the newly refreshed Katsu!”
Nate Savage: ”It was okay.”
Jean-Luc Watkins: ”Not a fan of Katsu, I take it?”
Nate Savage: ”Oh, I have nothing against her personally, but she’s going against my best friend so I will be a skosh bias”
Jean-Luc Watkins: ”Fair enough.”
Referee Larry Stevens checks both competitors and then calls for the bell… DING! DING! DING!
***
<< 04:18. >>
The crowd fairly evenly split with supporters for both competitors in this contest. Katsu holds out her fist and Jackson returns the gesture with fist bump for Katsu, and the fans applaud them out of respect. Katsu and Jackson begin to circle each other for a bit before Jackson holds his hand up and motions for Katsu to grab hold of it. Katsu grabs hold of one hand and she holds out her free hand, and Jackson grabs hold out of that.
Jean-Luc Watkins: ”It appears that we have a test of strength to start things off here!”
Nate Savage: ”Not what I expected to be honest, but let's see how this goes.”
Jackson pushes forward using his strength but Katsu powers through it and pushes forward on Jackson. Jackson pushes back up and forward again, and Katsu’s back is bending backward but she instinctively falls back and counters into a monkey flip that sends Jackson flying across the ring!
Jean-Luc Watkins: ”Katsu outsmarted Jackson on that exchange and she sent him across the ring with a nice monkey flip!”
Nate Savage: ”Come on, Jack!”
Fenix kips up and he swings wildly but Katsu catches him with an arm drag! Jackson springs back to his feet and swings again, but this time Katsu ducks underneath and gets him from behind in a rear waistlock. Katsu attempts a german suplex, but Fenix blocks it and spins out behind her and he’s the one with a rear waistlock on her and he doesn’t miss a beat as he hits Katsu with a snap dragon suplex! He quickly follows that up with a bicycle knee that finds its mark and Jackson drops down to hook the leg…
One…NO!
Jean-Luc Watkins: ”Fenix with the Double Shot but it wasn’t enough to keep Katsu down for the count! With that though, Fenix is in the driver’s seat now.”
***
<< 07:33. >>
Fenix is in control now as he quickly applies a rest hold headlock, and keeps it applied for several seconds before Katsu finds a way to slip out of it. Katsu drives several back elbows to the midsection and she has Fenix stunned. Katsu fires off a barrage of forearm and elbow strikes that leave Fenix even more stunned. She has him on the ropes now and lights up his chest with several knife edge chops! Katsu then sends him toward the opposite ropes and catches him in the chest with a roundhouse kick! This allows Katsu to strike with a standing spanish fly! Katsu isn’t through yet though as she runs the ropes and hits a springboard moonsault on Fenix and immediately goes in for the cover…
One…TWO-NO!
Jean-Luc Watkins: ”Katsu now has control and has dominated Fenix this last minute or so, but he’s still in this!”
Nate Savage: ”Not the first time Jackson has been dominated by a woman”
Allen Price: ”…”
Jean-Luc Watkins: ”...”
Katsu brings Fenix up in a front facelock and drills him more with some forearm strikes as she drags him toward the corner. She goes to light him up with more knife edge chops, and she gets a few shots in but Fenix blocks one and counters by turning the tables on Katsu by putting her in the corner now.
Fenix unloads on Katsu with a few forearm strikes of his own in the corner before he sizes her up and connects with a running corner clothesline! He places the dazed Katsu up top in a seated position and he climbs up to join her, but Katsu does her best to fend him off with some punches and kicks that sends Fenix down to the mat. Katsu bides her time as Fenix is getting back to his feet, and Katsu leaps off with a crossbody but Fenix catches her mid-air and hoists her up on his shoulders before dropping her with a fireman’s carry neckbreaker!
Fenix with a cover now…
One…TWO-NO!
***
<< 11:08. >>
Jean-Luc Watkins: ”Fenix with an incredible counter into that fireman’s carry neckbreaker, but just not enough to keep Katsu down!”
Nate Savage: ”I thought he had her there!”
Allen Price: ”Katsu is resilient and won’t stay down so easily.”
Jackson is sizing her up now and he’s signaling for his signature superkick..
Allen Price: ”Jackson readying up for Superkick Me Baby One More Time!”
Jean-Luc Watkins: ”Such an absurd name for a superkick.”
Nate Savage: ”You’re an absurd name for a superkick!”
Katsu is up and Jackson goes for it, but Katsu catches his boot before he can make contact and she spins him around and counters with a bridging german suplex!
One…two…THREE-NO!
Jean-Luc Watkins: ”Fenix missed the mark and paid dearly for it!”
Katsu sends Fenix toward the ropes and he avoids a dropkick by her, and he goes for a clothesline off the rebound but she ducks it and she catches Fenix with a hurricanrana into the middle rope where has him set up…Sakura Kick!
Jean-Luc Watkins: ”Katsu with the Sakura Kick and she’s closing in on a victory here as she’s ascending to the top…NIGHTFALL! She gets all of that Phoenix Splash!”
Katsu hooks the leg after hitting the Phoenix Splash…
One…two…THREE!
{RESULT}Winner: Katsu by pinfall at 12:18.
Natalie Rosenberg: ”The winner of the match…KATSU!”
The sound of a headset being thrown down can be heard and Savage storms away from the desk to go check on his friend.
Jean-Luc Watkins: ”Katsu is the victor here and clearly Nate Savage is not a happy camper after watching his friend come up short, but Jackson has nothing to be ashamed of with his showing tonight. He hung up there and kept up with Katsu, but in the end she’s the one with her hand raised.”
Allen Price: ”Since he’s gone I guess it’s safe for me to say that there’s irony that Katsu beat Fenix with a Phoenix Splash…”
Jean-Luc Watkins: ”I don’t think it was intentional, Price, but good catch there and wise move on waiting for our guest to depart.”
Savage is in the ring and checks on Jackson. Nate begins to help Jackson to his feet and is about to help him leave when Katsu stops them. Katsu holds out her fist for another fist bump and Fenix returns the gesture in kind and gives her curt nod before exiting the ring with Nate and allows Katsu to have her moment.
Jean-Luc Watkins: ”We have more spectacular action on the way wrestling fans, don’t go away!”
An advert shows for Back in Business, on July 16th and 17th from Mexico City, prominently featuring the FWA World Champion Chris Peacock and the Carnal Contendership winner Cyrus Truth.
{STUPID INTRUDERS|| THE VINCENT BLACK SHADOW}[MEDIA=youtube]qR_440CbQZM[/MEDIA]
The crowd gives a warm reaction for “The Dastardly Dreyer” Violet Dreyer as she makes her way out from the back, a scowl on her face, displaying her disdain for everything that has happened in the recent weeks between her and her opponent tonight. You can definitely tell she’s coming out tonight and she’s ready to fight.
Natalie Rosenberg: "Ladies and gentlemen, the following match is scheduled for one fall with a twenty minute time limit! Introducing first, from Sydney, Australia… weighing in at one hundred, forty one pounds…. “That Dastardly Drewyer”.... VVVVVVIIIOOOOOOOOOLET DDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDRRRRRRRRREYER!”
Allen Price: "Goodness, you cann she is not in a good mood, can’t you, JL?”
Jean-Luc Watkins: "And who can blame her? She’s been on a mission to save her friend and mentor Krash from the clutches of that weirdo Jeremy Best, but things have not exactly gone her way. Thanks to Bryan Baxter, Jeremy bested her in the King of the Deathmatch and while she was on hand for Carnal Contendership, she was unable to get her hands on Jeremy thanks to FWA security.”
Allen Price: "And that would explain why this match has been made here tonight. Violet Dreyer technically doesn’t even have a FWA contract but she’s been granted this match tonight becaus, let’s face it, it’s what the people want to see.”
Jean-Luc Watkins: "Jeremy Best get what’s coming to him? Absolutely they do.”
Violet wastes no time, marching down to the ring and sliding in through the bottom rope before hopping. It’s all business for Dryer as she stares down the entrance way.
{YOU’VE GOT A FRIEND IN ME (SLOW TEMPO)|| L’ORCHESTRA CINEMATIQUE}[MEDIA=youtube]vQ6uu6wH6Uw[/MEDIA]
Boos fill the arena as the lights in the arena dim. The camera zooms to the entrance way, awaiting for Jeremy Best to emerge.
Natalie Rosenberg: "And her opponent, being accompanied to the ring by Big Bry….
Natalie is interrupted as a member of FWA staff hands a piece of paper to her. She pauses to read it and noticeably rolls her eyes.
Natalie Rosenberg: "And her opponent, being accompanied to the ring by Big Bryan Baxter… AND… his hero… his BFF… the one and only… the legendary… KRASH….
Jean-Luc Watkins: "Oh come on! How many times is he going to do this fake reveal? We saw Krash on Meltdown, he’s in no shape to be on television!”
The crowd also isn’t buying it as they just boo louder as Jeremy Best and his own glorious mustache walks out alongside his partner and friend North American Champion Bryan Baxter. But they are definitely not alone. Joining them is a man, who while looking around the same stature as Krash, is wearing a mask to hide his true identity. The mask is white and features a prominent design of a handlebar mustache on it. The masked man waves with enthusiasm alongside Jeremy, who also waves to the jeering audience.
Natalie Rosenberg: "...from Friendship, North Carolina, weighing in at one hundred, eighty pounds… “Your New Best Friend” JEREMY BEST!
In the ring, Violet is not amused as she sees Jeremy and this masked “Krash” walking side by side, waving to each side of the ring as they make their way out while Bryan Baxter stalks behind them, just being his intimidating self as he holds the North American championship around his shoulder.
Jean-Luc Watkins: "Yeah, no one is buying this at all.”
Allen Price: "But… how do we know for sure it ISN’T Krash under there?”
Jean-Luc Watkins: "You can’t be serious. Of course it’s not.”
Allen Price: "I know, I know, it’s probably not. BUT WHAT IF? What if Jeremy has brainwashed him.”
Jean-Luc Watkins: "What if we all get abducted by aliens tonight? You’re being absurd, Price. Jeremy has proven to be a delusional nutcase and this is just another example of him living in his own world.”
Jeremy, Bryan, and “Krash” climb into the ring. Violet looks like she wants to go right after Jeremy right away, but the imposing Bryan Baxter immediately steps in between them, causing her to wisely back off for the time being as Jeremy asks for the microphone.
Jeremy Best: "Violet! Violet! Look! It’s KRASH! He’s here! He’s right here!”
Violet stares at Jeremy, not even giving him the time of day to acknowledge the masked imposter in the ring. “Krash” tries to run over and give Violet a hug, but she shoves him to the ground. “FUCK OFF!” she can be heard yelling off mic.
Jeremy Best: "Now that wasn’t very nice. That’s no way to treat your teacher!”
Jeremy offers a hand to “Krash,” helping him back to his feet and pulling him in for a hug, cradling his head in the embrace.
Jeremy Best: "It’s okay, buddy, it’s okay. Jeremy’s here.”
Jeremy caresses the back of “Krash’s” mask, consoling him after Violet’s rejection.
Jean-Luc Watkins: "This… is making me uncomfortable…”
Jeremy Best: "Violet… this isn’t what Krash wants. Maybe the mask is throwing you off, but you have to understand… Krash hasn’t been in front of thousands of fans… millions watching home on TV… the lights… the cameras… the anxiety was getting to him. He hasn’t wanted to come back yet because of it. But then I had the idea for the mask and it seems to help! Now he can be on TV with us again! And Violet, he doesn’t want us to fight. He wants us to all just get along. He wants us to all be one big happy family. So whaddaya say? Let’s forget this whole nonsense? Come join the Friendship Wrestling Alliance… it’s what Krash wants.”
Jeremy walks towards the center of the ring. Baxter stops him, asking him if he’s sure. Jeremy nods and Bryan willingly steps out of the way, getting rid of the barrier between him and Violet. Jeremy extends his arm, offering a handshake to Violet Dryer.
Violet walks to the middle of the ring and eyes Jeremy’s hand. She then looks over to the masked “Krash” cowering in the corner. She shakes her head and begins to extend her own hand towards Jeremy’s… but stops, turns it up and gives Jeremy the middle finger to a huge pop from the New Orleans fans.
Allen Price: "There’s your answer! And it’s a definitive one!”
Jeremy shakes his head frantically in disbelief but Violet swings and punches him right across the face! Jeremy drops to the mat as Bryan Baxter goes after Violet, but referee Richard Davis quickly intercepts Baxter! Davis directs traffic, threatening to DQ Best before the match even gets underway. Baxter and “Krash” both leave the ring as things can officially get underway.
Jeremy rubs his face from that punch from Voilet but he can’t get up before Violet goes right after him, tackling him back down to the ground and unleashes a barrage of punches to Jeremy before wrapping both of her hands around his throat, choking him blatantly, right in front of the FWA official. She has to be warned repeatedly of the choking before she finally releases her grip on Jeremy’s pencil neck after a four count.
Violet only briefly backs off because as soon as Jeremy tries to start to get up, she begins to repeatedly stomp on his back and sides. Jeremy tries to escape the onslaught, crawling his way towards the corner but Violet follows him in, stomping a mudhole into Jeremy up against the turnbuckles.
Jean-Luc Watkins: "Violet unleashing a gargantuan amount of aggression on Jeremy Best! And what a sight it is to see!”
<< 02:12. >>
Jeremy finds himself up against the ropes, trying to withstand the continued hard hitting offense of Dreyers. Violet charges in towards Jeremy, but Jeremy grabs the top rope, dropping down to pull rope down and sends Violet spilling to the outside. Best begins to complain to the referee about Violet’s ruthless attacks, while Baxter comes over and blindsides Violet from behind as she was getting back to her feet at ringside!
Baxter then grabs Violet tossing her shoulder first into the steel ring post! The fans at ringside let Baxter have it but he doesn’t appear to be done as he grabs Violet by the mohawk and begins to pull her up… but the masked “Krash” steps in! He shakes his head at Baxter!
Jean-Luc Watkins: "What is going on here? That imposter is preventing Baxter from further damage… and Bryan is actually… backing off!”
Allen Price: "Of course! Krash wouldn’t want any serious damage to Violet! Maybe it really is Kr…”
Jean-Luc Watkins: "Please don’t finish that sentence.”
Baxter does in fact back off, as “Krash” takes Violet by the arm and begins to help her up, but Violet shoves the masked man away, clearly not interested in the help of her phony friend. She instead clutches her shoulder and slides into the ring herself but is met with boots to that shoulder from Jeremy.
<< 05:33. >>
The action continues in the ring as Jeremy has focused his efforts on that shoulder of Violet, wearing her down. Jeremy pulls her to the ropes, wrapping that right arm around the bottom rope and yanking back violently on the arm, continuing to apply pressure. The referee steps in, since Violet is technically in the ropes so Jeremy backs off, still wanting to adhere to the rules… but he does come back and give Violet a swift kick to the shoulder while her arm is still tied up in the rope.
Violet begins trying to pull herself up, but Jeremy takes her by the right arm and takes her down with an armdrag before dropping a legdrop across the shoulder and then he locks in the Friendship Bracelet!
Jean-Luc Watkins: “Ever since Baxter helped him out by sending her into that ringpost, Jeremy’s offense has been very targeted on that shoulder. And with the damage he’s dished out to it so far, I’m not so sure how much of the Friendship Bracelet she will be able to withstand!”
Her screams of agony showcase the pain, but luckily for Dreyer, Jeremy had applied the submission in less than optimal ring position and she is able to wiggle her foot under the ropes and Jeremy is forced to break up the hold. Again, Jeremy releases immediately.
<< 07:06. >>
Jeremy continues to control the offense as he sends Violet into the turnbuckles and rushes in with a running shotgun dropkick right to her chest. The New Orleans crowd begins to rally, cheering in support to try and get Violet back into the match. That includes “Krash” at ringside, who plays to the crowd wanting them to support her friend. Bryan Baxter walks over and shoves the masked man. ”What are you doing?!” he shouts at her and the masked man simply shrugs.
Back in the ring, Jeremy positions Violet up onto the top turnbuckle before climbing up to the middle rope. He begins to hook her for a superplex, but with the crowd getting behind her, Violet does start to battle back! She fights off Best with some punches, sending Jeremy down off ropes. Best tries to come back in for an attack but Violet boots him in the face, sending him staggering before she leaps off and catches Best by the head…
Molotov Cocktail tornado DDT!
Violet is slow to recover but she does roll over and make the cover!
One! Two! Kickout!
Jean-Luc Watkins: "It’s just a nearfall but that may have been what Violet needed to swing the momentum back in her favor!’
Allen Price: "Look at how happy that masked man seems at ringside! I dunno JL…”
Jean-Luc Watkins: "No, Price! No! Don’t buy into Jeremy’s mindgames!”
<< 09:17. >>
Violet’s momentum continues as she grabs Jeremy in a rear headlock and then jumps between the middle and top rope, smashing Jeremy’s head into the middle turnbuckle with a running bulldog, the Mohawk Missle! Jeremy falls backwards to the mat as Violet ascends the turnbuckles herself…
ROOFTOP RIOT!
BUT JEREMY ROLLS OUT OF THE WAY!
Dreyer hit her shoulder hard on the canvas. She rolls to her side, clutching it in pain as Jeremy gets back up to his feet. Best stumbles over to Violet as she begins to try and get up, making it up to her knees as Jeremy begins to unleash his Friendly Fire kick combinations, each stiff kick from Jeremy landing squarely on that right shoulder.
Best looks to measure up Dreyer to finish off the Friendly Fire with a spinkick, but instead… he stops. Jeremy walks over and kneels down with her as she is struggling to even keep herself held up on her knees. The camera zooms in close and we can overhear Jeremy speaking to her. “We can still stop this,” Jeremy tells her. “We can be friends.”
Jeremy pulls Violet back up to her feet, having to support her weight and keep her from falling back over, but Jeremy pulls her in and hugs her as the arena fills with boos.
But Dryer doesn’t return the hug, instead she KNEES JEREMY RIGHT BETWEEN THE LEGS!
Jean-Luc Watkins: "I don’t think she’s changed her mind.”
Allen Price: “That blow looked a little… low… to me, how about you, JL?”
Jean-Luc Watkins: "Yeah and she’s getting a bit of a warning from the official but I don’t think she cares to much!”
<< 12:23. >>
Jeremy finds himself in trouble now as the low blow had fired her up and she had Jeremy on the ropes, once again unleashing a fast paced barrage of punches and kicks, working Jeremy over in the corner. Sensing his partner was in trouble, Bryan Baxter climbed the apron providing a distraction…
But Violet springboards to the ropes and hits an enziguri to Baxter! Baxter holds onto the ropes as Violet drops to her knees by the ropes and… PUNCHES BAXTER RIGHT IN THE DICK!
BBB drops down to the floor, bending over and clutching his groin in pain as “Krash” rushes over to check on him…
Meanwhile Jeremy stumbles out of the corner into the waiting Violet who lifts him up…
DEADBEAT DERBY!
Jean-Luc Watkins: "She did it! I think she’s got him! Violet Dreyer is going to pull this off!”
Violet’s eyes grow wide as she realizes this is her chance…
But she doesn’t go for the pin…
Allen Price: “Wait, what is she doing? This is your chance, Violet! Take it!”
Instead, she sits down behind Jeremy… and sits him up… placing her hands across Jeremy’s shoulders…
AND APPLIES THE DREYER KNOT!
Jeremy IMMEDIATELY TAPS!
{RESULT}Winner: Violet Dreyer by submission at 14:03.
The crowd is ecstatic to see Violet pick up the huge win, cheering her on while she continues to have the Dreyer Knot applied to Jeremy in the ring.
Natalie Rosenberg: ”The winner of the match… Violet Dreyer!”
Jean-Luc Watkins: “Violet has to be careful here, she doesn’t want to have the decision reversed…”
But in the ring, Violet doesn’t seem to care. She wants to dish out more punishment to Jeremy. She wants to cause him more pain. However, the masked “Krash” climbs into the ring and confronts Violet, seemingly asking her to stop.
This does get her to stop, as she lets go of Jeremy and stands up to go toe to toe with this masked man. “Krash” mimics Jeremy’s actions from pre-match as he holds his hand, hoping for a handshake… but once again Violet isn’t interested and instead blasts the masked man with an elbow to the side of the face, once again firing up the crowd!
Violet takes him to the mat with a double leg takedown and mounts the masked man, raining down some punches before she reaches to the mask and begins working on the laces to untie it…
CRACK!
Big Bryan Baxter from behind, armed with a steel chair, smacks Violet across her right shoulder! Dreyer drops to the mat beside the masked man, who quickly scurries away from her as Baxter moves in. Baxter lifts the chair up and drives the top of the chair down repeatedly across the shoulder.
Jean-Luc Watkins: “Come on! The match is over! Violet won and didn’t even have a chance to enjoy her hard fought victory!”
Jeremy Best slowly gets to his feet with the help of “Krash.” Jeremy sees what Bryan is doing and he puts his hands over the eye holes of the masked man’s mask. He then turns them both away, as Jeremy can be heard off mic. ”We don’t want to watch what’s about to happen.”
Bryan unfolds the chair only to fold it back, but not before sliding Violet’s right arm into the chair, all the way up to her shoulder.
Allen Price: “Oh dear… this doesn’t look good…”
Jean-Luc Watkins: “See, no way there real Krash let’s this happen!”
Bryan drags Violet towards the ropes and begins to climb to the top turnbuckle, eyeing that chair wrapped shoulder..
Jean-Luc Watkins: “Three hundred plus pounds is about to come crashing down on that shoulder and chair…”
Allen Price: “I can’t watch…”
Just as it looks like Bryan is about to come down, the attention of the crowd is diverted. Cheers begin to roll through the audience as Mike Parr rushes out from the back.
Jean-Luc Watkins: “Now wait just a minute! Mike Parr is here! The Number One Contender for Bryan Baxter’s North American Championship!”
Baxter sees Parr coming, jumps down off the turnbuckle as Parr slides into the ring and goes right after Baxter. Baxter fires back and the two are exchanging blows left and right until Parr begins to get the upper hand and clotheslines BBB over the top rope to the floor!
Baxter lands on his feet, reaches into the ring and pulls Parr’s legs out from under him and pulls him to ringside, but Parr once again fights back! The two Back in Business opponents slug it out, Parr working Baxter toward the aisle.
Allen Price: “I’m not sure Mike Parr had much interest in saving Violet Dreyer as he did getting his hands on Bryan Baxter… but for one am glad he showed up anyway.”
Jeremy Best turns back around along with “Krash.” He notices that Bryan is gone looks down at Violet, who is clearly in agonizing pain but has been spared from Baxter, she has managed to pull her arm free from the chair.
Jean-Luc Watkins: “I agree, Price. Violet may really owe Parr one. No matter what his true intentions were. A lot of damage has been done… but it could have been much worse.”
Jeremy paces the ring before he takes “Krash” by the arm and starts to leave, but freezes as he steps through the ropes. He steps back into the ring and turns to look at Voilet.
A twisted smile crosses his face.
Allen Price: “What now..?”
Jeremy walks back over to Voilet… and he picks the chair up himself.
He turns to look at “Krash.”
Turn back around, he instructs. The masked man obeys, turning around and holding his hands over his eyes once again. Jeremy lifts the chair up…
AND CRACKS IT DOWN ACROSS VIOLET'S SHOULDER AGAIN!
Allen Price: “Jeremy! No!”
AND AGAIN!
Jeremy stops. He looks down at Violet. The friendly face we’ve come to know is gone. He was enjoying this.
And he isn’t done yet.
Jeremy lifts the chair up one more time…
{BOW DOWN || I PREVAIL}[MEDIA=youtube]n2EjeMx4bSg[/MEDIA]
Jeremy stops in his tracks and turns to the entrance way. The fans come alive, which isn’t the normal reaction to this music, but they are clearly happy to see JACKSON FENIX running out from the back!
Jean-Luc Watkins: “I never thought I’d hear that kind of reaction for Jackson Fenix! These two are no strangers and Jeremy doesn’t seem too thrilled to see his former friend.”
Jeremy stops in his tracks, seeing his former Undisputed Amigos partner making his way out, rather quickly and looking quite serious. Best backs up a bit, standing with “Krash” as Jackson climbs into the ring and is requesting a microphone.
Jackson Fenix: “Enough, Jeremy, enough! I can’t take this anymore. I can’t stand by any longer and watch you do this!”
The crowd responds to this with some cheers. Jeremy and “Krash” have exited the ring but they remain outside of the ring. Meanwhile, Violet is being helped by more officials but she refuses the help and leaves on her own.
Jackson Fenix: “Somebody has to do something about this and who better than the man that’s responsible for it all. Jeremy, you don’t know it but everything that’s gone on between us in the last year has haunted me. I look back at what I did and I regret what I did to you. I regret it because I’ve seen what it’s done to you. This is all my fault.”
Jeremy looks a bit confused by what Jackson is saying.
Jackson Fenix: “I wish I could take it all back, but I can’t. What I can do though is knock some sense into you and I can do that in a match. Not just any match either, Jeremy. I know a match that would be right up your alley. It’s a place we both know well because that’s where we became pals. On the next set of shows, I don’t care what show it happens on, but it’s time to settle this and there’s only one way…
A SESAME STREET FIGHT!”
The crowd erupts into cheers at the prospect of this happening. Jeremy doesn’t look so sure about it as Fenix’s music plays again and the crowd is still buzzing with excitement.
Allen Price: “Boy, a Sesame Street Fight! That can’t be good for Jeremy if this gets made official!”
Jean-Luc Watkins: “I’m just as surprised as these fans that Jackson Fenix of all people has stepped up to do something about Jeremy Best, but I think I can speak for everyone in this building that I hope this match gets made official because Jeremy Best does need some sense knocked into him, and Jackson Fenix might be the person to do just that…anyway, stay tuned wrestling fans, there’s more action on the way!”
Darkness.
In the background. We hear the chanting of a rabid crowd, mostly of men.
“F-Y-O-G”
“F-Y-O-G”
“F-Y-O-G”
“F-Y-O-G”
Lizzie Rose stands behind a curtain, completely confused, as if she just got there. All she can hear is a vocal crowd chanting four initials which have come to haunt her over the next week. Looking down she sees… She is dressed up fancy again. A superstar makeover, with a white dress that goes down to her knees, some fashionable boots, and a necklace. Her face is dolled up again with lipstick and makeup.
Lizzie Rose: “-N-Not again.”
She mutters to herself.
Lizzie Rose: “Those two always seem to find a way to bring me here and I’m sick and tired of it. And now Joe’s hurt because of it…”
She alludes to what happened on Meltdown. Her main ally against Eternal, gone. She hears on the speakers… Princess Nova.
Princess Nova: “Ladies and gentlemen of the FYOG arena! WELCOME TO FYOG WRESTLING! WELCOME TO HARDCORE CLIMAX!!!”
The screen has a filter, making it feel lower quality like cable television in the 90’s and the show logo appears.
[ATTACH type="full" width="315px"]56909[/ATTACH]
{"Dragula || Rob Zombie"}[MEDIA=youtube]EqQuihD0hoI[/MEDIA]
Hardcore metal music blares through as we see a montage of hardcore wrestling, sex appeal, and different highlights from FWA and other stock wrestling footage making it feel very late 90’s, during a time where this in wrestling wasn’t just the norm, but celebrated. We then get a glimpse of the arena.
It feels dingy with it packed with rabid, sweaty, male wrestling fans. The ring has the HARDCORE FYOG logo on the apron with a blue, blood-stained mat, black ropes, and only flimsy steel barricades separating the fans from the wrestlers. In the ring, Princess Nova has a somewhat more risque princess dress on compared to normal, hugging her curves more with an exposed skirt, showing some leg. Just fitting in. She has a microphone in her hands.
Princess Nova: “The following match is a Hardcore match! The rules…”
She giggles.
Princess Nova: “Well [BLEEP] it, there ARE no rules!”
The TORN Universe censors Nova’s swear with a loud beeping sound. Back behind the curtain, Lizzie Rose has a look of great dread on her face… A hardcore match ON TOP of whatever mental mind-fuckery they’re going to put her through?
Lizzie Rose: “...Well this is great...”
Peering out of the shadows, a familiar girl appears. With her pigtails, dark hair, and unblinking expression… Keres.
Keres: “Well, what are you waiting for, Elizabeth? Go on.”
Keres pushes Lizzie and she falls through the curtains and she is in the entranceway diagonal from the ring. The fans JEER madly as she appears. Several fans in the front row flipping her off as Lizzie Rose looks around in shock. What the hell are these fans?
Princess Nova: “Introducing first, from Brooklyn, New York, she is That [BLEEP], Elizabeth Rose!”
Lizzie looks up at Princess Nova in the ring announcing her. Nova has a playful wave with her fingers.
Lizzie Rose: “-I never thought she was physically capable of such language…”
Reluctantly, Lizzie Rose gets off the dirty concrete floor of the FYOG Arena and makes her way down the aisle. The fans continue to boo her and… a chant begins.
“FUCK YOU LIZZIE!”
CLAP CLAP CLAP
“FUCK YOU LIZZIE!”
CLAP CLAP CLAP!
Lizzie is taken back from the fans. She’s usually used to the fans being the polar opposite of this. They’re rabid, make Danny Toner’s language seem clean by comparison, AND they’re out to get her. Lizzie Rose gets into the ring and she rushes to Princess Nova, ripping the microphone from her hands.
Lizzie Rose: “Alright, I’m SICK OF THIS!”
The fans jeer as Lizzie Rose is reaching her limit.
Lizzie Rose: “Week after week, you and your ‘sister’ have done nothing but make my life a living hell. A-And you think this is something supposed to help me?! I can’t sleep, I can’t focus on any of my matches. My friends are hurt. For some reason as soon as I step out of this… Whatever it is, I can’t even REMEMBER anything!”
Princess Nova simply grins, tilting her head slightly to the side.
Lizzie Rose: “Don’t look at me like that…”
Lizzie Rose snaps at Nova and the fans jeer, though, in her defense, the anger is justified.
Lizzie Rose: “-And what’s going on with this crowd?”
Princess Nova: “It’s the late nineties, Elizabeth.”
Gently taking the microphone from Lizzie, the TORN Angel giggles.
Princess Nova: “This was the norm in wrestling. Vocal crowds. Passionate, no filter. Ah, it was a time so many look back at fondly… Even if so much of it isn’t aged well. Violence, racism, sexism, homophobia, you name it. But tonight, they’ll get one thing they crave: Blood.”
Nova has a sly smirk on her face, happily clapping to herself.
Lizzie Rose: “So THAT’s why you have me in a Hardcore match? And you guys think you’re funny and put me in a dress?”
Princess Nova: “Be fortunate we did not book you in a match where you competed in a bikini in a mud-pit, or where the object was to strip you down to your underwear. Because we as women weren’t treated all that well during this time… and for one, I actually think you look LOVELY in that dress…”
Seeing an opportunity to be snide and rude, the fans begin to chant…
“H-L-A!”
“H-L-A!”
“H-L-A!”
Both Nova and Lizzie shake their heads and gesture for the crowd to stop. Yeah, no. Ain’t happening.
Princess Nova: “Point proven. Sexism, homophobia. Things we do not support, but sadly must deal with while we are here. Good luck, Elizabeth… AND HER OPPONENT!”
{"Break Stuff || Limp Bizkit"}[MEDIA=youtube]jd_HmLEhVqA[/MEDIA]
The nu metal riffs of this era’s FAVOURITE band, Limp Bizkit, plays through the speakers as the crowd gives a LOUD response. After a few moments, someone with cut off jeans and a sleeveless t-shirt featuring the text “I’m HARD” on it, makes his way out through the curtains with a shopping cart FULL OF weapons. In one of his hands is a can of beer and he cracks it open before chugging it, smashing the can multiple times on his forehead!
Princess Nova: “Representing his homies in Cell Block 420 at the Philadelphia Correctional Facility, from the school of HARD knocks, weighing in at approximately 92500 Thumbtacks. He is the 69 minute man. The Viagra Avenger… he is extreme… he is… HARD, BO NAIR!!!”
Pushing his shopping cart down to ringside he throws various weapons around the ring. Trash can lids, baking trays, bats. Taking out a Kendo Stick… For some fucking reason, he smashes it against his head multiple times, busting himself open hard way! Going over to a couple of fans, they hand him solo cups filled with beer and he chugs them both. Lizzie looks on, disgusted at the “fine man” he’s going to be fighting, as Bo rolls into the ring and raises his kendo stick up high in the air. He’s already wobbling as Princess Nova hands him a microphone.
Bo Nair: “ALRIGHT ALL MY MOTHERFUCKERS! WHO’S READY TO GO IN HARD!?”
The fans give a thunderous cheer as Bo Nair runs around the ring, stumbling around.
Bo Nair: “Aww yeah. That’s real hardcore shit. Now to the bitch I’m facing tonight… Uhh…”
He looks at Lizzie Rose.
Bo Nair: “Look, I don’t fucking know who you are. I don’t know if it is because I’ve had five drinks already or that I’m already developing CTE even though nobody in this time has a fucking clue what that is, but I am fuuuuuuuuucked! But who needs to wrestle… WHEN I AM THE KING OF HARDCORE!!!”
Bo shouts to the top of his lungs.
Bo Nair: “And look here, bitch…”
He turns to Lizzie Rose. He slurs his words slightly.
Bo Nair: “I’m not sure if Imallowed to touch you. Looking at you, I’m worried Ima get h*rpes…”
Despite the FRAGRANT sexism from Bo Nair, the fans eat it up, cheering. Lizzie Rose just freezes. Jaw drops. R-really? The rabid crowd begin to chant.
“She’s got Herpes!”
“She’s got Herpes!”
“She’s got Herpes!”
Princess Nova has gotten on the commentary table, going solo.
Princess Nova: “I sincerely apologize for whatever Mr. Nair AND the crowd say to our dear viewers…”
Lizzie covers her ears and huddles herself in the corner. Just… No. This environment is vicious, crude, and downright evil. A stark contrast to most of what she’s known in FWA. But she’s trapped here.
Bo Nair: “What’s wrong, bitch!?”
Bo turns his attention back to Lizzie and he goes to the corner.
Bo Nair: “Can’t take extreme life? You signed up for this. Pro Wrestling takes ‘nice girls’ like you, chews them up, spits them out til' they’re nothin’! You brittlelittle bitch. I’m going to tear you apart by my weapons and pure bloodlust! Then how about I tear you apart again when I take you back to my hotel and-”
Lizzie has HAD IT with him and punches him in the jaw!
Princess Nova: “Thank you, Elizabeth, I did NOT want to poison my ears hearing where he was going.”
The bell rings and Lizzie’s third test in the TORN Universe begins. Even while competing in a dress, she seems to still have some mobility as she runs off the ropes and hits a second forearm. The fans jeer and continue to chant at Lizzie…
“FUCK YOU LIZZIE!”
CLAP CLAP CLAP
“FUCK YOU LIZZIE!”
CLAP CLAP CLAP!
She takes an extra second, still shocked and in some ways disgusted that the rowdy and rude crowd is chanting such obscenities. But, with this match having “no rules,” she has no choice but to continue on. She runs off the ropes again-
And Bo Nair swings his kendo stick, nailing her in the ribs!
Princess Nova: “Ladies and gentlemen, this match has begun and our dear Elizabeth has already made an error. She tried a wrestling move in this environment”
Bo rubs his hand along the Kendo stick in an obscene gesture before cracking it across her back a second and third time!
Princess Nova: “Eww… This is no environment for a lady like me…”
Looking at the weapons he tossed into the ring, he grabs a metal stop sign. He places it on Lizzie’s stomach before cracking his kendo stick against it! Keeping up his weapons parade, he grabs a garbage can lid. Lizzie Rose, holding her ribs, gets to her feet and is met with that steel to her head! Then again, and again! Three shots with the garbage can lid in a row! Finishing off with his weapons spree, Bo Nair grabs a steel chair from the pile of weapons and decides to forgo the risk of CTE and CRACKS IT against LIzzie Rosie’s head!
Princess Nova: “OH NO!- I mean… OH MY GAWWWWWWD!... Did they not worry about concussions at this time?”
Lizzie Rose lies on the apron, her world is in a haze. Blood is formed from a cut on her forehead and she looks up. The fans, ever unforgiving, continue to chant…
“FUCK YOU LIZZIE!”
CLAP CLAP CLAP
“FUCK YOU LIZZIE!”
CLAP CLAP CLAP!
The hand of Lizzie shakes as she attempts to pull herself up by the ropes. Bo Nair grabs a trash can and eyes up Lizzie Rose. He charges and smashes the trash can against her head, sending her crashing to the exposed concrete floor to a roaring cheer from the fans!
Lying on the outside, Lizzie Rose is in a mental fog as she rolls to her stomach. Her upper back is red from the hard fall to the floor. Several fans in the front row flip her off, yelling obscenities at her while Bo Nair gloats hard to the crowd. Lizzle grabs the steel barricade-
As a fan spits beer on her!
Princess Nova: “-That is disgusting! Poor Elizabeth…”
The fan throws his can at Lizzie Rose, still on the floor, now rubbing alcohol and who knows what else out of her eyes.
“WE WANT TABLES!”
CLAP CLAP CLAP
“WE WANT TABLES!”
CLAP CLAP CLAP
Bo Nair rolls out to the opposite side of the ring and upon the request of the fans, he pulls out a table. He slides it into the ring and sets it up. He then grabs lighter fluid and we know what he is thinking. Holding it near his… groin area. He squirts the fluid in the air onto the table. Reaching into his boots, he pulls out a match-
And the table is on fire!
"WE WANT VIOLENCE!"
CLAP CLAP CLAP
"WE WANT VIOLENCE!"
CLAP CLAP CLAP
The fans roar in approval as Bo Nair goes back to his stash of weapons and pulls a barbed-wire bat out. Lizzie finally gets to her feet and pulls herself onto the apron, but she can’t even get into the ring as he nails her in the face with the barbed-wire bat!
Princess Nova: “-Such mindless violence… At this point I would KILL for a headlock.”
Glancing at his flaming table, Nair licks his lips and gets a crazed look in his eyes. Holding it over the fire, it too is lit ablaze!
Lying on the outside on her hands and knees, Lizzie’s face is cut up. Blood is dripping on the dirty floor. Bo Nair raises his weapon in the air and points at Lizzie. He shouts “Tell this bitch what you think of her!!!”
And the fans… chant.
“She’s a whore!”
“She’s a whore!”
“She-”
The audio for the viewers goes down as Princess Nova, with dread in her voice, says.
Princess Nova: “Dear God… Please, to anyone watching this, never chant that at a wrestling show to any performer, or anything racist, sexist, homophobic and the likes. This is Eternal’s official stance…”
Lizzie Rose is in a state of shock. She’s NEVER felt a crowd like this. The verbal abuse on top of mindless violence. But, the fans will never treat her like this, right? She shakes as she is still on the floor. Bo Nair steps between the ropes, nearly tripping from his concussed and intoxicated state and gets on the floor, his fiery weapon in his hands.
Lizzie Rose blinks, looking up at Bo Nair. The fire glows on her skin and she just… is done fighting.
“J-Just do it…” She mutters.
Bo Nair swings the weapon back and is about to knock Lizzie’s head off-
But something grips the bat like a vice. Turing around…
Keres.
Princess Nova: “Sister!!!”
Despite the fact the bat is wrapped in barbed-wire on TOP of it being on FIRE, she grabs the end of the bat with one hand. A cold stare is in her eyes as she rips it from Bo Nair’s hands and smashes it against his head!
Princess Nova: “You deserve that, Mr. Nair!”
Bo Nair flops on the floor with his face being cut and burnt from the bat shot. Keres stands over Lizzie Rose who sits there, confused. Did she just, save her? Kneeling down, Keres rubs her finger along Lizzie’s forehead, some blood on her fingers.
Keres: “B̴͙̯͋ẽ̶͖͙ ̵̘͉͊̓n̸̯̑o̸̘͛̾t̵̻̠̅͗ ̷̞̌͝à̷̻̦f̶̼̏͊ͅr̸̜̎â̴͚̆ì̶̻̰̍d̵̪̓͐.”
A chill goes down Lizzie’s spine.
Keres: “If we didn’t want what was best for you… We would have let him destroy you.”
Lizzie slides back, leaning her back against the barricade. Her eyes can’t leave Keres out of terror.
Keres: “Listen. Listen to these people. They don’t support people who fail to win, do they?”
Lizzie Rose shakes her head. She mutters.
Lizzie Rose: “S-shut up! They would never treat me like THIS!”
Keres: “Maybe not to this extreme…”
Keres’ eyes don’t leave Lizzie.
Keres: “But they always move on. They move on to new toys. Think… Bellatrix. Think of the woman who walks with the Kitsune… the Rodent… Or they go for their nostalgia. The man who speaks Truth. The final run of a man already draped in Gold, and so much more… They leave you aside.”
Leaning in closer, Keres touches Lizzie’s cheek.
Keres: “Your world is temporary. TORN is Eternal. This has always been For Your Own Good… For your potential. So go…”
Keres lifts Lizzie back to her feet and turns her attention towards Bo Nair who is dousing his face in water to deal with the burns.
Keres: “P̴͇̗̏r̴̢͍͛̄ͅo̵̖̥̭̿̿̇v̶̘͋ḙ̸̿ ̶̯͍̈́u̴̯͂͘s̵̞̟̯͐̓̃ ̶̨̡̗̅r̵͇͕̫̉͘ị̴̰͊͝ḡ̸̨͍ḧ̶̬̟͙́͑̋t̸̖̄̿!̵̼̑”
Lizzie Rose stares at Bo Nair…
“FUCK YOU LIZZIE!”
CLAP CLAP CLAP
“FUCK YOU LIZZIE!”
CLAP CLAP CLAP!
And she clenches her first before she rips the baseball bat from Keres’ hands and swings it hard against Bo Nair’s back!
Princess Nova: “GO ELIZABETH!”
Princess Nova roots her on as Lizzie Rose smashes the flaming bat against Nair’s back multiple times before pushing him in the middle of the ring. Lizzie Rose pulls out from under a light tube and slides it in the ring. Lizzie cracks it against Bo Nair’s head then jabs some shards of glass against his eye! Bo Nair screams out in pain as Lizzie, her face covered in a crimson mask, pushes it until the glass breaks!
Bo Nair is blinded as he stumbles near the flaming table. Lizzie Rose lunges forward with a Leaping Double Foot Stomp on Nair THROUGH the flames of the tables!
Princess Nova: “OH MY GAWWWWD! GOOMBA STOMP! THROUGH THE FIRE AND FLAMES!”
Bo Nair flops on the ground, fire burning his shirt and skin. Lizzie Rose stands in the ring, part of her dress burnt from the fire… But she doesn’t seem to care. Looking forward, she has an almost bored expression on her face. Her shoulders slouch and her eyes are cold. Watching this at ringside, Keres raises her fingers…
And snaps.
Appearing in front of Lizzie is a knee pad. Glued to the front of it are thumbtacks with the pointed ends facing out. She carefully slides it onto her knee and drags Bo Nair by the wrists, clutching them both. She pulls her knee back before lunging it forward to his face, driving the thumbtacks into his skull! Bo Nair slumps to the ground as Lizzie slides the knee pad off and goes for a cover.
One… Two… Three!
The bell rings and as it does, whatever state Lizzie Rose found herself temporarily in begins to fade. She blinks, looking at her hands… covered in blood.
Princess Nova: “And here is your winner… Elizabeth Rose!!!”
Princess Nova shouts over the speaker before she begins to skip down to the ring to join Lizzie and Keres.
Lizzie Rose looks at her opponent. Blood covering his face, his eye swollen, thumbtacks planted in his skull, burn marks all over his body. S-She did this? She sits, and begins to shake. Shake in horror.
Sliding into the ring, Keres and Princess Nova sit down next to Lizzie. The world around them slowly begins to fade to black.
Keres: “How did it feel, Elizabeth?”
Lizzie Rose doesn’t respond. She feels too sick to her stomach.
Princess Nova: “Aww, come on. You won! You won your release from FYOG! Be HAPPY!”
Keres: “No sister. We won… All three of us won today…”
Once again, Lizzie Rose doesn’t respond. She’s too horrified. Obscenities chanted at her. Blood on her hands. Mentally escaping, practically becoming another person for a moment… And worse…
It felt good. It felt good for her to stand up for herself and let go… But it isn’t right. Is it? Keres runs her hand along Lizzie’s hair.
Keres: “We got all we needed from you. We know what you have. Enjoy your life, Elizabeth…”
Princess Nova grins.
Princess Nova: “And remember, we LOVE you and will always be PROUD of you.”
Keres raises her fingers and-
Snaps
The two Eternal Sisters disappear and the FYOG arena slowly fades to black. Darkness goes around Lizzie as she lies there, closing her eyes, she begins to cry. Tears roll down her cheeks, mixing in with her blood. She wakes up to see herself-
Sitting on the backstage floor at the Smoothie King Center. The walls around her are adorned with the colours of the New Orleans Pelicans and a crowd has rushed to her. She’s still in her burnt, blood soaked dress, in tears. Blood drips from her forehead as she sobs on the floor. A doctor rushes over.
Doctor: “Lizzie! What happened!? Are you okay!? Lizzie!”
She doesn’t say a word. She buried her blood soaked face in her hands, crying.
Doctor: “Someone get some towels, bandages. Lizzie. Things will be okay…”
Blood drops on her phone. It has an email open.
From “Clique Wrestling”
“Dear User, CW Forums along with its e-fed, FYOG Wrestling, are closing. Thank you for your time.
Admin: Eternal.”
Several doctors approach Lizzie, helping her up, as a crowd looks onwards, concerned.
Lizzie Rose: “-W-What’s wrong with me…?”
Lizzie mutters to herself as the scene cuts away.
{GO TO SLEEP || EMINEM FEAT. DMX & OBIE TRICE}[MEDIA=youtube]r2GEb4MrkvU[/MEDIA]
Natalie Rosenberg: ”The next contest is set for one fall with a twenty-minute-time-limit! Introducing first, from San Diego, California and weighing in at 234 lb…he is The Wildcard…Jason Randall!”
Randall walks out on stage and as usual he doesn’t mess about and he briskly walks down to the ring. Randall has a scowl on his face as he stomps down the ramp toward the ring.
Natalie Rosenberg: ”and his opponent already in the ring, from London, England and weighing in at 235 lb…”Mister Europe”...Derrick Hunter!”
A smattering of cheers for Hunter, who keeps his gaze set upon Randall.
Jean-Luc Watkins: ”Welcome back wrestling fans! The action will continue as we see The Wildcard making his way out! We haven’t seen Randall since King of the Deathmatch after he went to war with Jeffry Mason. The Wildcard took time off to recover and thus missed out on the Carnal Contendership.”
Allen Price: ”Boy, you can still see him sporting some of the wounds from that battle with Mason, those do not look pretty!”
Jean-Luc Watkins: ”The Wildcard was taken to the limit against Mason in what was called a dream match for deathmatch fans, and it was certainly the show stealer from day one of the tournament. Randall came up short however, but he’s back with us tonight and he’s looking to rebound after a tough loss.”
Referee “Mean” Matthew Dean checks both men and then calls for the bell… DING! DING! DING!
<< 00:05 >>
Hunter makes a beeline for Randall but The Wildcard was ready and much quicker on the exchange…Hail Mary!
Jean-Luc Watkins: ”Oh, Randall with his signature cutter right out of the gate!”
Allen Price: ”I don’t think Hunter was expecting that!”
***
<< 01:30 >>
Hunter hits the mat after the cutter but Randall drags him by the toward the corner and Randall drives down some vicious looking corner stomps to Hunter! The Wildcard dishes out some more punishment with repeated forearm smashes in the corner and then he follows up with a roaring elbow smash! Hunter is stunned and Randall drags him away from the corner and brings him up in position…
Jean-Luc Watkins: ”Wildcard Special from Randall!”
Hunter writhes around on the mat but Randall doesn’t give him any room to breathe as he brings him back up…Deuces Wild!
***
<< 03:16 >>
Hunter is up to a knee but he has no idea where he’s at as Randall sizes him up…Kill-Shot!
Allen Price: ”Randall is bringing just about everything out of his arsenal tonight, he’s not playing around!”
Randall has Hunter in position and drives down some more vicious stomps while he has Hunter’s arm’s trapped in a surfboard-like position….
Randall brings Hunter up and drives a boot to the gut…Snake Eyes! Randall isn’t through yet…bulldog choke! Randall locks in that bulldog choke and Dean checks on Hunter and he’s out! Dean calls for the bell…
{RESULT}Winner: Jason Randall by knockout at 4:06.
Natalie Rosenberg: ”The winner of the match…Jason Randall!”
Jean-Luc Watkins: ”A decisive victory for The Wildcard tonight, honestly I don’t think Derrick Hunter stood a chance because Randall dangerously focused!”
Allen Price: ”Decisive is an understatement! He mauled Hunter and he’s still not letting go of that bulldog choke!”
Randall still has the submission applied with no intentions of letting go despite the referee’s warnings and more officials arrive on the scene before Randall releases the hold. Randall rolls out of the ring to some jeers for his unsportsmanlike conduct but he doesn’t care. The referees scold him from the ring but he waves them off as he walks back up the ramp.
Jean-Luc Watkins: ”You don’t have to like him but Randall made a statement tonight and put everyone on notice! There’s more action on the way wrestling fans, stay tuned!”
We return to inside the arena following the break, and a voice is heard loudly through the speaker system;
???: “HA-HAAAAAAAAAHH!”
The crowd all suddenly rise to attention and some of their stunned faces are shown from different sections of the arena and the atmosphere builds even louder…
Allen Price: ”Wait…”
Jean-Luc Watkins: ”This is most unexpected!”
The fans’ excitement levels and the volume in the arena amplifies greatly as the opening chords of a very familiar song begin to play;
{’ZOMBIE’ || THE CRANBERRIES}[MEDIA=youtube]6Ejga4kJUts[/MEDIA]
After a few seconds of the song playing, the crowd almost blows the joint with their noise as a figure walks out from the back onto the stage. Initial shots show that the man is wearing a full three-piece suit and he has a moustache and long hair slicked back underneath a bowler hat.
Allen Price: ”It’s actually him, Jean-Luc! IN YOUR HEEEEAAADDDDDD!!”
The man twirls the cane in his right hand a few times and then reaches across his stomach and unclips the buttons on his jacket and opens it up… TO REVEAL THE FWA WORLD CHAMPIONSHIP! The crowd immediately stop singing as the man flings the bowler hat to the side… IT’S CHRIS PEACOCK!!!
The FWA World Champion laughs heartily and removes the jacket, throwing it over a fan in the front row as he walks down towards the ring. Peacock wears a smug grin as he can barely contain his own excitement, finding amusement in the fact that crowd members are hurling trash in his direction.
Jean-Luc Watkins: ”Well, we saw earlier tonight that Alyster Black received a very less-than-warm reception from the crowd here in New Orleans, but I think with this ruse his tag team partner has upstaged him.”
Allen Price: ”Chris Peacock doesn’t care what these fans think of him. They hate him, and for good reason. Their hero is gone because of him and that would be a shame if it was not for their hero being an egotistical asshat, Jean-Luc.”
Jean-Luc Watkins: ”Interesting you should say that… Well, regardless of his attire, it is good to see Chris Peacock tonight after what transpired earlier this week leading him to miss a scheduled appearance on Meltdown.”
Allen Price: ”Typical Danny Toner if you ask me, Jean-Luc. He was doing everything he could to get under Chris’s skin. Look how desperate people are to throw him off his game ahead of his match with Cyrus Truth at Back in Business.”
Peacock enters the ring and pulls the microphone out of his back pocket that he had stored there and he motions for the music to cut off, ensuring that it comes just before a chorus. The crowd are very loudly hurling abuse at him, but he ignores it.
Chris Peacock: “I think Alyster Black covered it well enough earlier on tonight, but let me just make my thoughts clear on something that I think you will all want to hear; fuck New Orleans and fuck your dearly departed but not at all missed by anyone else that isn’t one of you fucks or Reagan Cole… Devin Golden.”
The crowd boos and some trash lands at his feet, and the champion laughs before kicking it back from whence it came.
Chris Peacock: “You really can’t be telling me that youuuuuuuuuu misssssssss the sillllllllllllllllly maaaaaaaannn whoooo tallllks like he’s haaaaaaaauunnnntedddd, do you? Give me a fucking break, man.”
Peacock shakes his head, and then listens to the reaction he is getting and seems to be getting slightly riled up. He walks over to the corner and stands on the middle rope and leans over the turnbuckle.
Chris Peacock: “Well, TOUGH SHIT! He’s gone, he’s never coming back and it was all because of me. I’m the champion of this company and not that dickhead Devin Golden and that isn’t changing any time soon, so how about you all shut the hell up and you let the champion talk, huh?
Hey, last time I was here, what was it you were all doing to me? Oh, making choking noises. UHHHH UCCCCHHHHHHHHH BLEH… WHY DON’T ALL OF YOU YOU CHOKE ON THESE?!”
Grabbing his crotch, Peacock sneers out at the crowd and then jumps down from the corner and then looks into the camera in the ring with him.
Chris Peacock: “Just to touch on one other thing Alyster said earlier on. I’m not ducking anyone, bud and if we want to use Dildo Golden as a measuring stick, I think we know who actually would walked away as the winner from that one. If you’re still not sure, we can use Cyrus too after Back in Business because I sure as shit won’t fall where you did, big man. We’re much better as tag team partners, so let’s keep it that way for now.
And whilst I’m here, weaselperson… or Zachary as I’d much rather call you. I’m not very hard to find, guy. I’ve got enough delusional dickheads on my plate at the moment, but the more the merrier. Let’s do this thing sometime soon, okay?
Who else we got? Well, fuck the Nephews just out of principle. You know who else can go and fuck themselves, too? How about my opponent for tonight? Daniel Fuckin’ Toner.”
The crowd boo loudly for the mention of Toner and Peacock laughs loudly.
Chris Peacock: “Guess we found something we can all agree on, then. Danny, I have never been more disappointed in anyone as I am with you in my entire life. We were friends, Danny. There was things I would tell you that I daren’t share with anyone else. I always thought we shared a special bond, not just because we’re both from New York - a much better city than this dump, by the way - but because I thought we shared the same values.
I thought we were both there for the little guy, fought for the right reasons even though we lost our way a few times along the way, we always knew that doing the right thing was always the best thing to do, no matter how hard it was to do it. We fought the Nephews together, fought each other and would have fought anyone else who stood in our way. We… were fucking golden, man. Then you fucked it all up, Danny!
You showed everyone what a snake you really are and you bought into your own hype more than anyone else. You’re a self-absorbed asshole and a coward. Let me tell you, I took great joy in watching whoever that was at Carnal Contendership kick your ass. I’m just upset that it wasn’t me that got to do it. Not to worry, though, we’ve got tonight, Danny Boy.
So tonight, Daniel Toner will learn why I am the FWA World Champion and the measuring stick of this business today and he will understand that Chris Peacock is SIEMP-”
{’ZOMBIE’ || THE CRANBERRIES}[MEDIA=youtube]6Ejga4kJUts[/MEDIA]
The crowd all rise to their feet again and begin cheering as the music plays once again and even Chris Peacock stands to attention, dropping the microphone and unclipping his championship from around his waist and the crowd rise to their feet to cheer again as another man walks out onto the stage, again dressed in a full suit with a walking cane and bowler hat.
Allen Price: ”Wait, this one wasn’t Chris… I think this one is actually him. I thought he was gone! He’s supposed to be gone!”
The man takes a few steps forward onto the stage and bows down, appreciating the positive reaction from the fans in New Orleans… and he removes his hat and looks up with a terrible smirk.
Jean-Luc Watkins: ”THAT’S DANNY TONER!”
Being tricked once was angering enough for the NOLA fans, but it seems that the crowd are verging on a riot as Toner clearly had the same idea as Peacock, including copying the mannerisms of Devin Golden as he approaches the ring.
Jean-Luc Watkins: ”If I know Danny Toner, I am sure that he was nothing more than amused by Chris Peacock sharing his thoughts on him. What he should be concerned about is the mystery individual that targeted him at the Carnal Contendership event. We still presently have no idea who that was, Price.”
Allen Price: ”It’s not like Toner doesn’t have enough enemies though, is it? There are plenty of people who want a piece of this guy and Chris Peacock here is just one of them, but we know Chris was not behind the attack on Toner as he was here at the commentary table - which is where I should have been as well, by the way!”
Jean-Luc Watkins: ”You need to let that go, Price. For Toner’s sake, he needs to make sure that his head is in the game tonight. Chris Peacock is not averse to playing some tricks of his own and if he’s not fully focused, he will lose to the FWA World Champion.”
The referee, Larry Stevens, stands in front of Peacock who seems to be chomping at the bit to be allowed to go after Toner as he enters the ring. Stevens however is keen for the match to begin in the conventional manner. ‘Zombie’ ends for a second time and the crowd make no bones about the fact that they are not fans of either of these men with duelling chants;
“FUCK YOU TONER!” “FUCK YOU PEACOCK!”
“FUCK YOU TONER!” “FUCK YOU PEACOCK!”
Despite the differences presently between them, both Peacock and Toner find amusement in the chanting by the crowd and both remove the waistcoats and shirts from their ensembles before motioning that they are ready to get going with the match.
Jean-Luc Watkins: ”Chris Peacock and Danny Toner,,, Part Six!” << 00:00 >>
The bell rings and both Toner and Peacock surprisingly do not rush in, perhaps expecting the other to do so instead and they appear to be on the breach of a lock up of all things, but Peacock stops his forward motion when Danny raises both hands in the air. Peacock arches an eyebrow in response to this and Danny just smiles at him before bellowing at the top of his voice with outstretched arms.
“HA-HAAAAAHH!"
The New Orleans crowd begin booing loudly as Danny laughs in the centre of the ring. Peacock takes a step towards Danny, stretches out his own arms and let one loose himself.
“HA-HAAAAAAAAHHH!!!"
The crowd begin to throw trash at the ring as Peacock and Danny taunt their hometown hero. Danny walks over to the ropes and leans over, a hand cupped behind his ear.
’BOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOO!!!’
Not to be outdone, Peacock walks over to the other side of the ring and " [/b][/color]shushes"[/b][/color] the fans on that side with a finger on his lip. ’BOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOO!!!’Danny and Chris return to their respective corners and it looks like this one may finally get properly underway, but the antics aren’t over yet. Danny climbs onto the turnbuckle and chants. ”DANNY! DANNY! DANNY FUCKING TONER!"He can barely be heard over the noise of the seething crowd; he hops down with a grin on his face and looks at Chris expectedly. Chris shrugs his shoulders and begins busting out his classic disco moves in his corner, causing the crowd to begin a loud chant. ’YOU BOTH SUCK! YOU BOTH SUCK! YOU BOTH SUCK!’Jean-Luc Watkins: "I have to say, in all my years in this business, I have never seen anything quite like this. This is one of the most hostile situations I’ve ever witnessed."Allen Price: "As we saw earlier tonight, both Danny and Chris had to be escorted into the arena here tonight after management got word from the New Orleans Police Department that there were a number of very real threats issued for both Toner and Peacock. It- THAT BASTARD!!!"As Chris turns twirls around and strikes his Fight Fever pose, Danny Toner comes charging across the ring and leaps into the air driving both his knees into the back of Peacock and squashing him against the turnbuckle! Peacock collapses in a heap and Danny starts stomping a mudhole on the downed Peacock. The atmosphere is incredibly strange and torn; the fans are happy to see Peacock get beaten down but are equally unhappy about who it is dishing out the punishment. Danny pulls Chris to his feet by the hair but immediately gets popped with a vicious uppercut that sends him reeling. Allen Price: "I think Danny just lost a tooth!"<< 04:45. >>The champ has the upper hand as the match closes in on the five-minute mark. Danny hadn’t really managed to get it together following the sneak attack with Peacock countering anything Toner throws at him. Danny’s chest has already began to welt up following a succession of quick strikes from Peacock and his only response is to throw a wild haymaker that Chris easily avoids. Danny wobbles slightly and Chris quickly pimp slaps him and jaw-jacks as Danny holds his cheek, stunned. Allen Price: "Thatta boy, Chris! Slap the taste out of that punks mouth!"Jean-Luc Watkins: "I think it’s fair to say that Danny is showing some signs of ring-rust here following his lengthy absence. He of course competed under an Alyster Black match at King of the Deathmatch, but this is the champion, and you have to figure that’s a much taller order for Toner."The slap serves to enrage Toner who simply bundles Chris to the ground with a double-leg takedown and begins raining fists down on the grounded Peacock. Peacock somehow manages to wriggle out from the onslaught and sprightly pops to his feet. Danny quickly follows him up from the canvas, but Peacock quickly grabs him and whips him against the ropes. On the rebound, Peacock looks to take Toner’s head off with a clothesline but Toner ducks under the outstretched arm, bounces off the opposite set of ropes and then saws Peacock in two with a spear! Danny hops to his feet and lets out a huge roar. ’FUCK YOU TONER! FUCK YOU TONER! FUCK YOU TONER!’Danny shakes his head at the crowd and simply laughs at the baying crowd. He takes a little too long in his taunting as he turns around and is hit with the exact same move he just landed – a massive spear. Jean-Luc Watkins: "The crowd seem to be playing a factor in this match whether the two men in the ring realise it or not! Their attentions are split between focusing on the crowd and focusing on their opponent!"Chris drags Toner to his feet and hoists Danny onto his shoulders and begins an airplane spin before dropping him with a loud thud by way of a Samoan Drop! Allen Price: "Dance Dance Revolutions! Pin him, Chris!"Chris quickly covers Toner, the referee sliding into position. ONE- KICKOUT!!! Jean-Luc Watkins: "Now that’s the Toner we all remember."The camera zooms in on Peacock who wryly smiles. He’s danced this dance before. << 09:04 >>Following his quick kickout, Toner seems to have grown in confidence and he seems to be going up the gears. Peacock lifts Danny up for a suplex, but Danny uses the momentum from the lift to slip out of the hold and land behind Peacock. He quickly wraps his arms around his waist and nails him with a German suplex. He points to the top turnbuckle, drawing a negative reaction from the crowd. Jean-Luc Watkins: "I wonder…"Danny takes a second to get his balance and to a backdrop of irate fans screaming at the ring, jumps off and HITS HIS PATENTED DOUBLE AXE-HANDLE! Danny quickly leaps on top of Peacock and covers the champion. ONE- KICKOUT!!! Peacock shows his own resiliency much to the delight of Allen Price on commentary. As he rises, he gives Toner a middle finger. Toner swings and misses, Peacock ducking under the haymaker and when Toner turns around he is immediately hit with Peacock’s Fight Fever punch. Toner falls to his knees and Peacock quickly spikes his head into the mat with a DDT. Peacock takes to the top rope as the fans chant loudly. ’FUCK YOU DISCO! FUCK YOU DISCO! FUCK YOU DISCO!’Whether Peacock had something else in mind before the chant will never be known. He shakes his head at the crowd before taking flight with a HUGE frogsplash! Jean-Luc Watkins: "THE GOLDEN TOUCH! They’re not going to like that in the Smoothie King Arena."Indeed, they don’t, and the crowd let Peacock have it. He is beyond caring at this point, even when a couple of over-zealous fans hop the barricade. Security are quick to rush down to intercept, and the match official shouts instructions to remove them from ringside. Peacock watches on with curiosity but that allows Toner to crawl from behind and HIT A LOWBLOW! Danny catches the falling Peacock and jacks him up before transitioning a vertical suplex into a sitout faceplant! Jean-Luc Watkins: "THE ROTTEN TOUCH! This is going to turn nasty."Allen Price: "THAT NO GOOD CHEAT!"More fans hop the barricade but are instantly swarmed by a boatload of security sprinting down the ramp. The referee sees Peacock on the mat and after a glance at the security detail and the near-rioting crowd, looks over to towards the ring-bell attendant. "[/b][/color]DON’T YOU FUCKIN’ DARE!"[/b][/color] comes the shout from Toner and the look in his face is enough to make the referee relent. Toner nods his head but instantly his demeanour turn to shock as Peacock rolls him up from behind! ONE! TWO! THR- KICKOUT!!! Jean-Luc Watkins: "The champ nearly catches Toner! It may have been better for all involved if that was it!"<< 12:33. >>Toner and Peacock are both getting exhausted at this point, and it perhaps plays a part in the two of them having their guards down and connecting at the same time with superkicks! Both men lay on their backs breathing heavily for a moment before they both slowly rise to their feet. They stare daggers from across the ring and Peacock motions for Toner to bring it. Toner looks to comply but suddenly stops, his mouth slightly open as he looks beyond Peacock and out at the crowd. Peacock slowly turns his head to see what has shocked Danny – the members of the crowd have turned away from the action in ring. It is quite a site as rows upon rows of fans backs are the only thing that can be seen. They hate Toner and Peacock that much that they’re not even interested in watching them wrestle! Jean-Luc Watkins: "Now of this I’m sure; I have never seen anything like this before, Price. I think that neither Toner or Peacock are redeemable in any capacity to this crowd here in New Orleans and for good reason after everything that they have said and done tonight. Every fan in attendance has turned their backs on the action in the ring and are refusing to watch the match. Incredible."Allen Price: "If you ask me, everything Chris Peacock has done tonight to taunt these people and manipulate them is justified. They’ve been nothing but awful to him every time we have been here, Jean-Luc!"There is a moment where both Peacock and Toner are unsure of what to do, but soon enough their natural instincts kick in and they begin to start throwing haymakers at each other! Two of the best brawlers in the FWA show exactly why as they land bombs on each other’s faces and heads. Chris Peacock manages to block one of Toner’s punches, and this allows him to start unloading on Toner! The strikes from Peacock are enough to knock Toner back a few paces and Peacock lands a couple of jabs to the face and then Peacock spins on the spot and gives Toner a middle finger and cracks him with another strong punch that knocks Toner to the ground! ‘The Last Draw in the Sky’ gets back up with the assistance of the ropes, and Peacock then Clotheslines Toner over the top rope down to the floor! Peacock is quick to follow out and as he swarms Danny, both men topple over the barricade and into the crowd! Jean-Luc Watkins: "THIS ISN’T GOOD!"The fans in the immediate vicinity do everything in their power to get at the two men fighting in the crowd but security in the Smoothie King Arena more than earn their wage tonight as they manage to form a circle around the two. Peacock and Toner go blow for blow with the security trying to usher them back to ringside. Eventually, the scrap spills back out of the crowd and Toner actually seems to be getting the upper-hand before Peacock sticks him with a headbutt busting his nose wide open!!! Jean-Luc Watkins: "Some colour for Toner! That was vicious!"Allen Price: "Pfft! How many times have we seen Toner do the exact same thing to opponents? Karma!"<< 15:43. >>The fight is back in the ring, Toner is a bloody mess from the head-butt and Peacock is breathing out his ass, gassed from the ordeal of the match. The fans still aren’t watching the match, they turned their backs once again the moment the fight left the crowd. This time, every fan in attendance has put their arms over the backs of the people either side of them and are jumping up and down in unison whilst singing. ‘IN YOUR HEAAAAD! IN YOUR HEAAAAAAADD’A nervous looking Natalie Rosenberg steps forward with a microphone. Natalie Rosenberg: "Wrestling fans this is your Fallout Four Minute Warning! Four minutes remaining…"The crowd pay absolutely no heed, simply getting louder. ’ZOMBIE! ZOMBIE! ZOMBIE-IE-IE-IE!!!’[/i] Danny and Chris share a glance. "[/b][/color]Let’s finish this, champ!"[/b][/color] says Toner, mockery dripping from the last word. "[/b][/color]I thought you’d never ask!"[/b][/color] replies an extremely confident Peacock… before the world champion rocks Toner with a vicious forearm!! Toner is momentarily staggered backwards, before returning fire with a forearm of his own! And then Peacock comes back with a right hand… and Toner returns in kind! The two exchange right hands in the middle of the ring… until Toner seemingly gets the better of it, backing Peacock up towards the corner with right hand after right hand! Peacock is backed up against the turnbuckles, Danny firing off with right hands… Until one is blocked by Peacock! And he fires back with a headbutt! Then some rights of his own, backing Toner all the way across the ring, before he Irish whips him HARD into the corner. Danny hits the turnbuckles and bounces back towards him, and Peacock runs through him with a clothesline!! Jean-Luc Watkins: "This hostile crowd is letting Peacock know exactly what they think of him!"Allen Price: "I don’t even know what that noise is meant to mean…"Jean-Luc Watkins: "I think they’re calling him a choke artist, Price."Indeed, Peacock doesn’t seem to like the taunts, but shakes his head, zones them out, and hits Toner with a spear!! Allen Price: "Keep your focus, Chris!!"Jean-Luc Watkins: "Doesn’t look like that’s too easy for him… this NOLA crowd looks to be getting in the champion’s head!"Indeed, Peacock barks something inaudible at the crowd, and when they continue with their taunting he hops onto the second turnbuckle, reminding them all that he’s the world champion, before he hops back down into the ring… … and gets clocked by superkick!!!!! Peacock slumps to his knees… Jean-Luc Watkins: "EQUALIZER!! There it is!!"Allen Price: “Oh, ffffff—"ONE… TWO… THREE!! {RESULT}Winner: Danny Toner by pin fall at 17:32. Jean-Luc Watkins: “Danny Toner just pinned the FWA World Heavyweight Champion!! I think a compelling case for him getting a shot at that belt sooner or later could certainly be made…”Allen Price: “All thanks to this no-good Louisianan crowd!”Toner holds his hand out to the official, insisting he lift it in victory, as the crowd rains down derision upon him. Natalie Rosenberg: “Here is your winner… DANNY… TOOOOONER!”Chris Peacock has rolled out of the ring and struggles to get to his knees on the outside. He snatches his championship belt away from the timekeeper when it is offered to him. Jean-Luc Watkins: ”That means a loss this week for both halves of Back in Business’s main event… an even keel that neither of them would have wanted to find themselves on.”Allen Price: “That fact, and most importantly this match, are ultimately irrelevant… what is actually important is that world championship belt that Chris Peacock is clutching right now.”We watch Chris walking up the ramp, turning away from Toner eventually and placing his belt on his shoulder. Then, we cut back to Danny in the ring, who watches Peacock go with a sly smile on his face. Then, he glances around the vitriolic audience in the Smoothie King Arena. He blows them a kiss as we fade to black. Recap footage of this Genki Pro segment plays. {ONE HEADLIGHT || THE WALLFLOWERS}[MEDIA=youtube]Zzyfcys1aLM[/MEDIA] There are cheers in New Orleans (moderate ones - the audience is mostly unaware of the concept of a Goldensibling) as XYZ walks out onto the stage. He is accompanied by the Menage, who follow him as he makes his way down the ramp. Jean-Luc Watkins: "Well, it’s main event time, wrestling fans! Here comes XYZ, the first of four competitors in this one-fall championship match. X is looking for his first taste of gold since his return to the FWA, having twice previously challenged for the X Championship. Perhaps he’ll have better luck here with Shawn Summers and the Television Championship, though he is joined in the match by someone who has proved a constant thorn in his side over recent months…"X climbs into the ring, loosening up as his music fades out. It’s soon replaced by… {FIREFLIES || OWL CITY}[MEDIA=youtube]QBgl4rVz3Ks[/MEDIA] There’s a mammoth pop for Trixie Bordeaux as she appears on the stage, New Orleans showing their appreciation for the nervous young woman who appears on the stage. She doesn’t seem to understand the reaction, smiling anxiously as she begins her march down the ring. Allen Price: “Here comes a woman who has been enjoying some good fortune as of late, with two consecutive tag team preceding her quarter final run in the King of the Deathmatch. She’s more than earned this opportunity at the Television Championship, and now will try to win her first gold here in the FWA in front of a home-state crowd. Bordeaux grew up just down the road in Baton Rouge, and - in the absence of Devin Golden - it appears the fans are getting behind her here tonight."Trixie climbs into the ring and shares a friendly nod with X. Nothing more than that, though. The two have accepted their roles as opponents here tonight. Her music fades out, and next we hear… {DEMONS CAROL || BLAQKOUT}[MEDIA=youtube]kHYdLveMYxc[/MEDIA] There are boos around the arena as Death Walker appears on the stage, accompanied by his Dark Guardian. The two survey the crowd before locking eyes with the two in the ring. They begin their way down the ramp. Jean-Luc Watkins: "Death Walker has been on a tear recently, also reaching the quarter final stage of the King of the Deathmatch, and doing so at the expense of XYZ. As I mentioned, the two have had more than just that run-in over the last few months. Walker has constantly appeared when XYZ has been at his most vulnerable, and - after KODM and Carnal Contendership - this is sure to be the latest chapter in that bad-blooded rivalry. Both will need to keep their focus on the match rather than each other if they want to dethrone the champion…"The Guardian stays on the outside whilst Death Walker climbs into the ring. He shares a brief, tense stand-off with XYZ before retreating into his corner. He stares at both Trixie and X in turn, before his eyes rest on the stage in time for. {COLA || LANA DEL REY}[MEDIA=youtube]lBakG7KtVZE[/MEDIA] Huge boos ring out in New Orleans for Shawn Summers, who appears on the stage with both of his championship belts on his person, one on each shoulder. He stands on the stage for a moment, breathing in the derision that is raining down upon him. Allen Price: "Here comes Der Basterd, and he’s draped in gold!"Jean-Luc Watkins: "That is the FWA X and FWA Television Champion, Shawn Summers, who has been on an incredible role as of late and looks to continue that against three very game opponents tonight. Summers came through the challenge of Tommy Bedlam at the Grand March, albeit winning by disqualification, and now he looks to consolidate his grasp on the Television Championship division."Summers climbs into the ring, glancing around at the three others in their own corners, as Natalie Rosenberg joins them with a microphone in her hand. Natalie Rosenberg: "Ladies and gentlemen, the following four-way contest is scheduled for one fall, with a sixty minute time limit… and is for the FWA Television Championship!!"The four competitors stand in respective corners, varying levels of ease on their personage as the crowd’s anticipation heightens. Natalie Rosenberg: "Introducing the challengers… first, from Sitika, Alaska… weighing in one hundred and eighty pounds… X… Y… Z!!"More cheers for XYZ, led by the Menage on the outside of the ring. Natalie Rosenberg: "Next… from the depths of HELL… weighing in at two hundred and forty three pounds… ‘the Dark Traveller’... DEATH WALKER!!"A much more negative reaction for Walker, who looms ominously, a threatening figure in his mask with his fists clenched. Natalie Rosenberg: "And… from Baton Rouge, Louisiana…"A massive cheer around the arena, the hometown crowd already letting Trixie know they’re behind her… Natalie Rosenberg: "… weighing in at one hundred and twenty five pounds… Trixie… BORDEAUX!!!"The crowd launches into a chant as Trixie awkwardly glances around at them, the nerves of the big event plain upon her. ‘ LET’S GO TRIXIE! LET’S GO TRIXIE!’ Natalie Rosenberg: "And finally, introducing the champion…"Boos immediately replace the cheers as Summers takes a step out of his corner, finally removing one of his belts from his shoulder and staring down at the gold. Natalie Rosenberg: "… from Laguna Beach, California… weighing in at two hundred and twenty five pounds…"He holds the belt high above his head, a smug grin on his face. Natalie Rosenberg: "… he is your FWA X Champion, and your reigning and defending FWA Television Champion… ‘Der Basterd’... SHAAAAAAAAAAWN… SUUUUUUUUUUMMEEEEEERS!!"Huge, roaring boos as Summers holds both of his belts up above his head now, standing in a central position, between his three opponents and amidst a cauldron of noise. Jean-Luc Watkins: "Incredible reaction inside the Smoothie King Arena. A full range of emotions on display for the four competitors here tonight, culminating in a one-eighty from Trixie Bordeaux to Shawn Summers."Allen Price: "Trixie is enjoying considerable hometown advantage here, whilst the champion is… well, he’s Shawn Summers."The belts are handed out to the timekeeper’s area, and the official conducts his final checks before, the crowd’s anticipation levels at fever pitch, he finally calls for the bell…[/font][/center] << 00:00. >>
As soon as the match begins, XYZ catches Death Walker with a thrust kick that almost knocks him out of his boots! It backs him up into the ropes, and X immediately follows up with a massive clothesline, taking Death over the top rope. X follows him over, both of them sprawling to the outside, where XYZ lands some right hands… before Walker rolls him over, mounting X himself and replying with some forearm strikes of his own. X is finally able to throw Walker off him and scramble to his feet, attempting a clothesline on the rising Walker. Death ducks beneath it and transitions into a rear waistlock… German suplex on the outside!
Jean-Luc Watkins: "XYZ is spiked on the back of his head on the outside at an ugly angle! Looks like that rivalry between these two is far from over!"
Allen Price: "Unsurprising, Jean-Luc. Death Walker doesn’t really seem the sort to let things go…"
In the ring, Trixie and Shawn exchange holds before Summers powers her back into the corner after a test of strength. He whips her hard into the opposite corner, Bordeaux hitting the turnbuckles with such force that she bounces back towards Der Basterd… who grabs her in a bearhug, and then throwing her with a belly-to-belly overhead release suplex!
Jean-Luc Watkins: "Wipe Out from Shawn Summers early on in this one!!"
Allen Price: "And now the champion looks for a cover…"
ONE… TWO… NO!
Kick out from Trixie! Shawn slaps on a side headlock, though, settling into an advantage…
***
<< 05:18. >>
Outside the ring, Death Walker hoists Trixie up onto his shoulders in a fireman’s carry, but Bordeaux begins to fight out with elbows to the side of the head! Walker is forced to drop her, and Trixie follows up with a kick to the gut, doubling him over… and then a sit-out jawbreaker!! Walker stumbles and Trixie grabs him by the wrist…
Jean-Luc Watkins: "Trixie going for an Irish whip into the steel ring steps, but a reversal from Death Walker!! Bordeaux gets thrown into the steel instead!!"
Allen Price: "An ugly collision there for Trixie, but Death Walker gives her no time to rest. He hoists her up and drags her head into position between his legs…"
Jean-Luc Watkins: "POWERBOMB!!! ONTO THE BARRICADE!!"
Trixie’s back crashes over the barricade, which bends under her humble weight slammed into it by Death Walker. The crowd gasps for the move, and then boos Death as he looms over Trixie’s broken frame.
Simultaneously, in the ring, XYZ backs Summers into the ropes with overhand chops, before whipping him across the ring and attempting a standing dropkick. Summers hooks onto the ropes with his arms, though, checking his momentum and causing X to crash back-first onto the mat! XYZ quickly climbs up to his feet… but is met by a thumb to the eye from the champion!
Allen Price: "Typical!"
Jean-Luc Watkins: "Underhanded tactics from Summers, but in a four-way like this one it’s all legal!"
Der Basterd follows up by charging to the ropes, and then connecting with his Lights Out springboard knee kick!!
Jean-Luc Watkins: "And now an ankle lock!! Shawn Summers has it in!!"
XYZ writhes in agony under the pressure of the champion’s modified submission… and then even more so when Summers drops down into a grapevine!!
Allen Price: "XYZ is in serious trouble here!! He’s sundered in the middle of the ring!"
The referee is in close, asking if X wants to give it up… XYZ closes his eyes, shaking his head but pain etched upon his face… and then he’s saved by Death Walker! Walker charges Summers and strikes him with a wild boot to the face! Der Basterd is forced to relinquish the hold!
Jean-Luc Watkins: "And Death Walker isn’t done there! He hoists the champion up to his feet… Spike DDT!"
And still no pinfall attempt from Death Walker! He picks up Summers… backdrop suplex!
Allen Price: "Now Death hooks the leg… he might have him!"
ONE… TWO… TH – NO!!
Summers with the shoulder up!
***
<< 10:31. >>
XYZ and Death Walker are standing in the middle of the ring, exchanging strikes. X has some success with chops: Mongolian ones, knife edge ones, and overhand ones… until Death fires up and shakes his head, and then strikes back with an incredible torrent of strikes! Hooks, uppercuts, axe kicks, and then a vile headbutt!! XYZ stumbles backwards, and we see a thin trickle of blood has emerged from his forehead!!
Allen Price: "X has been opened up by that headbutt! Death Walker again showing his vicious streak!"
Jean-Luc Watkins: "And now he has a sleeper locked in… BEDTIME STORY!! XYZ is thrown across the ring with the suplex, and Death goes for a cover…”
ONE… TWO… NO!
Broken up by Trixie! Bordeaux is still struggling after the powerbomb onto the barricade earlier in the match, though, and Death is able to grab her by the throat, hoist her up, and slam her down with an elevated spinebuster!
Jean-Luc Watkins: "HELL’S FURY!"
Allen Price: "Death Walker is cooking!! Walker covers Trixie now…"
ONE… TWO… NO!
Jean-Luc Watkins: "Broken up by Summers! He lifts Death up and pulls his head into position… he’s got the arms hooked…"
Allen Price: "MIDSOMMAR!!!"
Jean-Luc Watkins: "COVER BY SUMMERS!”
ONE… TWO… THRE – NO!!!
Allen Price: "XYZ BREAKS IT UP!!"
Jean-Luc Watkins: "UNBELIEVABLE!! ALL FOUR ARE DOWN!!!"
****
<< 16:12. >>
Death Walker has Trixie on his shoulders in a fireman’s carry, but doesn’t notice that XYZ is up on the apron…
Jean-Luc Watkins: "Springboard knee strike from XYZ! Death Walker is forced to drop Trixie, and X immediately follows up with a headscissors takedown!!"
Allen Price: "X is going up to the high rent district! You know what that means!!"
The crowd cheers X on as he steadies himself up on the top turnbuckle, before he begins to tightrope walk across the top rope… somersault leg drop!!!! But Death rolls out of the way!!
Allen Price: "XYZ crashes and burns!!"
Jean-Luc Watkins: "And now Death has a rear naked choke!! This is the move that Walker has used to plague XYZ over the last few months! And now he’s looking to win the FWA Television Championship with it!"
Doing his utmost to escape, XYZ struggles, and forces Death back towards the corner. Death is forced into a seated position against the turnbuckles, but he keeps in the naked choke, and the official doesn’t call for a break given the rules of the match…
… but one is arranged by Trixie instead! She’s rolled under the bottom rope, and charges across the ring at the corner, hitting her ‘Bundle of Fun’ cannonball on both men!! The move is broken up, and X rolls beneath the bottom rope. Bordeaux collects Death Walker, and spikes him on his head with a DDT!!
Trixie stares up towards the turnbuckles, the partisan crowd cheering her on as she climbs up to her feet and begins her ascent…
Jean-Luc Watkins: "Bordeaux is thinking Whistling Trixie here! If she hits this, we’ll have a new champion!"
Allen Price: "And almost everyone in this building is willing her on!"
Jean-Luc Watkins: "But Shawn Summers is on the apron!! … and he has his FWA Television Championship in his hand!!"
He charges across the apron and cracks Trixie in the head with the belt!! Bordeaux falls off the top turnbuckle, lands on the apron in a heap, and then rolls onto the floor!!
And in the very next instant, Shawn Summers has hopped into the ring. Death is on his way back to his feet, but Summers mule kicks him and then drags his head into position between his legs…
Jean-Luc Watkins: "MIDSOMMAR!!!"
Allen Price: "SPIKED ON HIS HEAD!!"
Jean-Luc Watkins: "And now the cover!!"
ONE… TWO… THREE!!
{RESULT}Winner: Shawn Summers by pinfall at 19:41.
Jean-Luc Watkins: "Summers got it! Summers retains!"
Allen Price: "XYZ couldn’t quite get there in time, collapsing into a heap as the three is counted!"
Summers rolls off Death Walker, who eventually retreats from the ring (alongside X) as the champion drags himself to his feet. Der Basterd allows the official to lift his hand into the air in victory… before immediately snatching it away again.
Natalie Rosenberg: "Here is your winner… and STILL the FWA Television Champion… SHAWN… SUMMERS!!"
Summers collects the championship belt he struck Trixie with from the apron, and then demands his second from the timekeeper’s area. He stands in the middle of the ring, lifting both of them above his head to heavy boos from the surrounding audience.
Jean-Luc Watkins: "Well, it may not be the result that they want, but Shawn Summers emerges from another difficult challenge with that Television Championship still in tow. Since its introduction into the FWA, Der Basterd’s name really has been synonymous with that belt."
The double champion has ascended to the second rope and, with his music blaring out, hoists the championships up again. More booing, more vitriol… and a satisfied smile from Der Basterd…
Jean-Luc Watkins: "It’s difficult to see anyone taking that championship from him…"
Allen Price: "Which one?"
Jean-Luc Watkins: "Either of them…"
Allen Price: "Well, I think there’s someone that springs to mind."
With Summers on the second rope, the crowd breaks out into positivity not usually heard when ‘Cola’ is playing. It’s because a second man has appeared on the stage. The double champion still has his belts on his shoulder and locks eyes with the interloper: the Cowboy returning his gaze in a tense, silent stand-off.
Der Basterd looks down at the Television Championship, not yet ready to abandon the spotlight, as we fade to black.
|
|